Add openapi-schema files to deployment yaml and adjust directory

.dockerignore

@@ -21,6 +21,3 @@
 
 # MacOS Desktop Services Store
 .DS_Store
-
-# Hugo temp file
-.hugo_build.lock

.drone.yml

@@ -1,19 +0,0 @@
-kind: pipeline
-type: kubernetes
-name: Container
-
-steps:
-- name: build & publish
-  image: spritsail/docker-build
-  context: .
-  settings:
-    repo: bv11-cr01.bessems.eu/library/pinniped-server
-    registry: bv11-cr01.bessems.eu
-    tags: latest
-    build_args:
-      - BUILDPLATFORM=linux/amd64
-    mtu: 1450
-    username:
-      from_secret: harbor_username
-    password:
-      from_secret: harbor_password

.gitignore

@@ -19,6 +19,3 @@
 
 # MacOS Desktop Services Store
 .DS_Store
-
-# Hugo temp file
-.hugo_build.lock

Dockerfile

@@ -3,29 +3,23 @@
 # Copyright 2020-2023 the Pinniped contributors. All Rights Reserved.
 # SPDX-License-Identifier: Apache-2.0
 
-# Prepare to cross-compile by always running the build stage in the build platform, not the target platform.
-FROM --platform=linux/amd64 golang:1.21.3 as build-env
+FROM golang:1.21.1 as build-env
 
 WORKDIR /work
-
+COPY . .
 ARG GOPROXY
 
 ARG KUBE_GIT_VERSION
 ENV KUBE_GIT_VERSION=$KUBE_GIT_VERSION
 
-# These will be set by buildkit automatically, e.g. TARGETOS set to "linux" and TARGETARCH set to "amd64" or "arm64".
-# Useful for building multi-arch container images.
-ARG TARGETOS
-ARG TARGETARCH
-
-# Build the statically linked (CGO_ENABLED=0) binary.
-# Mount source, build cache, and module cache for performance reasons.
-# See https://www.docker.com/blog/faster-multi-platform-builds-dockerfile-cross-compilation-guide/
+# Build the executable binary (CGO_ENABLED=0 means static linking)
+# Pass in GOCACHE (build cache) and GOMODCACHE (module cache) so they
+# can be re-used between image builds.
 RUN \
-  --mount=target=. \
   --mount=type=cache,target=/cache/gocache \
   --mount=type=cache,target=/cache/gomodcache \
-  export GOCACHE=/cache/gocache GOMODCACHE=/cache/gomodcache CGO_ENABLED=0 GOOS=$TARGETOS GOARCH=$TARGETARCH && \
+  mkdir out && \
+  export GOCACHE=/cache/gocache GOMODCACHE=/cache/gomodcache CGO_ENABLED=0 GOOS=linux GOARCH=amd64 && \
   go build -v -trimpath -ldflags "$(hack/get-ldflags.sh) -w -s" -o /usr/local/bin/pinniped-concierge-kube-cert-agent ./cmd/pinniped-concierge-kube-cert-agent/... && \
   go build -v -trimpath -ldflags "$(hack/get-ldflags.sh) -w -s" -o /usr/local/bin/pinniped-server ./cmd/pinniped-server/... && \
   ln -s /usr/local/bin/pinniped-server /usr/local/bin/pinniped-concierge && \
@@ -33,9 +27,6 @@ RUN \
   ln -s /usr/local/bin/pinniped-server /usr/local/bin/local-user-authenticator
 
 # Use a distroless runtime image with CA certificates, timezone data, and not much else.
-# Note that we are not using --platform here, so it will choose the base image for the target platform, not the build platform.
-# By using "distroless/static" instead of "distroless/static-debianXX" we can float on the latest stable version of debian.
-# See https://github.com/GoogleContainerTools/distroless#base-operating-system
 FROM gcr.io/distroless/static:nonroot@sha256:2a9e2b4fa771d31fe3346a873be845bfc2159695b9f90ca08e950497006ccc2e
 
 # Copy the server binary from the build-env stage.

cmd/pinniped/cmd/kubeconfig.go

@@ -96,7 +96,6 @@ type getKubeconfigParams struct {
 	credentialCachePath       string
 	credentialCachePathSet    bool
 	installHint               string
-	pinnipedCliPath           string
 }
 
 type discoveryResponseScopesSupported struct {
@@ -152,16 +151,14 @@ func kubeconfigCommand(deps kubeconfigDeps) *cobra.Command {
 	f.StringVarP(&flags.outputPath, "output", "o", "", "Output file path (default: stdout)")
 	f.StringVar(&flags.generatedNameSuffix, "generated-name-suffix", "-pinniped", "Suffix to append to generated cluster, context, user kubeconfig entries")
 	f.StringVar(&flags.credentialCachePath, "credential-cache", "", "Path to cluster-specific credentials cache")
-	f.StringVar(&flags.pinnipedCliPath, "pinniped-cli-path", "", "Full path or executable name for the Pinniped CLI binary to be embedded in the resulting kubeconfig output (e.g. 'pinniped') (default: full path of the binary used to execute this command)")
 	f.StringVar(&flags.installHint, "install-hint", "The pinniped CLI does not appear to be installed.  See https://get.pinniped.dev/cli for more details", "This text is shown to the user when the pinniped CLI is not installed.")
+	mustMarkHidden(cmd, "oidc-debug-session-cache")
 
-	mustMarkHidden(cmd,
-		"oidc-debug-session-cache",
-		"oidc-skip-listen", // --oidc-skip-listen is mainly needed for testing. We'll leave it hidden until we have a non-testing use case.
-		"concierge-namespace",
-	)
+	// --oidc-skip-listen is mainly needed for testing. We'll leave it hidden until we have a non-testing use case.
+	mustMarkHidden(cmd, "oidc-skip-listen")
 
 	mustMarkDeprecated(cmd, "concierge-namespace", "not needed anymore")
+	mustMarkHidden(cmd, "concierge-namespace")
 
 	cmd.RunE = func(cmd *cobra.Command, args []string) error {
 		if flags.outputPath != "" {
@@ -271,12 +268,7 @@ func newExecConfig(deps kubeconfigDeps, flags getKubeconfigParams) (*clientcmdap
 
 	execConfig.InstallHint = flags.installHint
 	var err error
-	execConfig.Command, err = func() (string, error) {
-		if flags.pinnipedCliPath != "" {
-			return flags.pinnipedCliPath, nil
-		}
-		return deps.getPathToSelf()
-	}()
+	execConfig.Command, err = deps.getPathToSelf()
 	if err != nil {
 		return nil, fmt.Errorf("could not determine the Pinniped executable path: %w", err)
 	}

cmd/pinniped/cmd/kubeconfig_test.go

@@ -147,7 +147,6 @@ func TestGetKubeconfig(t *testing.T) {
 				      --oidc-session-cache string                Path to OpenID Connect session cache file
 				      --oidc-skip-browser                        During OpenID Connect login, skip opening the browser (just print the URL)
 				  -o, --output string                            Output file path (default: stdout)
-				      --pinniped-cli-path string                 Full path or executable name for the Pinniped CLI binary to be embedded in the resulting kubeconfig output (e.g. 'pinniped') (default: full path of the binary used to execute this command)
 				      --skip-validation                          Skip final validation of the kubeconfig (default: false)
 				      --static-token string                      Instead of doing an OIDC-based login, specify a static token
 				      --static-token-env string                  Instead of doing an OIDC-based login, read a static token from the environment
@@ -1584,6 +1583,7 @@ func TestGetKubeconfig(t *testing.T) {
 			},
 		},
 		{
+
 			name: "autodetect nothing, set a bunch of options",
 			args: func(issuerCABundle string, issuerURL string) []string {
 				f := testutil.WriteStringToTempFile(t, "testca-*.pem", issuerCABundle)
@@ -1607,7 +1607,6 @@ func TestGetKubeconfig(t *testing.T) {
 					"--skip-validation",
 					"--generated-name-suffix", "-sso",
 					"--credential-cache", "/path/to/cache/dir/credentials.yaml",
-					"--pinniped-cli-path", "/some/path/to/command-exe",
 				}
 			},
 			conciergeObjects: func(issuerCABundle string, issuerURL string) []runtime.Object {
@@ -1659,7 +1658,7 @@ func TestGetKubeconfig(t *testing.T) {
 						  - --session-cache=/path/to/cache/dir/sessions.yaml
 						  - --debug-session-cache
 						  - --request-audience=test-audience
-						  command: /some/path/to/command-exe
+						  command: '.../path/to/pinniped'
 						  env: []
 						  installHint: The pinniped CLI does not appear to be installed.  See https://get.pinniped.dev/cli
 						    for more details

deploy/concierge/config/authentication.concierge.pinniped.dev_jwtauthenticators.yaml

@@ -3,7 +3,8 @@ apiVersion: apiextensions.k8s.io/v1
 kind: CustomResourceDefinition
 metadata:
   annotations:
-    controller-gen.kubebuilder.io/version: v0.13.0
+    controller-gen.kubebuilder.io/version: v0.8.0
+  creationTimestamp: null
   name: jwtauthenticators.authentication.concierge.pinniped.dev
 spec:
   group: authentication.concierge.pinniped.dev
@@ -173,3 +174,9 @@ spec:
     storage: true
     subresources:
       status: {}
+status:
+  acceptedNames:
+    kind: ""
+    plural: ""
+  conditions: []
+  storedVersions: []

deploy/concierge/config/authentication.concierge.pinniped.dev_webhookauthenticators.yaml

@@ -3,7 +3,8 @@ apiVersion: apiextensions.k8s.io/v1
 kind: CustomResourceDefinition
 metadata:
   annotations:
-    controller-gen.kubebuilder.io/version: v0.13.0
+    controller-gen.kubebuilder.io/version: v0.8.0
+  creationTimestamp: null
   name: webhookauthenticators.authentication.concierge.pinniped.dev
 spec:
   group: authentication.concierge.pinniped.dev
@@ -146,3 +147,9 @@ spec:
     storage: true
     subresources:
       status: {}
+status:
+  acceptedNames:
+    kind: ""
+    plural: ""
+  conditions: []
+  storedVersions: []

deploy/concierge/config/config.concierge.pinniped.dev_credentialissuers.yaml

@@ -3,7 +3,8 @@ apiVersion: apiextensions.k8s.io/v1
 kind: CustomResourceDefinition
 metadata:
   annotations:
-    controller-gen.kubebuilder.io/version: v0.13.0
+    controller-gen.kubebuilder.io/version: v0.8.0
+  creationTimestamp: null
   name: credentialissuers.config.concierge.pinniped.dev
 spec:
   group: config.concierge.pinniped.dev
@@ -255,3 +256,9 @@ spec:
     storage: true
     subresources:
       status: {}
+status:
+  acceptedNames:
+    kind: ""
+    plural: ""
+  conditions: []
+  storedVersions: []

deploy/concierge/config/deployment.yaml

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-#! Copyright 2020-2023 the Pinniped contributors. All Rights Reserved.
+#! Copyright 2020-2022 the Pinniped contributors. All Rights Reserved.
 #! SPDX-License-Identifier: Apache-2.0
 
 #@ load("@ytt:data", "data")
@@ -134,6 +134,8 @@ spec:
         #! More recently added the more unique deploymentPodLabel() so Services can select these Pods more specifically
         #! without accidentally selecting any other Deployment's Pods, especially the kube cert agent Deployment's Pods.
         _: #@ template.replace(deploymentPodLabel())
+      annotations:
+        scheduler.alpha.kubernetes.io/critical-pod: ""
     spec:
       securityContext:
         runAsUser: #@ data.values.run_as_user
@@ -245,14 +247,9 @@ spec:
           effect: NoSchedule
         - key: node-role.kubernetes.io/control-plane #! The new name for these nodes as of Kubernetes 1.24.
           effect: NoSchedule
-        - key: kubernetes.io/arch
-          effect: NoSchedule
-          operator: Equal
-          value: amd64 #! Allow running on amd64 nodes.
-        - key: kubernetes.io/arch
-          effect: NoSchedule
-          operator: Equal
-          value: arm64 #! Also allow running on arm64 nodes.
+      #! "system-cluster-critical" cannot be used outside the kube-system namespace until Kubernetes >= 1.17,
+      #! so we skip setting this for now (see https://github.com/kubernetes/kubernetes/issues/60596).
+      #!priorityClassName: system-cluster-critical
       #! This will help make sure our multiple pods run on different nodes, making
       #! our deployment "more" "HA".
       affinity:

deploy/concierge/config/values.yaml

@@ -0,0 +1,138 @@
+#! Copyright 2020-2021 the Pinniped contributors. All Rights Reserved.
+#! SPDX-License-Identifier: Apache-2.0
+
+#@data/values-schema
+---
+#@schema/desc "Name of pinniped-concierge."
+app_name: pinniped-concierge
+
+#@schema/desc "Creates a new namespace statically in yaml with the given name and installs the app into that namespace."
+namespace: pinniped-concierge
+#@ into_namespace_desc = "If specified, assumes that a namespace of the given name already exists and installs the app into that namespace. \
+#@ If both `namespace` and `into_namespace` are specified, then only `into_namespace` is used."
+#@schema/desc into_namespace_desc
+#@schema/nullable
+into_namespace: my-preexisting-namespace
+
+#@ custom_labels_desc = "All resources created statically by yaml at install-time and all resources created dynamically \
+#@ by controllers at runtime will be labelled with `app: $app_name` and also with the labels \
+#@ specified here. The value of `custom_labels` must be a map of string keys to string values. \
+#@ The app can be uninstalled either by: \
+#@ 1. Deleting the static install-time yaml resources including the static namespace, which will cascade and also delete \
+#@    resources that were dynamically created by controllers at runtime \
+#@ 2. Or, deleting all resources by label, which does not assume that there was a static install-time yaml namespace."
+#@schema/desc custom_labels_desc
+#@schema/type any=True
+#@schema/nullable
+custom_labels: {} #! {myCustomLabelName: myCustomLabelValue, otherCustomLabelName: otherCustomLabelValue}
+
+#@schema/desc "Specify how many replicas of the Pinniped server to run."
+replicas: 2
+
+#@schema/desc "Specify either an image_digest or an image_tag. If both are given, only image_digest will be used."
+image_repo: projects.registry.vmware.com/pinniped/pinniped-server
+#@schema/desc "Specify either an image_digest or an image_tag. If both are given, only image_digest will be used."
+#@schema/nullable
+image_digest: sha256:f3c4fdfd3ef865d4b97a1fd295d94acc3f0c654c46b6f27ffad5cf80216903c8
+#@schema/desc "Specify either an image_digest or an image_tag. If both are given, only image_digest will be used."
+image_tag: latest
+
+#@ kube_cert_agent_image = "Optionally specify a different image for the 'kube-cert-agent' pod which is scheduled \
+#@ on the control plane. This image needs only to include `sleep` and `cat` binaries. \
+#@ By default, the same image specified for image_repo/image_digest/image_tag will be re-used."
+#@schema/desc kube_cert_agent_image
+#@schema/nullable
+kube_cert_agent_image: projects.registry.vmware.com/pinniped/pinniped-server
+
+#@ image_pull_dockerconfigjson_desc = "Specifies a secret to be used when pulling the above `image_repo` container image. \
+#@ Can be used when the above image_repo is a private registry. \
+#@ Typically the value would be the output of: kubectl create secret docker-registry x --docker-server=https://example.io --docker-username='USERNAME' --docker-password='PASSWORD' --dry-run=client -o json | jq -r '.data['.dockerconfigjson']' \
+#@ Optional."
+#@schema/desc image_pull_dockerconfigjson_desc
+#@schema/nullable
+image_pull_dockerconfigjson: {"auths":{"https://registry.example.com":{"username":"USERNAME","password":"PASSWORD","auth":"BASE64_ENCODED_USERNAME_COLON_PASSWORD"}}}
+
+#@schema/desc "Pinniped will try to guess the right K8s API URL for sharing that information with potential clients. This setting allows the guess to be overridden."
+#@schema/nullable
+discovery_url: https://example.com
+
+
+#@ api_serving_certificate_desc = "Specify the duration and renewal interval for the API serving certificate. \
+#@ The defaults are set to expire the cert about every 30 days, and to rotate it \
+#@ about every 25 days."
+#@schema/desc api_serving_certificate_desc
+api_serving_certificate_duration_seconds: 2592000
+#@schema/desc api_serving_certificate_desc
+api_serving_certificate_renew_before_seconds: 2160000
+
+#! Specify the verbosity of logging: info ("nice to know" information), debug (developer information), trace (timing information),
+#! or all (kitchen sink). Do not use trace or all on production systems, as credentials may get logged.
+#@schema/desc "default, when this value is left unset, only warnings and errors are printed. There is no way to suppress warning and error logs."
+#@schema/nullable
+log_level: info
+#@ deprecated_log_format_desc = "Specify the format of logging: json (for machine parsable logs) and text (for legacy klog formatted logs). \
+#@ By default, when this value is left unset, logs are formatted in json. \
+#@ This configuration is deprecated and will be removed in a future release at which point logs will always be formatted as json."
+#@schema/desc deprecated_log_format_desc
+#@schema/nullable
+deprecated_log_format: json
+
+#@schema/desc "run_as_user specifies the user ID that will own the process, see the Dockerfile for the reasoning behind this choice"
+run_as_user: 65532
+#@schema/desc "run_as_group specifies the group ID that will own the process, see the Dockerfile for the reasoning behind this choice"
+run_as_group: 65532
+
+#@ api_group_suffix_desc = "Specify the API group suffix for all Pinniped API groups. By default, this is set to \
+#@ pinniped.dev, so Pinniped API groups will look like foo.pinniped.dev, \
+#@ authentication.concierge.pinniped.dev, etc. As an example, if this is set to tuna.io, then \
+#@ Pinniped API groups will look like foo.tuna.io. authentication.concierge.tuna.io, etc."
+#@schema/desc api_group_suffix_desc
+api_group_suffix: pinniped.dev
+
+
+#@schema/desc "Customize CredentialIssuer.spec.impersonationProxy to change how the concierge handles impersonation."
+impersonation_proxy_spec:
+  #! options are "auto", "disabled" or "enabled".
+  #! If auto, the impersonation proxy will run only if the cluster signing key is not available
+  #! and the other strategy does not work.
+  #! If disabled, the impersonation proxy will never run, which could mean that the concierge
+  #! doesn't work at all.
+  #! If enabled, the impersonation proxy will always run regardless of other strategies available.
+  #@schema/desc "If enabled, the impersonation proxy will always run regardless of other strategies available."
+  mode: auto
+  #@ external_endpoint_desc = "The endpoint which the client should use to connect to the impersonation proxy. \
+  #@ If left unset, the client will default to connecting based on the ClusterIP or LoadBalancer endpoint."
+  #@schema/desc external_endpoint_desc
+  #@schema/nullable
+  external_endpoint: 1.2.3.4:5678
+  #@schema/desc "The impersonation proxy service configuration"
+  service:
+    #! Options are "LoadBalancer", "ClusterIP" and "None".
+    #! LoadBalancer automatically provisions a Service of type LoadBalancer pointing at
+    #! the impersonation proxy. Some cloud providers will allocate
+    #! a public IP address by default even on private clusters.
+    #! ClusterIP automatically provisions a Service of type ClusterIP pointing at the
+    #! impersonation proxy.
+    #! None does not provision either and assumes that you have set the external_endpoint
+    #! and set up your own ingress to connect to the impersonation proxy.
+    #@schema/desc "Options are 'LoadBalancer', 'ClusterIP' and 'None'."
+    #@schema/nullable
+    type: LoadBalancer
+    #@schema/desc "The annotations that should be set on the ClusterIP or LoadBalancer Service."
+    #@schema/nullable
+    annotations:
+      {service.beta.kubernetes.io/aws-load-balancer-connection-idle-timeout: "4000"}
+    #@schema/desc "When mode LoadBalancer is set, this will set the LoadBalancer Service's Spec.LoadBalancerIP."
+    #@schema/nullable
+    load_balancer_ip: 1.2.3.4:5678
+
+#@ https_proxy_desc = "Set the standard golang HTTPS_PROXY and NO_PROXY environment variables on the Supervisor containers. \
+#@ These will be used when the Supervisor makes backend-to-backend calls to upstream identity providers using HTTPS, \
+#@ e.g. when the Supervisor fetches discovery documents, JWKS keys, and tokens from an upstream OIDC Provider. \
+#@ The Supervisor never makes insecure HTTP calls, so there is no reason to set HTTP_PROXY. \
+#@ Optional."
+#@schema/desc https_proxy_desc
+#@schema/nullable
+https_proxy: http://proxy.example.com
+#@schema/desc "do not proxy Kubernetes endpoints"
+no_proxy: "$(KUBERNETES_SERVICE_HOST),169.254.169.254,127.0.0.1,localhost,.svc,.cluster.local" #! do not proxy Kubernetes endpoints

deploy/concierge/values.yaml

@@ -1,107 +0,0 @@
-#! Copyright 2020-2021 the Pinniped contributors. All Rights Reserved.
-#! SPDX-License-Identifier: Apache-2.0
-
-#@data/values
----
-
-app_name: pinniped-concierge
-
-#! Creates a new namespace statically in yaml with the given name and installs the app into that namespace.
-namespace: pinniped-concierge
-#! If specified, assumes that a namespace of the given name already exists and installs the app into that namespace.
-#! If both `namespace` and `into_namespace` are specified, then only `into_namespace` is used.
-into_namespace: #! e.g. my-preexisting-namespace
-
-#! All resources created statically by yaml at install-time and all resources created dynamically
-#! by controllers at runtime will be labelled with `app: $app_name` and also with the labels
-#! specified here. The value of `custom_labels` must be a map of string keys to string values.
-#! The app can be uninstalled either by:
-#! 1. Deleting the static install-time yaml resources including the static namespace, which will cascade and also delete
-#!    resources that were dynamically created by controllers at runtime
-#! 2. Or, deleting all resources by label, which does not assume that there was a static install-time yaml namespace.
-custom_labels: {} #! e.g. {myCustomLabelName: myCustomLabelValue, otherCustomLabelName: otherCustomLabelValue}
-
-#! Specify how many replicas of the Pinniped server to run.
-replicas: 2
-
-#! Specify either an image_digest or an image_tag. If both are given, only image_digest will be used.
-image_repo: projects.registry.vmware.com/pinniped/pinniped-server
-image_digest: #! e.g. sha256:f3c4fdfd3ef865d4b97a1fd295d94acc3f0c654c46b6f27ffad5cf80216903c8
-image_tag: latest
-
-#! Optionally specify a different image for the "kube-cert-agent" pod which is scheduled
-#! on the control plane. This image needs only to include `sleep` and `cat` binaries.
-#! By default, the same image specified for image_repo/image_digest/image_tag will be re-used.
-kube_cert_agent_image:
-
-#! Specifies a secret to be used when pulling the above `image_repo` container image.
-#! Can be used when the above image_repo is a private registry.
-#! Typically the value would be the output of: kubectl create secret docker-registry x --docker-server=https://example.io --docker-username="USERNAME" --docker-password="PASSWORD" --dry-run=client -o json | jq -r '.data[".dockerconfigjson"]'
-#! Optional.
-image_pull_dockerconfigjson: #! e.g. {"auths":{"https://registry.example.com":{"username":"USERNAME","password":"PASSWORD","auth":"BASE64_ENCODED_USERNAME_COLON_PASSWORD"}}}
-
-#! Pinniped will try to guess the right K8s API URL for sharing that information with potential clients.
-#! This setting allows the guess to be overridden.
-#! Optional.
-discovery_url: #! e.g., https://example.com
-
-#! Specify the duration and renewal interval for the API serving certificate.
-#! The defaults are set to expire the cert about every 30 days, and to rotate it
-#! about every 25 days.
-api_serving_certificate_duration_seconds: 2592000
-api_serving_certificate_renew_before_seconds: 2160000
-
-#! Specify the verbosity of logging: info ("nice to know" information), debug (developer
-#! information), trace (timing information), all (kitchen sink).
-log_level: #! By default, when this value is left unset, only warnings and errors are printed. There is no way to suppress warning and error logs.
-#! Specify the format of logging: json (for machine parsable logs) and text (for legacy klog formatted logs).
-#! By default, when this value is left unset, logs are formatted in json.
-#! This configuration is deprecated and will be removed in a future release at which point logs will always be formatted as json.
-deprecated_log_format:
-
-run_as_user: 65532 #! run_as_user specifies the user ID that will own the process, see the Dockerfile for the reasoning behind this choice
-run_as_group: 65532 #! run_as_group specifies the group ID that will own the process, see the Dockerfile for the reasoning behind this choice
-
-#! Specify the API group suffix for all Pinniped API groups. By default, this is set to
-#! pinniped.dev, so Pinniped API groups will look like foo.pinniped.dev,
-#! authentication.concierge.pinniped.dev, etc. As an example, if this is set to tuna.io, then
-#! Pinniped API groups will look like foo.tuna.io. authentication.concierge.tuna.io, etc.
-api_group_suffix: pinniped.dev
-
-#! Customize CredentialIssuer.spec.impersonationProxy to change how the concierge
-#! handles impersonation.
-impersonation_proxy_spec:
-  #! options are "auto", "disabled" or "enabled".
-  #! If auto, the impersonation proxy will run only if the cluster signing key is not available
-  #! and the other strategy does not work.
-  #! If disabled, the impersonation proxy will never run, which could mean that the concierge
-  #! doesn't work at all.
-  #! If enabled, the impersonation proxy will always run regardless of other strategies available.
-  mode: auto
-  #! The endpoint which the client should use to connect to the impersonation proxy.
-  #! If left unset, the client will default to connecting based on the ClusterIP or LoadBalancer
-  #! endpoint.
-  external_endpoint:
-  service:
-    #! Options are "LoadBalancer", "ClusterIP" and "None".
-    #! LoadBalancer automatically provisions a Service of type LoadBalancer pointing at
-    #! the impersonation proxy. Some cloud providers will allocate
-    #! a public IP address by default even on private clusters.
-    #! ClusterIP automatically provisions a Service of type ClusterIP pointing at the
-    #! impersonation proxy.
-    #! None does not provision either and assumes that you have set the external_endpoint
-    #! and set up your own ingress to connect to the impersonation proxy.
-    type: LoadBalancer
-    #! The annotations that should be set on the ClusterIP or LoadBalancer Service.
-    annotations:
-      {service.beta.kubernetes.io/aws-load-balancer-connection-idle-timeout: "4000"}
-    #! When mode LoadBalancer is set, this will set the LoadBalancer Service's Spec.LoadBalancerIP.
-    load_balancer_ip:
-
-#! Set the standard golang HTTPS_PROXY and NO_PROXY environment variables on the Concierge containers.
-#! These will be used when the Concierge makes backend-to-backend calls to authenticators using HTTPS,
-#! e.g. when the Concierge fetches discovery documents, JWKS keys, and POSTs to token webhooks.
-#! The Concierge never makes insecure HTTP calls, so there is no reason to set HTTP_PROXY.
-#! Optional.
-https_proxy: #! e.g. http://proxy.example.com
-no_proxy: "$(KUBERNETES_SERVICE_HOST),169.254.169.254,127.0.0.1,localhost,.svc,.cluster.local" #! do not proxy Kubernetes endpoints

deploy/local-user-authenticator/deployment.yaml

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-#! Copyright 2020-2023 the Pinniped contributors. All Rights Reserved.
+#! Copyright 2020-2022 the Pinniped contributors. All Rights Reserved.
 #! SPDX-License-Identifier: Apache-2.0
 
 #@ load("@ytt:data", "data")
@@ -76,15 +76,6 @@ spec:
             #! `--validate=false` flag. Note that installing via `kapp` does not complain about this validation error.
             seccompProfile:
               type: "RuntimeDefault"
-      tolerations:
-        - key: kubernetes.io/arch
-          effect: NoSchedule
-          operator: Equal
-          value: amd64 #! Allow running on amd64 nodes.
-        - key: kubernetes.io/arch
-          effect: NoSchedule
-          operator: Equal
-          value: arm64 #! Also allow running on arm64 nodes.
 ---
 apiVersion: v1
 kind: Service

deploy/supervisor/config/config.supervisor.pinniped.dev_federationdomains.yaml

@@ -3,7 +3,8 @@ apiVersion: apiextensions.k8s.io/v1
 kind: CustomResourceDefinition
 metadata:
   annotations:
-    controller-gen.kubebuilder.io/version: v0.13.0
+    controller-gen.kubebuilder.io/version: v0.8.0
+  creationTimestamp: null
   name: federationdomains.config.supervisor.pinniped.dev
 spec:
   group: config.supervisor.pinniped.dev
@@ -115,7 +116,6 @@ spec:
                       - kind
                       - name
                       type: object
-                      x-kubernetes-map-type: atomic
                     transforms:
                       description: Transforms is an optional way to specify transformations
                         to be applied during user authentication and session refresh.
@@ -444,7 +444,6 @@ spec:
                           TODO: Add other useful fields. apiVersion, kind, uid?'
                         type: string
                     type: object
-                    x-kubernetes-map-type: atomic
                   stateEncryptionKey:
                     description: StateSigningKey holds the name of the corev1.Secret
                       in which this OIDC Provider's key for encrypting state parameters
@@ -455,7 +454,6 @@ spec:
                           TODO: Add other useful fields. apiVersion, kind, uid?'
                         type: string
                     type: object
-                    x-kubernetes-map-type: atomic
                   stateSigningKey:
                     description: StateSigningKey holds the name of the corev1.Secret
                       in which this OIDC Provider's key for signing state parameters
@@ -466,7 +464,6 @@ spec:
                           TODO: Add other useful fields. apiVersion, kind, uid?'
                         type: string
                     type: object
-                    x-kubernetes-map-type: atomic
                   tokenSigningKey:
                     description: TokenSigningKey holds the name of the corev1.Secret
                       in which this OIDC Provider's key for signing tokens is stored.
@@ -476,7 +473,6 @@ spec:
                           TODO: Add other useful fields. apiVersion, kind, uid?'
                         type: string
                     type: object
-                    x-kubernetes-map-type: atomic
                 type: object
             type: object
         required:
@@ -486,3 +482,9 @@ spec:
     storage: true
     subresources:
       status: {}
+status:
+  acceptedNames:
+    kind: ""
+    plural: ""
+  conditions: []
+  storedVersions: []

deploy/supervisor/config/config.supervisor.pinniped.dev_oidcclients.yaml

@@ -3,7 +3,8 @@ apiVersion: apiextensions.k8s.io/v1
 kind: CustomResourceDefinition
 metadata:
   annotations:
-    controller-gen.kubebuilder.io/version: v0.13.0
+    controller-gen.kubebuilder.io/version: v0.8.0
+  creationTimestamp: null
   name: oidcclients.config.supervisor.pinniped.dev
 spec:
   group: config.supervisor.pinniped.dev
@@ -218,3 +219,9 @@ spec:
     storage: true
     subresources:
       status: {}
+status:
+  acceptedNames:
+    kind: ""
+    plural: ""
+  conditions: []
+  storedVersions: []

deploy/supervisor/config/deployment.yaml

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-#! Copyright 2020-2023 the Pinniped contributors. All Rights Reserved.
+#! Copyright 2020-2022 the Pinniped contributors. All Rights Reserved.
 #! SPDX-License-Identifier: Apache-2.0
 
 #@ load("@ytt:data", "data")
@@ -190,15 +190,6 @@ spec:
         - name: socket
           emptyDir: {}
         #@ end
-      tolerations:
-        - key: kubernetes.io/arch
-          effect: NoSchedule
-          operator: Equal
-          value: amd64 #! Allow running on amd64 nodes.
-        - key: kubernetes.io/arch
-          effect: NoSchedule
-          operator: Equal
-          value: arm64 #! Also allow running on arm64 nodes.
       #! This will help make sure our multiple pods run on different nodes, making
       #! our deployment "more" "HA".
       affinity:

deploy/supervisor/config/idp.supervisor.pinniped.dev_activedirectoryidentityproviders.yaml

@@ -3,7 +3,8 @@ apiVersion: apiextensions.k8s.io/v1
 kind: CustomResourceDefinition
 metadata:
   annotations:
-    controller-gen.kubebuilder.io/version: v0.13.0
+    controller-gen.kubebuilder.io/version: v0.8.0
+  creationTimestamp: null
   name: activedirectoryidentityproviders.idp.supervisor.pinniped.dev
 spec:
   group: idp.supervisor.pinniped.dev
@@ -316,3 +317,9 @@ spec:
     storage: true
     subresources:
       status: {}
+status:
+  acceptedNames:
+    kind: ""
+    plural: ""
+  conditions: []
+  storedVersions: []

deploy/supervisor/config/idp.supervisor.pinniped.dev_ldapidentityproviders.yaml

@@ -3,7 +3,8 @@ apiVersion: apiextensions.k8s.io/v1
 kind: CustomResourceDefinition
 metadata:
   annotations:
-    controller-gen.kubebuilder.io/version: v0.13.0
+    controller-gen.kubebuilder.io/version: v0.8.0
+  creationTimestamp: null
   name: ldapidentityproviders.idp.supervisor.pinniped.dev
 spec:
   group: idp.supervisor.pinniped.dev
@@ -313,3 +314,9 @@ spec:
     storage: true
     subresources:
       status: {}
+status:
+  acceptedNames:
+    kind: ""
+    plural: ""
+  conditions: []
+  storedVersions: []

deploy/supervisor/config/idp.supervisor.pinniped.dev_oidcidentityproviders.yaml

@@ -3,7 +3,8 @@ apiVersion: apiextensions.k8s.io/v1
 kind: CustomResourceDefinition
 metadata:
   annotations:
-    controller-gen.kubebuilder.io/version: v0.13.0
+    controller-gen.kubebuilder.io/version: v0.8.0
+  creationTimestamp: null
   name: oidcidentityproviders.idp.supervisor.pinniped.dev
 spec:
   group: idp.supervisor.pinniped.dev
@@ -343,3 +344,9 @@ spec:
     storage: true
     subresources:
       status: {}
+status:
+  acceptedNames:
+    kind: ""
+    plural: ""
+  conditions: []
+  storedVersions: []

deploy/supervisor/config/values.yaml

@@ -0,0 +1,176 @@
+#! Copyright 2020-2022 the Pinniped contributors. All Rights Reserved.
+#! SPDX-License-Identifier: Apache-2.0
+
+#@data/values-schema
+---
+#@schema/desc "Name of pinniped-supervisor."
+app_name: pinniped-supervisor
+
+#@schema/desc "Creates a new namespace statically in yaml with the given name and installs the app into that namespace."
+namespace: pinniped-supervisor
+#@ into_namespace_desc = "If specified, assumes that a namespace of the given name already exists and installs the app into that namespace. \
+#@ If both `namespace` and `into_namespace` are specified, then only `into_namespace` is used."
+#@schema/desc into_namespace_desc
+#@schema/nullable
+into_namespace: my-preexisting-namespace
+
+#@ custom_labels_desc = "All resources created statically by yaml at install-time and all resources created dynamically \
+#@ by controllers at runtime will be labelled with `app: $app_name` and also with the labels \
+#@ specified here. The value of `custom_labels` must be a map of string keys to string values. \
+#@ The app can be uninstalled either by: \
+#@ 1. Deleting the static install-time yaml resources including the static namespace, which will cascade and also delete \
+#@    resources that were dynamically created by controllers at runtime \
+#@ 2. Or, deleting all resources by label, which does not assume that there was a static install-time yaml namespace."
+#@schema/desc custom_labels_desc
+#@schema/type any=True
+#@schema/nullable
+custom_labels: {} #! {myCustomLabelName: myCustomLabelValue, otherCustomLabelName: otherCustomLabelValue}
+
+#@schema/desc "Specify how many replicas of the Pinniped server to run."
+replicas: 2
+
+#@schema/desc "Specify either an image_digest or an image_tag. If both are given, only image_digest will be used."
+image_repo: projects.registry.vmware.com/pinniped/pinniped-server
+#@schema/desc "Specify either an image_digest or an image_tag. If both are given, only image_digest will be used."
+#@schema/nullable
+image_digest: sha256:f3c4fdfd3ef865d4b97a1fd295d94acc3f0c654c46b6f27ffad5cf80216903c8
+#@schema/desc "Specify either an image_digest or an image_tag. If both are given, only image_digest will be used."
+image_tag: latest
+
+#@ image_pull_dockerconfigjson_desc = "Specifies a secret to be used when pulling the above `image_repo` container image. \
+#@ Can be used when the above image_repo is a private registry. \
+#@ Typically the value would be the output of: kubectl create secret docker-registry x --docker-server=https://example.io --docker-username='USERNAME' --docker-password='PASSWORD' --dry-run=client -o json | jq -r '.data['.dockerconfigjson']' \
+#@ Optional."
+#@schema/desc image_pull_dockerconfigjson_desc
+#@schema/nullable
+image_pull_dockerconfigjson: {"auths":{"https://registry.example.com":{"username":"USERNAME","password":"PASSWORD","auth":"BASE64_ENCODED_USERNAME_COLON_PASSWORD"}}}
+
+#! Specify how to expose the Supervisor app's HTTPS port as a Service.
+#! Typically, you would set a value for only one of the following service types.
+#! Setting any of these values means that a Service of that type will be created. They are all optional.
+#! Note that all port numbers should be numbers (not strings), i.e. use ytt's `--data-value-yaml` instead of `--data-value`.
+#! Several of these values have been deprecated and will be removed in a future release. Their names have been changed to
+#! mark them as deprecated and to make it obvious upon upgrade to anyone who was using them that they have been deprecated.
+#@schema/desc "will be removed in a future release; when specified, creates a NodePort Service with this `port` value, with port 8080 as its `targetPort`"
+#@schema/nullable
+deprecated_service_http_nodeport_port: 31234
+#@schema/desc "will be removed in a future release; the `nodePort` value of the NodePort Service, optional when `deprecated_service_http_nodeport_port` is specified"
+#@schema/nullable
+deprecated_service_http_nodeport_nodeport: 31234
+#@schema/desc "will be removed in a future release; when specified, creates a LoadBalancer Service with this `port` value, with port 8080 as its `targetPort`"
+#@schema/nullable
+deprecated_service_http_loadbalancer_port: 8443
+#@schema/desc "#! will be removed in a future release; when specified, creates a ClusterIP Service with this `port` value, with port 8080 as its `targetPort`"
+#@schema/nullable
+deprecated_service_http_clusterip_port: 8443
+#@schema/desc "#! when specified, creates a NodePort Service with this `port` value, with port 8443 as its `targetPort`"
+#@schema/nullable
+service_https_nodeport_port: 31243
+#@schema/desc "#! the `nodePort` value of the NodePort Service, optional when `service_https_nodeport_port` is specified"
+#@schema/nullable
+service_https_nodeport_nodeport: 31243
+#@schema/desc "#! when specified, creates a LoadBalancer Service with this `port` value, with port 8443 as its `targetPort`"
+#@schema/nullable
+service_https_loadbalancer_port: 8443
+#@schema/desc "#! when specified, creates a ClusterIP Service with this `port` value, with port 8443 as its `targetPort`"
+#@schema/nullable
+service_https_clusterip_port: 8443
+#@ service_loadbalancer_ip_desc="The `loadBalancerIP` value of the LoadBalancer Service. \
+#@ Ignored unless service_https_loadbalancer_port is provided."
+#@schema/desc service_loadbalancer_ip_desc
+#@schema/nullable
+service_loadbalancer_ip: 1.2.3.4
+
+#! Specify the verbosity of logging: info ("nice to know" information), debug (developer information), trace (timing information),
+#! or all (kitchen sink). Do not use trace or all on production systems, as credentials may get logged.
+#@schema/desc "default, when this value is left unset, only warnings and errors are printed. There is no way to suppress warning and error logs."
+#@schema/nullable
+log_level: info
+#@ deprecated_log_format_desc = "Specify the format of logging: json (for machine parsable logs) and text (for legacy klog formatted logs). \
+#@ By default, when this value is left unset, logs are formatted in json. \
+#@ This configuration is deprecated and will be removed in a future release at which point logs will always be formatted as json."
+#@schema/desc deprecated_log_format_desc
+#@schema/nullable
+deprecated_log_format: json
+
+#@schema/desc "run_as_user specifies the user ID that will own the process, see the Dockerfile for the reasoning behind this choice"
+run_as_user: 65532
+#@schema/desc "run_as_group specifies the group ID that will own the process, see the Dockerfile for the reasoning behind this choice"
+run_as_group: 65532
+
+#@ api_group_suffix_desc = "Specify the API group suffix for all Pinniped API groups. By default, this is set to \
+#@ pinniped.dev, so Pinniped API groups will look like foo.pinniped.dev, \
+#@ authentication.concierge.pinniped.dev, etc. As an example, if this is set to tuna.io, then \
+#@ Pinniped API groups will look like foo.tuna.io. authentication.concierge.tuna.io, etc."
+#@schema/desc api_group_suffix_desc
+api_group_suffix: pinniped.dev
+
+#@ https_proxy_desc = "Set the standard golang HTTPS_PROXY and NO_PROXY environment variables on the Supervisor containers. \
+#@ These will be used when the Supervisor makes backend-to-backend calls to upstream identity providers using HTTPS, \
+#@ e.g. when the Supervisor fetches discovery documents, JWKS keys, and tokens from an upstream OIDC Provider. \
+#@ The Supervisor never makes insecure HTTP calls, so there is no reason to set HTTP_PROXY. \
+#@ Optional."
+#@schema/desc https_proxy_desc
+#@schema/nullable
+https_proxy: http://proxy.example.com
+#@schema/desc "do not proxy Kubernetes endpoints"
+no_proxy: "$(KUBERNETES_SERVICE_HOST),169.254.169.254,127.0.0.1,localhost,.svc,.cluster.local"
+
+#! Control the HTTP and HTTPS listeners of the Supervisor.
+#!
+#! The schema of this config is as follows:
+#!
+#! endpoints:
+#!   https:
+#!     network: tcp | unix | disabled
+#!     address: host:port when network=tcp or /pinniped_socket/socketfile.sock when network=unix
+#!   http:
+#!     network: same as above
+#!     address: same as above, except that when network=tcp then the address is only allowed to bind to loopback interfaces
+#!
+#! Setting network to disabled turns off that particular listener.
+#! See https://pkg.go.dev/net#Listen and https://pkg.go.dev/net#Dial for a description of what can be
+#! specified in the address parameter based on the given network parameter.  To aid in the use of unix
+#! domain sockets, a writable empty dir volume is mounted at /pinniped_socket when network is set to "unix."
+#!
+#! The current defaults are:
+#!
+#! endpoints:
+#!   https:
+#!     network: tcp
+#!     address: :8443
+#!   http:
+#!     network: disabled
+#!
+#! These defaults mean: For HTTPS listening, bind to all interfaces using TCP on port 8443.
+#! Disable HTTP listening by default.
+#!
+#! The HTTP listener can only be bound to loopback interfaces. This allows the listener to accept
+#! traffic from within the pod, e.g. from a service mesh sidecar. The HTTP listener should not be
+#! used to accept traffic from outside the pod, since that would mean that the network traffic could be
+#! transmitted unencrypted. The HTTPS listener should be used instead to accept traffic from outside the pod.
+#! Ingresses and load balancers that terminate TLS connections should re-encrypt the data and route traffic
+#! to the HTTPS listener. Unix domain sockets may also be used for integrations with service meshes.
+#!
+#! Changing the HTTPS port number must be accompanied by matching changes to the service and deployment
+#! manifests. Changes to the HTTPS listener must be coordinated with the deployment health checks.
+#!
+#@schema/desc "Control the HTTP and HTTPS listeners of the Supervisor."
+#@schema/nullable
+endpoints:
+  https:
+    network: tcp
+    address: 1.2.3.4:5678
+
+#! deprecated_insecure_accept_external_unencrypted_http_requests_desc = "Optionally override the validation on the endpoints. \
+#! http value which checks that only loopback interfaces are used. \
+#! When deprecated_insecure_accept_external_unencrypted_http_requests is true, the HTTP listener is allowed to bind to any \
+#! interface, including interfaces that are listening for traffic from outside the pod. This value is being introduced \
+#! to ease the transition to the new loopback interface validation for the HTTP port for any users who need more time \
+#! to change their ingress strategy to avoid using plain HTTP into the Supervisor pods. \
+#! This value is immediately deprecated upon its introduction. It will be removed in some future release, at which time \
+#! traffic from outside the pod will need to be sent to the HTTPS listener instead, with no simple workaround available. \
+#! Allowed values are true (boolean), "true" (string), false (boolean), and "false" (string). The default is false. \
+#! Optional."
+#@schema/desc https_proxy_desc
+deprecated_insecure_accept_external_unencrypted_http_requests: false

deploy/supervisor/values.yaml

@@ -1,133 +0,0 @@
-#! Copyright 2020-2022 the Pinniped contributors. All Rights Reserved.
-#! SPDX-License-Identifier: Apache-2.0
-
-#@data/values
----
-
-app_name: pinniped-supervisor
-
-#! Creates a new namespace statically in yaml with the given name and installs the app into that namespace.
-namespace: pinniped-supervisor
-#! If specified, assumes that a namespace of the given name already exists and installs the app into that namespace.
-#! If both `namespace` and `into_namespace` are specified, then only `into_namespace` is used.
-into_namespace: #! e.g. my-preexisting-namespace
-
-#! All resources created statically by yaml at install-time and all resources created dynamically
-#! by controllers at runtime will be labelled with `app: $app_name` and also with the labels
-#! specified here. The value of `custom_labels` must be a map of string keys to string values.
-#! The app can be uninstalled either by:
-#! 1. Deleting the static install-time yaml resources including the static namespace, which will cascade and also delete
-#!    resources that were dynamically created by controllers at runtime
-#! 2. Or, deleting all resources by label, which does not assume that there was a static install-time yaml namespace.
-custom_labels: {} #! e.g. {myCustomLabelName: myCustomLabelValue, otherCustomLabelName: otherCustomLabelValue}
-
-#! Specify how many replicas of the Pinniped server to run.
-replicas: 2
-
-#! Specify either an image_digest or an image_tag. If both are given, only image_digest will be used.
-image_repo: projects.registry.vmware.com/pinniped/pinniped-server
-image_digest: #! e.g. sha256:f3c4fdfd3ef865d4b97a1fd295d94acc3f0c654c46b6f27ffad5cf80216903c8
-image_tag: latest
-
-#! Specifies a secret to be used when pulling the above `image_repo` container image.
-#! Can be used when the above image_repo is a private registry.
-#! Typically the value would be the output of: kubectl create secret docker-registry x --docker-server=https://example.io --docker-username="USERNAME" --docker-password="PASSWORD" --dry-run=client -o json | jq -r '.data[".dockerconfigjson"]'
-#! Optional.
-image_pull_dockerconfigjson: #! e.g. {"auths":{"https://registry.example.com":{"username":"USERNAME","password":"PASSWORD","auth":"BASE64_ENCODED_USERNAME_COLON_PASSWORD"}}}
-
-#! Specify how to expose the Supervisor app's HTTPS port as a Service.
-#! Typically, you would set a value for only one of the following service types.
-#! Setting any of these values means that a Service of that type will be created. They are all optional.
-#! Note that all port numbers should be numbers (not strings), i.e. use ytt's `--data-value-yaml` instead of `--data-value`.
-#! Several of these values have been deprecated and will be removed in a future release. Their names have been changed to
-#! mark them as deprecated and to make it obvious upon upgrade to anyone who was using them that they have been deprecated.
-deprecated_service_http_nodeport_port: #! will be removed in a future release; when specified, creates a NodePort Service with this `port` value, with port 8080 as its `targetPort`; e.g. 31234
-deprecated_service_http_nodeport_nodeport: #! will be removed in a future release; the `nodePort` value of the NodePort Service, optional when `deprecated_service_http_nodeport_port` is specified; e.g. 31234
-deprecated_service_http_loadbalancer_port: #! will be removed in a future release; when specified, creates a LoadBalancer Service with this `port` value, with port 8080 as its `targetPort`; e.g. 8443
-deprecated_service_http_clusterip_port: #! will be removed in a future release; when specified, creates a ClusterIP Service with this `port` value, with port 8080 as its `targetPort`; e.g. 8443
-service_https_nodeport_port: #! when specified, creates a NodePort Service with this `port` value, with port 8443 as its `targetPort`; e.g. 31243
-service_https_nodeport_nodeport: #! the `nodePort` value of the NodePort Service, optional when `service_https_nodeport_port` is specified; e.g. 31243
-service_https_loadbalancer_port: #! when specified, creates a LoadBalancer Service with this `port` value, with port 8443 as its `targetPort`; e.g. 8443
-service_https_clusterip_port: #! when specified, creates a ClusterIP Service with this `port` value, with port 8443 as its `targetPort`; e.g. 8443
-#! The `loadBalancerIP` value of the LoadBalancer Service.
-#! Ignored unless service_https_loadbalancer_port is provided.
-#! Optional.
-service_loadbalancer_ip: #! e.g. 1.2.3.4
-
-#! Specify the verbosity of logging: info ("nice to know" information), debug (developer information), trace (timing information),
-#! or all (kitchen sink). Do not use trace or all on production systems, as credentials may get logged.
-log_level: #! By default, when this value is left unset, only warnings and errors are printed. There is no way to suppress warning and error logs.
-#! Specify the format of logging: json (for machine parsable logs) and text (for legacy klog formatted logs).
-#! By default, when this value is left unset, logs are formatted in json.
-#! This configuration is deprecated and will be removed in a future release at which point logs will always be formatted as json.
-deprecated_log_format:
-
-run_as_user: 65532 #! run_as_user specifies the user ID that will own the process, see the Dockerfile for the reasoning behind this choice
-run_as_group: 65532 #! run_as_group specifies the group ID that will own the process, see the Dockerfile for the reasoning behind this choice
-
-#! Specify the API group suffix for all Pinniped API groups. By default, this is set to
-#! pinniped.dev, so Pinniped API groups will look like foo.pinniped.dev,
-#! authentication.concierge.pinniped.dev, etc. As an example, if this is set to tuna.io, then
-#! Pinniped API groups will look like foo.tuna.io. authentication.concierge.tuna.io, etc.
-api_group_suffix: pinniped.dev
-
-#! Set the standard golang HTTPS_PROXY and NO_PROXY environment variables on the Supervisor containers.
-#! These will be used when the Supervisor makes backend-to-backend calls to upstream identity providers using HTTPS,
-#! e.g. when the Supervisor fetches discovery documents, JWKS keys, and tokens from an upstream OIDC Provider.
-#! The Supervisor never makes insecure HTTP calls, so there is no reason to set HTTP_PROXY.
-#! Optional.
-https_proxy: #! e.g. http://proxy.example.com
-no_proxy: "$(KUBERNETES_SERVICE_HOST),169.254.169.254,127.0.0.1,localhost,.svc,.cluster.local" #! do not proxy Kubernetes endpoints
-
-#! Control the HTTP and HTTPS listeners of the Supervisor.
-#!
-#! The schema of this config is as follows:
-#!
-#! endpoints:
-#!   https:
-#!     network: tcp | unix | disabled
-#!     address: host:port when network=tcp or /pinniped_socket/socketfile.sock when network=unix
-#!   http:
-#!     network: same as above
-#!     address: same as above, except that when network=tcp then the address is only allowed to bind to loopback interfaces
-#!
-#! Setting network to disabled turns off that particular listener.
-#! See https://pkg.go.dev/net#Listen and https://pkg.go.dev/net#Dial for a description of what can be
-#! specified in the address parameter based on the given network parameter.  To aid in the use of unix
-#! domain sockets, a writable empty dir volume is mounted at /pinniped_socket when network is set to "unix."
-#!
-#! The current defaults are:
-#!
-#! endpoints:
-#!   https:
-#!     network: tcp
-#!     address: :8443
-#!   http:
-#!     network: disabled
-#!
-#! These defaults mean: For HTTPS listening, bind to all interfaces using TCP on port 8443.
-#! Disable HTTP listening by default.
-#!
-#! The HTTP listener can only be bound to loopback interfaces. This allows the listener to accept
-#! traffic from within the pod, e.g. from a service mesh sidecar. The HTTP listener should not be
-#! used to accept traffic from outside the pod, since that would mean that the network traffic could be
-#! transmitted unencrypted. The HTTPS listener should be used instead to accept traffic from outside the pod.
-#! Ingresses and load balancers that terminate TLS connections should re-encrypt the data and route traffic
-#! to the HTTPS listener. Unix domain sockets may also be used for integrations with service meshes.
-#!
-#! Changing the HTTPS port number must be accompanied by matching changes to the service and deployment
-#! manifests. Changes to the HTTPS listener must be coordinated with the deployment health checks.
-#!
-#! Optional.
-endpoints:
-
-#! Optionally override the validation on the endpoints.http value which checks that only loopback interfaces are used.
-#! When deprecated_insecure_accept_external_unencrypted_http_requests is true, the HTTP listener is allowed to bind to any
-#! interface, including interfaces that are listening for traffic from outside the pod. This value is being introduced
-#! to ease the transition to the new loopback interface validation for the HTTP port for any users who need more time
-#! to change their ingress strategy to avoid using plain HTTP into the Supervisor pods.
-#! This value is immediately deprecated upon its introduction. It will be removed in some future release, at which time
-#! traffic from outside the pod will need to be sent to the HTTPS listener instead, with no simple workaround available.
-#! Allowed values are true (boolean), "true" (string), false (boolean), and "false" (string). The default is false.
-#! Optional.
-deprecated_insecure_accept_external_unencrypted_http_requests: false

generated/1.21/README.adoc

@@ -197,7 +197,30 @@ OIDCClientSecretRequest can be used to update the client secrets associated with
 [cols="25a,75a", options="header"]
 |===
 | Field | Description
-| *`ObjectMeta`* __link:https://kubernetes.io/docs/reference/generated/kubernetes-api/v1.21/#objectmeta-v1-meta[$$ObjectMeta$$]__ | 
+| *`name`* __string__ | Name must be unique within a namespace. Is required when creating resources, although some resources may allow a client to request the generation of an appropriate name automatically. Name is primarily intended for creation idempotence and configuration definition. Cannot be updated. More info: http://kubernetes.io/docs/user-guide/identifiers#names
+| *`generateName`* __string__ | GenerateName is an optional prefix, used by the server, to generate a unique name ONLY IF the Name field has not been provided. If this field is used, the name returned to the client will be different than the name passed. This value will also be combined with a unique suffix. The provided value has the same validation rules as the Name field, and may be truncated by the length of the suffix required to make the value unique on the server. 
+ If this field is specified and the generated name exists, the server will NOT return a 409 - instead, it will either return 201 Created or 500 with Reason ServerTimeout indicating a unique name could not be found in the time allotted, and the client should retry (optionally after the time indicated in the Retry-After header). 
+ Applied only if Name is not specified. More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/sig-architecture/api-conventions.md#idempotency
+| *`namespace`* __string__ | Namespace defines the space within which each name must be unique. An empty namespace is equivalent to the "default" namespace, but "default" is the canonical representation. Not all objects are required to be scoped to a namespace - the value of this field for those objects will be empty. 
+ Must be a DNS_LABEL. Cannot be updated. More info: http://kubernetes.io/docs/user-guide/namespaces
+| *`selfLink`* __string__ | SelfLink is a URL representing this object. Populated by the system. Read-only. 
+ DEPRECATED Kubernetes will stop propagating this field in 1.20 release and the field is planned to be removed in 1.21 release.
+| *`uid`* __UID__ | UID is the unique in time and space value for this object. It is typically generated by the server on successful creation of a resource and is not allowed to change on PUT operations. 
+ Populated by the system. Read-only. More info: http://kubernetes.io/docs/user-guide/identifiers#uids
+| *`resourceVersion`* __string__ | An opaque value that represents the internal version of this object that can be used by clients to determine when objects have changed. May be used for optimistic concurrency, change detection, and the watch operation on a resource or set of resources. Clients must treat these values as opaque and passed unmodified back to the server. They may only be valid for a particular resource or set of resources. 
+ Populated by the system. Read-only. Value must be treated as opaque by clients and . More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/sig-architecture/api-conventions.md#concurrency-control-and-consistency
+| *`generation`* __integer__ | A sequence number representing a specific generation of the desired state. Populated by the system. Read-only.
+| *`creationTimestamp`* __link:https://kubernetes.io/docs/reference/generated/kubernetes-api/v1.21/#time-v1-meta[$$Time$$]__ | CreationTimestamp is a timestamp representing the server time when this object was created. It is not guaranteed to be set in happens-before order across separate operations. Clients may not set this value. It is represented in RFC3339 form and is in UTC. 
+ Populated by the system. Read-only. Null for lists. More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/sig-architecture/api-conventions.md#metadata
+| *`deletionTimestamp`* __link:https://kubernetes.io/docs/reference/generated/kubernetes-api/v1.21/#time-v1-meta[$$Time$$]__ | DeletionTimestamp is RFC 3339 date and time at which this resource will be deleted. This field is set by the server when a graceful deletion is requested by the user, and is not directly settable by a client. The resource is expected to be deleted (no longer visible from resource lists, and not reachable by name) after the time in this field, once the finalizers list is empty. As long as the finalizers list contains items, deletion is blocked. Once the deletionTimestamp is set, this value may not be unset or be set further into the future, although it may be shortened or the resource may be deleted prior to this time. For example, a user may request that a pod is deleted in 30 seconds. The Kubelet will react by sending a graceful termination signal to the containers in the pod. After that 30 seconds, the Kubelet will send a hard termination signal (SIGKILL) to the container and after cleanup, remove the pod from the API. In the presence of network partitions, this object may still exist after this timestamp, until an administrator or automated process can determine the resource is fully terminated. If not set, graceful deletion of the object has not been requested. 
+ Populated by the system when a graceful deletion is requested. Read-only. More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/sig-architecture/api-conventions.md#metadata
+| *`deletionGracePeriodSeconds`* __integer__ | Number of seconds allowed for this object to gracefully terminate before it will be removed from the system. Only set when deletionTimestamp is also set. May only be shortened. Read-only.
+| *`labels`* __object (keys:string, values:string)__ | Map of string keys and values that can be used to organize and categorize (scope and select) objects. May match selectors of replication controllers and services. More info: http://kubernetes.io/docs/user-guide/labels
+| *`annotations`* __object (keys:string, values:string)__ | Annotations is an unstructured key value map stored with a resource that may be set by external tools to store and retrieve arbitrary metadata. They are not queryable and should be preserved when modifying objects. More info: http://kubernetes.io/docs/user-guide/annotations
+| *`ownerReferences`* __link:https://kubernetes.io/docs/reference/generated/kubernetes-api/v1.21/#ownerreference-v1-meta[$$OwnerReference$$] array__ | List of objects depended by this object. If ALL objects in the list have been deleted, this object will be garbage collected. If this object is managed by a controller, then an entry in this list will point to this controller, with the controller field set to true. There cannot be more than one managing controller.
+| *`finalizers`* __string array__ | Must be empty before the object is deleted from the registry. Each entry is an identifier for the responsible component that will remove the entry from the list. If the deletionTimestamp of the object is non-nil, entries in this list can only be removed. Finalizers may be processed and removed in any order.  Order is NOT enforced because it introduces significant risk of stuck finalizers. finalizers is a shared field, any actor with permission can reorder it. If the finalizer list is processed in order, then this can lead to a situation in which the component responsible for the first finalizer in the list is waiting for a signal (field value, external system, or other) produced by a component responsible for a finalizer later in the list, resulting in a deadlock. Without enforced ordering finalizers are free to order amongst themselves and are not vulnerable to ordering changes in the list.
+| *`clusterName`* __string__ | The name of the cluster which the object belongs to. This is used to distinguish resources with same name and namespace in different clusters. This field is not set anywhere right now and apiserver is going to ignore it if set in create or update request.
+| *`managedFields`* __link:https://kubernetes.io/docs/reference/generated/kubernetes-api/v1.21/#managedfieldsentry-v1-meta[$$ManagedFieldsEntry$$] array__ | ManagedFields maps workflow-id and version to the set of fields that are managed by that workflow. This is mostly for internal housekeeping, and users typically shouldn't need to set or understand this field. A workflow can be the user's name, a controller's name, or the name of a specific apply path like "ci-cd". The set of fields is always in the version that the workflow used when modifying the object.
 | *`Spec`* __xref:{anchor_prefix}-go-pinniped-dev-generated-1-21-apis-supervisor-clientsecret-oidcclientsecretrequestspec[$$OIDCClientSecretRequestSpec$$]__ | 
 | *`Status`* __xref:{anchor_prefix}-go-pinniped-dev-generated-1-21-apis-supervisor-clientsecret-oidcclientsecretrequeststatus[$$OIDCClientSecretRequestStatus$$]__ | 
 |===
@@ -444,7 +467,7 @@ FrontendType enumerates a type of "frontend" used to provide access to users of
 
 
 [id="{anchor_prefix}-go-pinniped-dev-generated-1-21-apis-concierge-config-v1alpha1-impersonationproxyinfo"]
-==== ImpersonationProxyInfo (xref:{anchor_prefix}-go-pinniped-dev-generated-1-21-apis-concierge-config-v1alpha1-struct-endpoint string -json-endpoint- certificateauthoritydata string -json-certificateauthoritydata-[$$struct{Endpoint string "json:\"endpoint\""; CertificateAuthorityData string "json:\"certificateAuthorityData\""}$$]) 
+==== ImpersonationProxyInfo 
 
 ImpersonationProxyInfo describes the parameters for the impersonation proxy on this Concierge.
 
@@ -453,6 +476,12 @@ ImpersonationProxyInfo describes the parameters for the impersonation proxy on t
 - xref:{anchor_prefix}-go-pinniped-dev-generated-1-21-apis-concierge-config-v1alpha1-credentialissuerfrontend[$$CredentialIssuerFrontend$$]
 ****
 
+[cols="25a,75a", options="header"]
+|===
+| Field | Description
+| *`endpoint`* __string__ | Endpoint is the HTTPS endpoint of the impersonation proxy.
+| *`certificateAuthorityData`* __string__ | CertificateAuthorityData is the base64-encoded PEM CA bundle of the impersonation proxy.
+|===
 
 
 [id="{anchor_prefix}-go-pinniped-dev-generated-1-21-apis-concierge-config-v1alpha1-impersonationproxymode"]
@@ -480,9 +509,8 @@ ImpersonationProxyServiceSpec describes how the Concierge should provision a Ser
 [cols="25a,75a", options="header"]
 |===
 | Field | Description
-| *`type`* __xref:{anchor_prefix}-go-pinniped-dev-generated-1-21-apis-concierge-config-v1alpha1-impersonationproxyservicetype[$$ImpersonationProxyServiceType$$]__ | Type specifies the type of Service to provision for the impersonation proxy. +
-
-If the type is "None", then the "spec.impersonationProxy.externalEndpoint" field must be set to a non-empty value so that the Concierge can properly advertise the endpoint in the CredentialIssuer's status.
+| *`type`* __xref:{anchor_prefix}-go-pinniped-dev-generated-1-21-apis-concierge-config-v1alpha1-impersonationproxyservicetype[$$ImpersonationProxyServiceType$$]__ | Type specifies the type of Service to provision for the impersonation proxy. 
+ If the type is "None", then the "spec.impersonationProxy.externalEndpoint" field must be set to a non-empty value so that the Concierge can properly advertise the endpoint in the CredentialIssuer's status.
 | *`loadBalancerIP`* __string__ | LoadBalancerIP specifies the IP address to set in the spec.loadBalancerIP field of the provisioned Service. This is not supported on all cloud providers.
 | *`annotations`* __object (keys:string, values:string)__ | Annotations specifies zero or more key/value pairs to set as annotations on the provisioned Service.
 |===
@@ -515,12 +543,10 @@ ImpersonationProxySpec describes the intended configuration of the Concierge imp
 | Field | Description
 | *`mode`* __xref:{anchor_prefix}-go-pinniped-dev-generated-1-21-apis-concierge-config-v1alpha1-impersonationproxymode[$$ImpersonationProxyMode$$]__ | Mode configures whether the impersonation proxy should be started: - "disabled" explicitly disables the impersonation proxy. This is the default. - "enabled" explicitly enables the impersonation proxy. - "auto" enables or disables the impersonation proxy based upon the cluster in which it is running.
 | *`service`* __xref:{anchor_prefix}-go-pinniped-dev-generated-1-21-apis-concierge-config-v1alpha1-impersonationproxyservicespec[$$ImpersonationProxyServiceSpec$$]__ | Service describes the configuration of the Service provisioned to expose the impersonation proxy to clients.
-| *`externalEndpoint`* __string__ | ExternalEndpoint describes the HTTPS endpoint where the proxy will be exposed. If not set, the proxy will be served using the external name of the LoadBalancer service or the cluster service DNS name. +
-
-This field must be non-empty when spec.impersonationProxy.service.type is "None".
-| *`tls`* __xref:{anchor_prefix}-go-pinniped-dev-generated-1-21-apis-concierge-config-v1alpha1-impersonationproxytlsspec[$$ImpersonationProxyTLSSpec$$]__ | TLS contains information about how the Concierge impersonation proxy should serve TLS. +
-
-If this field is empty, the impersonation proxy will generate its own TLS certificate.
+| *`externalEndpoint`* __string__ | ExternalEndpoint describes the HTTPS endpoint where the proxy will be exposed. If not set, the proxy will be served using the external name of the LoadBalancer service or the cluster service DNS name. 
+ This field must be non-empty when spec.impersonationProxy.service.type is "None".
+| *`tls`* __xref:{anchor_prefix}-go-pinniped-dev-generated-1-21-apis-concierge-config-v1alpha1-impersonationproxytlsspec[$$ImpersonationProxyTLSSpec$$]__ | TLS contains information about how the Concierge impersonation proxy should serve TLS. 
+ If this field is empty, the impersonation proxy will generate its own TLS certificate.
 |===
 
 
@@ -581,7 +607,7 @@ StrategyType enumerates a type of "strategy" used to implement credential access
 
 
 [id="{anchor_prefix}-go-pinniped-dev-generated-1-21-apis-concierge-config-v1alpha1-tokencredentialrequestapiinfo"]
-==== TokenCredentialRequestAPIInfo (xref:{anchor_prefix}-go-pinniped-dev-generated-1-21-apis-concierge-config-v1alpha1-struct-server string -json-server- certificateauthoritydata string -json-certificateauthoritydata-[$$struct{Server string "json:\"server\""; CertificateAuthorityData string "json:\"certificateAuthorityData\""}$$]) 
+==== TokenCredentialRequestAPIInfo 
 
 TokenCredentialRequestAPIInfo describes the parameters for the TokenCredentialRequest API on this Concierge.
 
@@ -590,6 +616,12 @@ TokenCredentialRequestAPIInfo describes the parameters for the TokenCredentialRe
 - xref:{anchor_prefix}-go-pinniped-dev-generated-1-21-apis-concierge-config-v1alpha1-credentialissuerfrontend[$$CredentialIssuerFrontend$$]
 ****
 
+[cols="25a,75a", options="header"]
+|===
+| Field | Description
+| *`server`* __string__ | Server is the Kubernetes API server URL.
+| *`certificateAuthorityData`* __string__ | CertificateAuthorityData is the base64-encoded Kubernetes API server CA bundle.
+|===
 
 
 
@@ -686,15 +718,12 @@ FederationDomainSpec is a struct that describes an OIDC Provider.
 [cols="25a,75a", options="header"]
 |===
 | Field | Description
-| *`issuer`* __string__ | Issuer is the OIDC Provider's issuer, per the OIDC Discovery Metadata document, as well as the identifier that it will use for the iss claim in issued JWTs. This field will also be used as the base URL for any endpoints used by the OIDC Provider (e.g., if your issuer is https://example.com/foo, then your authorization endpoint will look like https://example.com/foo/some/path/to/auth/endpoint). +
-
-See https://openid.net/specs/openid-connect-discovery-1_0.html#rfc.section.3 for more information.
+| *`issuer`* __string__ | Issuer is the OIDC Provider's issuer, per the OIDC Discovery Metadata document, as well as the identifier that it will use for the iss claim in issued JWTs. This field will also be used as the base URL for any endpoints used by the OIDC Provider (e.g., if your issuer is https://example.com/foo, then your authorization endpoint will look like https://example.com/foo/some/path/to/auth/endpoint). 
+ See https://openid.net/specs/openid-connect-discovery-1_0.html#rfc.section.3 for more information.
 | *`tls`* __xref:{anchor_prefix}-go-pinniped-dev-generated-1-21-apis-supervisor-config-v1alpha1-federationdomaintlsspec[$$FederationDomainTLSSpec$$]__ | TLS specifies a secret which will contain Transport Layer Security (TLS) configuration for the FederationDomain.
-| *`identityProviders`* __xref:{anchor_prefix}-go-pinniped-dev-generated-1-21-apis-supervisor-config-v1alpha1-federationdomainidentityprovider[$$FederationDomainIdentityProvider$$] array__ | IdentityProviders is the list of identity providers available for use by this FederationDomain. +
-
-An identity provider CR (e.g. OIDCIdentityProvider or LDAPIdentityProvider) describes how to connect to a server, how to talk in a specific protocol for authentication, and how to use the schema of that server/protocol to extract a normalized user identity. Normalized user identities include a username and a list of group names. In contrast, IdentityProviders describes how to use that normalized identity in those Kubernetes clusters which belong to this FederationDomain. Each entry in IdentityProviders can be configured with arbitrary transformations on that normalized identity. For example, a transformation can add a prefix to all usernames to help avoid accidental conflicts when multiple identity providers have different users with the same username (e.g. "idp1:ryan" versus "idp2:ryan"). Each entry in IdentityProviders can also implement arbitrary authentication rejection policies. Even though a user was able to authenticate with the identity provider, a policy can disallow the authentication to the Kubernetes clusters that belong to this FederationDomain. For example, a policy could disallow the authentication unless the user belongs to a specific group in the identity provider. +
-
-For backwards compatibility with versions of Pinniped which predate support for multiple identity providers, an empty IdentityProviders list will cause the FederationDomain to use all available identity providers which exist in the same namespace, but also to reject all authentication requests when there is more than one identity provider currently defined. In this backwards compatibility mode, the name of the identity provider resource (e.g. the Name of an OIDCIdentityProvider resource) will be used as the name of the identity provider in this FederationDomain. This mode is provided to make upgrading from older versions easier. However, instead of relying on this backwards compatibility mode, please consider this mode to be deprecated and please instead explicitly list the identity provider using this IdentityProviders field.
+| *`identityProviders`* __xref:{anchor_prefix}-go-pinniped-dev-generated-1-21-apis-supervisor-config-v1alpha1-federationdomainidentityprovider[$$FederationDomainIdentityProvider$$] array__ | IdentityProviders is the list of identity providers available for use by this FederationDomain. 
+ An identity provider CR (e.g. OIDCIdentityProvider or LDAPIdentityProvider) describes how to connect to a server, how to talk in a specific protocol for authentication, and how to use the schema of that server/protocol to extract a normalized user identity. Normalized user identities include a username and a list of group names. In contrast, IdentityProviders describes how to use that normalized identity in those Kubernetes clusters which belong to this FederationDomain. Each entry in IdentityProviders can be configured with arbitrary transformations on that normalized identity. For example, a transformation can add a prefix to all usernames to help avoid accidental conflicts when multiple identity providers have different users with the same username (e.g. "idp1:ryan" versus "idp2:ryan"). Each entry in IdentityProviders can also implement arbitrary authentication rejection policies. Even though a user was able to authenticate with the identity provider, a policy can disallow the authentication to the Kubernetes clusters that belong to this FederationDomain. For example, a policy could disallow the authentication unless the user belongs to a specific group in the identity provider. 
+ For backwards compatibility with versions of Pinniped which predate support for multiple identity providers, an empty IdentityProviders list will cause the FederationDomain to use all available identity providers which exist in the same namespace, but also to reject all authentication requests when there is more than one identity provider currently defined. In this backwards compatibility mode, the name of the identity provider resource (e.g. the Name of an OIDCIdentityProvider resource) will be used as the name of the identity provider in this FederationDomain. This mode is provided to make upgrading from older versions easier. However, instead of relying on this backwards compatibility mode, please consider this mode to be deprecated and please instead explicitly list the identity provider using this IdentityProviders field.
 |===
 
 
@@ -730,15 +759,11 @@ FederationDomainTLSSpec is a struct that describes the TLS configuration for an
 [cols="25a,75a", options="header"]
 |===
 | Field | Description
-| *`secretName`* __string__ | SecretName is an optional name of a Secret in the same namespace, of type `kubernetes.io/tls`, which contains the TLS serving certificate for the HTTPS endpoints served by this FederationDomain. When provided, the TLS Secret named here must contain keys named `tls.crt` and `tls.key` that contain the certificate and private key to use for TLS. +
-
-Server Name Indication (SNI) is an extension to the Transport Layer Security (TLS) supported by all major browsers. +
-
-SecretName is required if you would like to use different TLS certificates for issuers of different hostnames. SNI requests do not include port numbers, so all issuers with the same DNS hostname must use the same SecretName value even if they have different port numbers. +
-
-SecretName is not required when you would like to use only the HTTP endpoints (e.g. when the HTTP listener is configured to listen on loopback interfaces or UNIX domain sockets for traffic from a service mesh sidecar). It is also not required when you would like all requests to this OIDC Provider's HTTPS endpoints to use the default TLS certificate, which is configured elsewhere. +
-
-When your Issuer URL's host is an IP address, then this field is ignored. SNI does not work for IP addresses.
+| *`secretName`* __string__ | SecretName is an optional name of a Secret in the same namespace, of type `kubernetes.io/tls`, which contains the TLS serving certificate for the HTTPS endpoints served by this FederationDomain. When provided, the TLS Secret named here must contain keys named `tls.crt` and `tls.key` that contain the certificate and private key to use for TLS. 
+ Server Name Indication (SNI) is an extension to the Transport Layer Security (TLS) supported by all major browsers. 
+ SecretName is required if you would like to use different TLS certificates for issuers of different hostnames. SNI requests do not include port numbers, so all issuers with the same DNS hostname must use the same SecretName value even if they have different port numbers. 
+ SecretName is not required when you would like to use only the HTTP endpoints (e.g. when the HTTP listener is configured to listen on loopback interfaces or UNIX domain sockets for traffic from a service mesh sidecar). It is also not required when you would like all requests to this OIDC Provider's HTTPS endpoints to use the default TLS certificate, which is configured elsewhere. 
+ When your Issuer URL's host is an IP address, then this field is ignored. SNI does not work for IP addresses.
 |===
 
 
@@ -756,13 +781,10 @@ FederationDomainTransforms defines identity transformations for an identity prov
 |===
 | Field | Description
 | *`constants`* __xref:{anchor_prefix}-go-pinniped-dev-generated-1-21-apis-supervisor-config-v1alpha1-federationdomaintransformsconstant[$$FederationDomainTransformsConstant$$] array__ | Constants defines constant variables and their values which will be made available to the transform expressions.
-| *`expressions`* __xref:{anchor_prefix}-go-pinniped-dev-generated-1-21-apis-supervisor-config-v1alpha1-federationdomaintransformsexpression[$$FederationDomainTransformsExpression$$] array__ | Expressions are an optional list of transforms and policies to be executed in the order given during every authentication attempt, including during every session refresh. Each is a CEL expression. It may use the basic CEL language as defined in https://github.com/google/cel-spec/blob/master/doc/langdef.md plus the CEL string extensions defined in https://github.com/google/cel-go/tree/master/ext#strings. +
-
-The username and groups extracted from the identity provider, and the constants defined in this CR, are available as variables in all expressions. The username is provided via a variable called `username` and the list of group names is provided via a variable called `groups` (which may be an empty list). Each user-provided constants is provided via a variable named `strConst.varName` for string constants and `strListConst.varName` for string list constants. +
-
-The only allowed types for expressions are currently policy/v1, username/v1, and groups/v1. Each policy/v1 must return a boolean, and when it returns false, no more expressions from the list are evaluated and the authentication attempt is rejected. Transformations of type policy/v1 do not return usernames or group names, and therefore cannot change the username or group names. Each username/v1 transform must return the new username (a string), which can be the same as the old username. Transformations of type username/v1 do not return group names, and therefore cannot change the group names. Each groups/v1 transform must return the new groups list (list of strings), which can be the same as the old groups list. Transformations of type groups/v1 do not return usernames, and therefore cannot change the usernames. After each expression, the new (potentially changed) username or groups get passed to the following expression. +
-
-Any compilation or static type-checking failure of any expression will cause an error status on the FederationDomain. During an authentication attempt, any unexpected runtime evaluation errors (e.g. division by zero) cause the authentication attempt to fail. When all expressions evaluate successfully, then the (potentially changed) username and group names have been decided for that authentication attempt.
+| *`expressions`* __xref:{anchor_prefix}-go-pinniped-dev-generated-1-21-apis-supervisor-config-v1alpha1-federationdomaintransformsexpression[$$FederationDomainTransformsExpression$$] array__ | Expressions are an optional list of transforms and policies to be executed in the order given during every authentication attempt, including during every session refresh. Each is a CEL expression. It may use the basic CEL language as defined in https://github.com/google/cel-spec/blob/master/doc/langdef.md plus the CEL string extensions defined in https://github.com/google/cel-go/tree/master/ext#strings. 
+ The username and groups extracted from the identity provider, and the constants defined in this CR, are available as variables in all expressions. The username is provided via a variable called `username` and the list of group names is provided via a variable called `groups` (which may be an empty list). Each user-provided constants is provided via a variable named `strConst.varName` for string constants and `strListConst.varName` for string list constants. 
+ The only allowed types for expressions are currently policy/v1, username/v1, and groups/v1. Each policy/v1 must return a boolean, and when it returns false, no more expressions from the list are evaluated and the authentication attempt is rejected. Transformations of type policy/v1 do not return usernames or group names, and therefore cannot change the username or group names. Each username/v1 transform must return the new username (a string), which can be the same as the old username. Transformations of type username/v1 do not return group names, and therefore cannot change the group names. Each groups/v1 transform must return the new groups list (list of strings), which can be the same as the old groups list. Transformations of type groups/v1 do not return usernames, and therefore cannot change the usernames. After each expression, the new (potentially changed) username or groups get passed to the following expression. 
+ Any compilation or static type-checking failure of any expression will cause an error status on the FederationDomain. During an authentication attempt, any unexpected runtime evaluation errors (e.g. division by zero) cause the authentication attempt to fail. When all expressions evaluate successfully, then the (potentially changed) username and group names have been decided for that authentication attempt.
 | *`examples`* __xref:{anchor_prefix}-go-pinniped-dev-generated-1-21-apis-supervisor-config-v1alpha1-federationdomaintransformsexample[$$FederationDomainTransformsExample$$] array__ | Examples can optionally be used to ensure that the sequence of transformation expressions are working as expected. Examples define sample input identities which are then run through the expression list, and the results are compared to the expected results. If any example in this list fails, then this identity provider will not be available for use within this FederationDomain, and the error(s) will be added to the FederationDomain status. This can be used to help guard against programming mistakes in the expressions, and also act as living documentation for other administrators to better understand the expressions.
 |===
 
@@ -905,12 +927,10 @@ OIDCClientSpec is a struct that describes an OIDCClient.
 |===
 | Field | Description
 | *`allowedRedirectURIs`* __xref:{anchor_prefix}-go-pinniped-dev-generated-1-21-apis-supervisor-config-v1alpha1-redirecturi[$$RedirectURI$$] array__ | allowedRedirectURIs is a list of the allowed redirect_uri param values that should be accepted during OIDC flows with this client. Any other uris will be rejected. Must be a URI with the https scheme, unless the hostname is 127.0.0.1 or ::1 which may use the http scheme. Port numbers are not required for 127.0.0.1 or ::1 and are ignored when checking for a matching redirect_uri.
-| *`allowedGrantTypes`* __xref:{anchor_prefix}-go-pinniped-dev-generated-1-21-apis-supervisor-config-v1alpha1-granttype[$$GrantType$$] array__ | allowedGrantTypes is a list of the allowed grant_type param values that should be accepted during OIDC flows with this client. +
-
-Must only contain the following values: - authorization_code: allows the client to perform the authorization code grant flow, i.e. allows the webapp to authenticate users. This grant must always be listed. - refresh_token: allows the client to perform refresh grants for the user to extend the user's session. This grant must be listed if allowedScopes lists offline_access. - urn:ietf:params:oauth:grant-type:token-exchange: allows the client to perform RFC8693 token exchange, which is a step in the process to be able to get a cluster credential for the user. This grant must be listed if allowedScopes lists pinniped:request-audience.
-| *`allowedScopes`* __xref:{anchor_prefix}-go-pinniped-dev-generated-1-21-apis-supervisor-config-v1alpha1-scope[$$Scope$$] array__ | allowedScopes is a list of the allowed scopes param values that should be accepted during OIDC flows with this client. +
-
-Must only contain the following values: - openid: The client is allowed to request ID tokens. ID tokens only include the required claims by default (iss, sub, aud, exp, iat). This scope must always be listed. - offline_access: The client is allowed to request an initial refresh token during the authorization code grant flow. This scope must be listed if allowedGrantTypes lists refresh_token. - pinniped:request-audience: The client is allowed to request a new audience value during a RFC8693 token exchange, which is a step in the process to be able to get a cluster credential for the user. openid, username and groups scopes must be listed when this scope is present. This scope must be listed if allowedGrantTypes lists urn:ietf:params:oauth:grant-type:token-exchange. - username: The client is allowed to request that ID tokens contain the user's username. Without the username scope being requested and allowed, the ID token will not contain the user's username. - groups: The client is allowed to request that ID tokens contain the user's group membership, if their group membership is discoverable by the Supervisor. Without the groups scope being requested and allowed, the ID token will not contain groups.
+| *`allowedGrantTypes`* __xref:{anchor_prefix}-go-pinniped-dev-generated-1-21-apis-supervisor-config-v1alpha1-granttype[$$GrantType$$] array__ | allowedGrantTypes is a list of the allowed grant_type param values that should be accepted during OIDC flows with this client. 
+ Must only contain the following values: - authorization_code: allows the client to perform the authorization code grant flow, i.e. allows the webapp to authenticate users. This grant must always be listed. - refresh_token: allows the client to perform refresh grants for the user to extend the user's session. This grant must be listed if allowedScopes lists offline_access. - urn:ietf:params:oauth:grant-type:token-exchange: allows the client to perform RFC8693 token exchange, which is a step in the process to be able to get a cluster credential for the user. This grant must be listed if allowedScopes lists pinniped:request-audience.
+| *`allowedScopes`* __xref:{anchor_prefix}-go-pinniped-dev-generated-1-21-apis-supervisor-config-v1alpha1-scope[$$Scope$$] array__ | allowedScopes is a list of the allowed scopes param values that should be accepted during OIDC flows with this client. 
+ Must only contain the following values: - openid: The client is allowed to request ID tokens. ID tokens only include the required claims by default (iss, sub, aud, exp, iat). This scope must always be listed. - offline_access: The client is allowed to request an initial refresh token during the authorization code grant flow. This scope must be listed if allowedGrantTypes lists refresh_token. - pinniped:request-audience: The client is allowed to request a new audience value during a RFC8693 token exchange, which is a step in the process to be able to get a cluster credential for the user. openid, username and groups scopes must be listed when this scope is present. This scope must be listed if allowedGrantTypes lists urn:ietf:params:oauth:grant-type:token-exchange. - username: The client is allowed to request that ID tokens contain the user's username. Without the username scope being requested and allowed, the ID token will not contain the user's username. - groups: The client is allowed to request that ID tokens contain the user's group membership, if their group membership is discoverable by the Supervisor. Without the groups scope being requested and allowed, the ID token will not contain groups.
 |===
 
 
@@ -966,7 +986,7 @@ Package identity is the internal version of the Pinniped identity API.
 
 
 [id="{anchor_prefix}-go-pinniped-dev-generated-1-21-apis-concierge-identity-extravalue"]
-==== ExtraValue (string array) 
+==== ExtraValue 
 
 ExtraValue masks the value so protobuf can generate
 
@@ -1028,7 +1048,30 @@ WhoAmIRequest submits a request to echo back the current authenticated user.
 [cols="25a,75a", options="header"]
 |===
 | Field | Description
-| *`ObjectMeta`* __link:https://kubernetes.io/docs/reference/generated/kubernetes-api/v1.21/#objectmeta-v1-meta[$$ObjectMeta$$]__ | 
+| *`name`* __string__ | Name must be unique within a namespace. Is required when creating resources, although some resources may allow a client to request the generation of an appropriate name automatically. Name is primarily intended for creation idempotence and configuration definition. Cannot be updated. More info: http://kubernetes.io/docs/user-guide/identifiers#names
+| *`generateName`* __string__ | GenerateName is an optional prefix, used by the server, to generate a unique name ONLY IF the Name field has not been provided. If this field is used, the name returned to the client will be different than the name passed. This value will also be combined with a unique suffix. The provided value has the same validation rules as the Name field, and may be truncated by the length of the suffix required to make the value unique on the server. 
+ If this field is specified and the generated name exists, the server will NOT return a 409 - instead, it will either return 201 Created or 500 with Reason ServerTimeout indicating a unique name could not be found in the time allotted, and the client should retry (optionally after the time indicated in the Retry-After header). 
+ Applied only if Name is not specified. More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/sig-architecture/api-conventions.md#idempotency
+| *`namespace`* __string__ | Namespace defines the space within which each name must be unique. An empty namespace is equivalent to the "default" namespace, but "default" is the canonical representation. Not all objects are required to be scoped to a namespace - the value of this field for those objects will be empty. 
+ Must be a DNS_LABEL. Cannot be updated. More info: http://kubernetes.io/docs/user-guide/namespaces
+| *`selfLink`* __string__ | SelfLink is a URL representing this object. Populated by the system. Read-only. 
+ DEPRECATED Kubernetes will stop propagating this field in 1.20 release and the field is planned to be removed in 1.21 release.
+| *`uid`* __UID__ | UID is the unique in time and space value for this object. It is typically generated by the server on successful creation of a resource and is not allowed to change on PUT operations. 
+ Populated by the system. Read-only. More info: http://kubernetes.io/docs/user-guide/identifiers#uids
+| *`resourceVersion`* __string__ | An opaque value that represents the internal version of this object that can be used by clients to determine when objects have changed. May be used for optimistic concurrency, change detection, and the watch operation on a resource or set of resources. Clients must treat these values as opaque and passed unmodified back to the server. They may only be valid for a particular resource or set of resources. 
+ Populated by the system. Read-only. Value must be treated as opaque by clients and . More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/sig-architecture/api-conventions.md#concurrency-control-and-consistency
+| *`generation`* __integer__ | A sequence number representing a specific generation of the desired state. Populated by the system. Read-only.
+| *`creationTimestamp`* __link:https://kubernetes.io/docs/reference/generated/kubernetes-api/v1.21/#time-v1-meta[$$Time$$]__ | CreationTimestamp is a timestamp representing the server time when this object was created. It is not guaranteed to be set in happens-before order across separate operations. Clients may not set this value. It is represented in RFC3339 form and is in UTC. 
+ Populated by the system. Read-only. Null for lists. More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/sig-architecture/api-conventions.md#metadata
+| *`deletionTimestamp`* __link:https://kubernetes.io/docs/reference/generated/kubernetes-api/v1.21/#time-v1-meta[$$Time$$]__ | DeletionTimestamp is RFC 3339 date and time at which this resource will be deleted. This field is set by the server when a graceful deletion is requested by the user, and is not directly settable by a client. The resource is expected to be deleted (no longer visible from resource lists, and not reachable by name) after the time in this field, once the finalizers list is empty. As long as the finalizers list contains items, deletion is blocked. Once the deletionTimestamp is set, this value may not be unset or be set further into the future, although it may be shortened or the resource may be deleted prior to this time. For example, a user may request that a pod is deleted in 30 seconds. The Kubelet will react by sending a graceful termination signal to the containers in the pod. After that 30 seconds, the Kubelet will send a hard termination signal (SIGKILL) to the container and after cleanup, remove the pod from the API. In the presence of network partitions, this object may still exist after this timestamp, until an administrator or automated process can determine the resource is fully terminated. If not set, graceful deletion of the object has not been requested. 
+ Populated by the system when a graceful deletion is requested. Read-only. More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/sig-architecture/api-conventions.md#metadata
+| *`deletionGracePeriodSeconds`* __integer__ | Number of seconds allowed for this object to gracefully terminate before it will be removed from the system. Only set when deletionTimestamp is also set. May only be shortened. Read-only.
+| *`labels`* __object (keys:string, values:string)__ | Map of string keys and values that can be used to organize and categorize (scope and select) objects. May match selectors of replication controllers and services. More info: http://kubernetes.io/docs/user-guide/labels
+| *`annotations`* __object (keys:string, values:string)__ | Annotations is an unstructured key value map stored with a resource that may be set by external tools to store and retrieve arbitrary metadata. They are not queryable and should be preserved when modifying objects. More info: http://kubernetes.io/docs/user-guide/annotations
+| *`ownerReferences`* __link:https://kubernetes.io/docs/reference/generated/kubernetes-api/v1.21/#ownerreference-v1-meta[$$OwnerReference$$] array__ | List of objects depended by this object. If ALL objects in the list have been deleted, this object will be garbage collected. If this object is managed by a controller, then an entry in this list will point to this controller, with the controller field set to true. There cannot be more than one managing controller.
+| *`finalizers`* __string array__ | Must be empty before the object is deleted from the registry. Each entry is an identifier for the responsible component that will remove the entry from the list. If the deletionTimestamp of the object is non-nil, entries in this list can only be removed. Finalizers may be processed and removed in any order.  Order is NOT enforced because it introduces significant risk of stuck finalizers. finalizers is a shared field, any actor with permission can reorder it. If the finalizer list is processed in order, then this can lead to a situation in which the component responsible for the first finalizer in the list is waiting for a signal (field value, external system, or other) produced by a component responsible for a finalizer later in the list, resulting in a deadlock. Without enforced ordering finalizers are free to order amongst themselves and are not vulnerable to ordering changes in the list.
+| *`clusterName`* __string__ | The name of the cluster which the object belongs to. This is used to distinguish resources with same name and namespace in different clusters. This field is not set anywhere right now and apiserver is going to ignore it if set in create or update request.
+| *`managedFields`* __link:https://kubernetes.io/docs/reference/generated/kubernetes-api/v1.21/#managedfieldsentry-v1-meta[$$ManagedFieldsEntry$$] array__ | ManagedFields maps workflow-id and version to the set of fields that are managed by that workflow. This is mostly for internal housekeeping, and users typically shouldn't need to set or understand this field. A workflow can be the user's name, a controller's name, or the name of a specific apply path like "ci-cd". The set of fields is always in the version that the workflow used when modifying the object.
 | *`Spec`* __xref:{anchor_prefix}-go-pinniped-dev-generated-1-21-apis-concierge-identity-whoamirequestspec[$$WhoAmIRequestSpec$$]__ | 
 | *`Status`* __xref:{anchor_prefix}-go-pinniped-dev-generated-1-21-apis-concierge-identity-whoamirequeststatus[$$WhoAmIRequestStatus$$]__ | 
 |===
@@ -1036,16 +1079,6 @@ WhoAmIRequest submits a request to echo back the current authenticated user.
 
 
 
-[id="{anchor_prefix}-go-pinniped-dev-generated-1-21-apis-concierge-identity-whoamirequestspec"]
-==== WhoAmIRequestSpec 
-
-Spec is always empty for a WhoAmIRequest.
-
-.Appears In:
-****
-- xref:{anchor_prefix}-go-pinniped-dev-generated-1-21-apis-concierge-identity-whoamirequest[$$WhoAmIRequest$$]
-****
-
 
 
 [id="{anchor_prefix}-go-pinniped-dev-generated-1-21-apis-concierge-identity-whoamirequeststatus"]
@@ -1074,7 +1107,7 @@ Package v1alpha1 is the v1alpha1 version of the Pinniped identity API.
 
 
 [id="{anchor_prefix}-go-pinniped-dev-generated-1-21-apis-concierge-identity-v1alpha1-extravalue"]
-==== ExtraValue (string array) 
+==== ExtraValue 
 
 ExtraValue masks the value so protobuf can generate
 
@@ -1145,16 +1178,6 @@ WhoAmIRequest submits a request to echo back the current authenticated user.
 
 
 
-[id="{anchor_prefix}-go-pinniped-dev-generated-1-21-apis-concierge-identity-v1alpha1-whoamirequestspec"]
-==== WhoAmIRequestSpec 
-
-Spec is always empty for a WhoAmIRequest.
-
-.Appears In:
-****
-- xref:{anchor_prefix}-go-pinniped-dev-generated-1-21-apis-concierge-identity-v1alpha1-whoamirequest[$$WhoAmIRequest$$]
-****
-
 
 
 [id="{anchor_prefix}-go-pinniped-dev-generated-1-21-apis-concierge-identity-v1alpha1-whoamirequeststatus"]
@@ -1236,13 +1259,10 @@ ActiveDirectoryIdentityProvider describes the configuration of an upstream Micro
 | *`filter`* __string__ | Filter is the ActiveDirectory search filter which should be applied when searching for groups for a user. The pattern "{}" must occur in the filter at least once and will be dynamically replaced by the value of an attribute of the user entry found as a result of the user search. Which attribute's value is used to replace the placeholder(s) depends on the value of UserAttributeForFilter. E.g. "member={}" or "&(objectClass=groupOfNames)(member={})". For more information about ActiveDirectory filters, see https://ldap.com/ldap-filters. Note that the dn (distinguished name) is not an attribute of an entry, so "dn={}" cannot be used. Optional. When not specified, the default will act as if the filter were specified as "(&(objectClass=group)(member:1.2.840.113556.1.4.1941:={})". This searches nested groups by default. Note that nested group search can be slow for some Active Directory servers. To disable it, you can set the filter to "(&(objectClass=group)(member={})"
 | *`userAttributeForFilter`* __string__ | UserAttributeForFilter specifies which attribute's value from the user entry found as a result of the user search will be used to replace the "{}" placeholder(s) in the group search Filter. For example, specifying "uid" as the UserAttributeForFilter while specifying "&(objectClass=posixGroup)(memberUid={})" as the Filter would search for groups by replacing the "{}" placeholder in the Filter with the value of the user's "uid" attribute. Optional. When not specified, the default will act as if "dn" were specified. For example, leaving UserAttributeForFilter unspecified while specifying "&(objectClass=groupOfNames)(member={})" as the Filter would search for groups by replacing the "{}" placeholder(s) with the dn (distinguished name) of the user.
 | *`attributes`* __xref:{anchor_prefix}-go-pinniped-dev-generated-1-21-apis-supervisor-idp-v1alpha1-activedirectoryidentityprovidergroupsearchattributes[$$ActiveDirectoryIdentityProviderGroupSearchAttributes$$]__ | Attributes specifies how the group's information should be read from each ActiveDirectory entry which was found as the result of the group search.
-| *`skipGroupRefresh`* __boolean__ | The user's group membership is refreshed as they interact with the supervisor to obtain new credentials (as their old credentials expire).  This allows group membership changes to be quickly reflected into Kubernetes clusters.  Since group membership is often used to bind authorization policies, it is important to keep the groups observed in Kubernetes clusters in-sync with the identity provider. +
-
-In some environments, frequent group membership queries may result in a significant performance impact on the identity provider and/or the supervisor. The best approach to handle performance impacts is to tweak the group query to be more performant, for example by disabling nested group search or by using a more targeted group search base. +
-
-If the group search query cannot be made performant and you are willing to have group memberships remain static for approximately a day, then set skipGroupRefresh to true.  This is an insecure configuration as authorization policies that are bound to group membership will not notice if a user has been removed from a particular group until their next login. +
-
-This is an experimental feature that may be removed or significantly altered in the future.  Consumers of this configuration should carefully read all release notes before upgrading to ensure that the meaning of this field has not changed.
+| *`skipGroupRefresh`* __boolean__ | The user's group membership is refreshed as they interact with the supervisor to obtain new credentials (as their old credentials expire).  This allows group membership changes to be quickly reflected into Kubernetes clusters.  Since group membership is often used to bind authorization policies, it is important to keep the groups observed in Kubernetes clusters in-sync with the identity provider. 
+ In some environments, frequent group membership queries may result in a significant performance impact on the identity provider and/or the supervisor. The best approach to handle performance impacts is to tweak the group query to be more performant, for example by disabling nested group search or by using a more targeted group search base. 
+ If the group search query cannot be made performant and you are willing to have group memberships remain static for approximately a day, then set skipGroupRefresh to true.  This is an insecure configuration as authorization policies that are bound to group membership will not notice if a user has been removed from a particular group until their next login. 
+ This is an experimental feature that may be removed or significantly altered in the future.  Consumers of this configuration should carefully read all release notes before upgrading to ensure that the meaning of this field has not changed.
 |===
 
 
@@ -1407,13 +1427,10 @@ LDAPIdentityProvider describes the configuration of an upstream Lightweight Dire
 | *`filter`* __string__ | Filter is the LDAP search filter which should be applied when searching for groups for a user. The pattern "{}" must occur in the filter at least once and will be dynamically replaced by the value of an attribute of the user entry found as a result of the user search. Which attribute's value is used to replace the placeholder(s) depends on the value of UserAttributeForFilter. For more information about LDAP filters, see https://ldap.com/ldap-filters. Note that the dn (distinguished name) is not an attribute of an entry, so "dn={}" cannot be used. Optional. When not specified, the default will act as if the Filter were specified as "member={}".
 | *`userAttributeForFilter`* __string__ | UserAttributeForFilter specifies which attribute's value from the user entry found as a result of the user search will be used to replace the "{}" placeholder(s) in the group search Filter. For example, specifying "uid" as the UserAttributeForFilter while specifying "&(objectClass=posixGroup)(memberUid={})" as the Filter would search for groups by replacing the "{}" placeholder in the Filter with the value of the user's "uid" attribute. Optional. When not specified, the default will act as if "dn" were specified. For example, leaving UserAttributeForFilter unspecified while specifying "&(objectClass=groupOfNames)(member={})" as the Filter would search for groups by replacing the "{}" placeholder(s) with the dn (distinguished name) of the user.
 | *`attributes`* __xref:{anchor_prefix}-go-pinniped-dev-generated-1-21-apis-supervisor-idp-v1alpha1-ldapidentityprovidergroupsearchattributes[$$LDAPIdentityProviderGroupSearchAttributes$$]__ | Attributes specifies how the group's information should be read from each LDAP entry which was found as the result of the group search.
-| *`skipGroupRefresh`* __boolean__ | The user's group membership is refreshed as they interact with the supervisor to obtain new credentials (as their old credentials expire).  This allows group membership changes to be quickly reflected into Kubernetes clusters.  Since group membership is often used to bind authorization policies, it is important to keep the groups observed in Kubernetes clusters in-sync with the identity provider. +
-
-In some environments, frequent group membership queries may result in a significant performance impact on the identity provider and/or the supervisor. The best approach to handle performance impacts is to tweak the group query to be more performant, for example by disabling nested group search or by using a more targeted group search base. +
-
-If the group search query cannot be made performant and you are willing to have group memberships remain static for approximately a day, then set skipGroupRefresh to true.  This is an insecure configuration as authorization policies that are bound to group membership will not notice if a user has been removed from a particular group until their next login. +
-
-This is an experimental feature that may be removed or significantly altered in the future.  Consumers of this configuration should carefully read all release notes before upgrading to ensure that the meaning of this field has not changed.
+| *`skipGroupRefresh`* __boolean__ | The user's group membership is refreshed as they interact with the supervisor to obtain new credentials (as their old credentials expire).  This allows group membership changes to be quickly reflected into Kubernetes clusters.  Since group membership is often used to bind authorization policies, it is important to keep the groups observed in Kubernetes clusters in-sync with the identity provider. 
+ In some environments, frequent group membership queries may result in a significant performance impact on the identity provider and/or the supervisor. The best approach to handle performance impacts is to tweak the group query to be more performant, for example by disabling nested group search or by using a more targeted group search base. 
+ If the group search query cannot be made performant and you are willing to have group memberships remain static for approximately a day, then set skipGroupRefresh to true.  This is an insecure configuration as authorization policies that are bound to group membership will not notice if a user has been removed from a particular group until their next login. 
+ This is an experimental feature that may be removed or significantly altered in the future.  Consumers of this configuration should carefully read all release notes before upgrading to ensure that the meaning of this field has not changed.
 |===
 
 

generated/1.21/crds/authentication.concierge.pinniped.dev_jwtauthenticators.yaml

@@ -3,7 +3,8 @@ apiVersion: apiextensions.k8s.io/v1
 kind: CustomResourceDefinition
 metadata:
   annotations:
-    controller-gen.kubebuilder.io/version: v0.13.0
+    controller-gen.kubebuilder.io/version: v0.8.0
+  creationTimestamp: null
   name: jwtauthenticators.authentication.concierge.pinniped.dev
 spec:
   group: authentication.concierge.pinniped.dev
@@ -173,3 +174,9 @@ spec:
     storage: true
     subresources:
       status: {}
+status:
+  acceptedNames:
+    kind: ""
+    plural: ""
+  conditions: []
+  storedVersions: []

generated/1.21/crds/authentication.concierge.pinniped.dev_webhookauthenticators.yaml

@@ -3,7 +3,8 @@ apiVersion: apiextensions.k8s.io/v1
 kind: CustomResourceDefinition
 metadata:
   annotations:
-    controller-gen.kubebuilder.io/version: v0.13.0
+    controller-gen.kubebuilder.io/version: v0.8.0
+  creationTimestamp: null
   name: webhookauthenticators.authentication.concierge.pinniped.dev
 spec:
   group: authentication.concierge.pinniped.dev
@@ -146,3 +147,9 @@ spec:
     storage: true
     subresources:
       status: {}
+status:
+  acceptedNames:
+    kind: ""
+    plural: ""
+  conditions: []
+  storedVersions: []

generated/1.21/crds/config.concierge.pinniped.dev_credentialissuers.yaml

@@ -3,7 +3,8 @@ apiVersion: apiextensions.k8s.io/v1
 kind: CustomResourceDefinition
 metadata:
   annotations:
-    controller-gen.kubebuilder.io/version: v0.13.0
+    controller-gen.kubebuilder.io/version: v0.8.0
+  creationTimestamp: null
   name: credentialissuers.config.concierge.pinniped.dev
 spec:
   group: config.concierge.pinniped.dev
@@ -255,3 +256,9 @@ spec:
     storage: true
     subresources:
       status: {}
+status:
+  acceptedNames:
+    kind: ""
+    plural: ""
+  conditions: []
+  storedVersions: []

generated/1.21/crds/config.supervisor.pinniped.dev_federationdomains.yaml

@@ -3,7 +3,8 @@ apiVersion: apiextensions.k8s.io/v1
 kind: CustomResourceDefinition
 metadata:
   annotations:
-    controller-gen.kubebuilder.io/version: v0.13.0
+    controller-gen.kubebuilder.io/version: v0.8.0
+  creationTimestamp: null
   name: federationdomains.config.supervisor.pinniped.dev
 spec:
   group: config.supervisor.pinniped.dev
@@ -481,3 +482,9 @@ spec:
     storage: true
     subresources:
       status: {}
+status:
+  acceptedNames:
+    kind: ""
+    plural: ""
+  conditions: []
+  storedVersions: []

generated/1.21/crds/config.supervisor.pinniped.dev_oidcclients.yaml

@@ -3,7 +3,8 @@ apiVersion: apiextensions.k8s.io/v1
 kind: CustomResourceDefinition
 metadata:
   annotations:
-    controller-gen.kubebuilder.io/version: v0.13.0
+    controller-gen.kubebuilder.io/version: v0.8.0
+  creationTimestamp: null
   name: oidcclients.config.supervisor.pinniped.dev
 spec:
   group: config.supervisor.pinniped.dev
@@ -218,3 +219,9 @@ spec:
     storage: true
     subresources:
       status: {}
+status:
+  acceptedNames:
+    kind: ""
+    plural: ""
+  conditions: []
+  storedVersions: []

generated/1.21/crds/idp.supervisor.pinniped.dev_activedirectoryidentityproviders.yaml

@@ -3,7 +3,8 @@ apiVersion: apiextensions.k8s.io/v1
 kind: CustomResourceDefinition
 metadata:
   annotations:
-    controller-gen.kubebuilder.io/version: v0.13.0
+    controller-gen.kubebuilder.io/version: v0.8.0
+  creationTimestamp: null
   name: activedirectoryidentityproviders.idp.supervisor.pinniped.dev
 spec:
   group: idp.supervisor.pinniped.dev
@@ -316,3 +317,9 @@ spec:
     storage: true
     subresources:
       status: {}
+status:
+  acceptedNames:
+    kind: ""
+    plural: ""
+  conditions: []
+  storedVersions: []

generated/1.21/crds/idp.supervisor.pinniped.dev_ldapidentityproviders.yaml

@@ -3,7 +3,8 @@ apiVersion: apiextensions.k8s.io/v1
 kind: CustomResourceDefinition
 metadata:
   annotations:
-    controller-gen.kubebuilder.io/version: v0.13.0
+    controller-gen.kubebuilder.io/version: v0.8.0
+  creationTimestamp: null
   name: ldapidentityproviders.idp.supervisor.pinniped.dev
 spec:
   group: idp.supervisor.pinniped.dev
@@ -313,3 +314,9 @@ spec:
     storage: true
     subresources:
       status: {}
+status:
+  acceptedNames:
+    kind: ""
+    plural: ""
+  conditions: []
+  storedVersions: []

generated/1.21/crds/idp.supervisor.pinniped.dev_oidcidentityproviders.yaml

@@ -3,7 +3,8 @@ apiVersion: apiextensions.k8s.io/v1
 kind: CustomResourceDefinition
 metadata:
   annotations:
-    controller-gen.kubebuilder.io/version: v0.13.0
+    controller-gen.kubebuilder.io/version: v0.8.0
+  creationTimestamp: null
   name: oidcidentityproviders.idp.supervisor.pinniped.dev
 spec:
   group: idp.supervisor.pinniped.dev
@@ -343,3 +344,9 @@ spec:
     storage: true
     subresources:
       status: {}
+status:
+  acceptedNames:
+    kind: ""
+    plural: ""
+  conditions: []
+  storedVersions: []

generated/1.22/README.adoc

@@ -197,7 +197,30 @@ OIDCClientSecretRequest can be used to update the client secrets associated with
 [cols="25a,75a", options="header"]
 |===
 | Field | Description
-| *`ObjectMeta`* __link:https://kubernetes.io/docs/reference/generated/kubernetes-api/v1.22/#objectmeta-v1-meta[$$ObjectMeta$$]__ | 
+| *`name`* __string__ | Name must be unique within a namespace. Is required when creating resources, although some resources may allow a client to request the generation of an appropriate name automatically. Name is primarily intended for creation idempotence and configuration definition. Cannot be updated. More info: http://kubernetes.io/docs/user-guide/identifiers#names
+| *`generateName`* __string__ | GenerateName is an optional prefix, used by the server, to generate a unique name ONLY IF the Name field has not been provided. If this field is used, the name returned to the client will be different than the name passed. This value will also be combined with a unique suffix. The provided value has the same validation rules as the Name field, and may be truncated by the length of the suffix required to make the value unique on the server. 
+ If this field is specified and the generated name exists, the server will NOT return a 409 - instead, it will either return 201 Created or 500 with Reason ServerTimeout indicating a unique name could not be found in the time allotted, and the client should retry (optionally after the time indicated in the Retry-After header). 
+ Applied only if Name is not specified. More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/sig-architecture/api-conventions.md#idempotency
+| *`namespace`* __string__ | Namespace defines the space within which each name must be unique. An empty namespace is equivalent to the "default" namespace, but "default" is the canonical representation. Not all objects are required to be scoped to a namespace - the value of this field for those objects will be empty. 
+ Must be a DNS_LABEL. Cannot be updated. More info: http://kubernetes.io/docs/user-guide/namespaces
+| *`selfLink`* __string__ | SelfLink is a URL representing this object. Populated by the system. Read-only. 
+ DEPRECATED Kubernetes will stop propagating this field in 1.20 release and the field is planned to be removed in 1.21 release.
+| *`uid`* __UID__ | UID is the unique in time and space value for this object. It is typically generated by the server on successful creation of a resource and is not allowed to change on PUT operations. 
+ Populated by the system. Read-only. More info: http://kubernetes.io/docs/user-guide/identifiers#uids
+| *`resourceVersion`* __string__ | An opaque value that represents the internal version of this object that can be used by clients to determine when objects have changed. May be used for optimistic concurrency, change detection, and the watch operation on a resource or set of resources. Clients must treat these values as opaque and passed unmodified back to the server. They may only be valid for a particular resource or set of resources. 
+ Populated by the system. Read-only. Value must be treated as opaque by clients and . More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/sig-architecture/api-conventions.md#concurrency-control-and-consistency
+| *`generation`* __integer__ | A sequence number representing a specific generation of the desired state. Populated by the system. Read-only.
+| *`creationTimestamp`* __link:https://kubernetes.io/docs/reference/generated/kubernetes-api/v1.22/#time-v1-meta[$$Time$$]__ | CreationTimestamp is a timestamp representing the server time when this object was created. It is not guaranteed to be set in happens-before order across separate operations. Clients may not set this value. It is represented in RFC3339 form and is in UTC. 
+ Populated by the system. Read-only. Null for lists. More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/sig-architecture/api-conventions.md#metadata
+| *`deletionTimestamp`* __link:https://kubernetes.io/docs/reference/generated/kubernetes-api/v1.22/#time-v1-meta[$$Time$$]__ | DeletionTimestamp is RFC 3339 date and time at which this resource will be deleted. This field is set by the server when a graceful deletion is requested by the user, and is not directly settable by a client. The resource is expected to be deleted (no longer visible from resource lists, and not reachable by name) after the time in this field, once the finalizers list is empty. As long as the finalizers list contains items, deletion is blocked. Once the deletionTimestamp is set, this value may not be unset or be set further into the future, although it may be shortened or the resource may be deleted prior to this time. For example, a user may request that a pod is deleted in 30 seconds. The Kubelet will react by sending a graceful termination signal to the containers in the pod. After that 30 seconds, the Kubelet will send a hard termination signal (SIGKILL) to the container and after cleanup, remove the pod from the API. In the presence of network partitions, this object may still exist after this timestamp, until an administrator or automated process can determine the resource is fully terminated. If not set, graceful deletion of the object has not been requested. 
+ Populated by the system when a graceful deletion is requested. Read-only. More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/sig-architecture/api-conventions.md#metadata
+| *`deletionGracePeriodSeconds`* __integer__ | Number of seconds allowed for this object to gracefully terminate before it will be removed from the system. Only set when deletionTimestamp is also set. May only be shortened. Read-only.
+| *`labels`* __object (keys:string, values:string)__ | Map of string keys and values that can be used to organize and categorize (scope and select) objects. May match selectors of replication controllers and services. More info: http://kubernetes.io/docs/user-guide/labels
+| *`annotations`* __object (keys:string, values:string)__ | Annotations is an unstructured key value map stored with a resource that may be set by external tools to store and retrieve arbitrary metadata. They are not queryable and should be preserved when modifying objects. More info: http://kubernetes.io/docs/user-guide/annotations
+| *`ownerReferences`* __link:https://kubernetes.io/docs/reference/generated/kubernetes-api/v1.22/#ownerreference-v1-meta[$$OwnerReference$$] array__ | List of objects depended by this object. If ALL objects in the list have been deleted, this object will be garbage collected. If this object is managed by a controller, then an entry in this list will point to this controller, with the controller field set to true. There cannot be more than one managing controller.
+| *`finalizers`* __string array__ | Must be empty before the object is deleted from the registry. Each entry is an identifier for the responsible component that will remove the entry from the list. If the deletionTimestamp of the object is non-nil, entries in this list can only be removed. Finalizers may be processed and removed in any order.  Order is NOT enforced because it introduces significant risk of stuck finalizers. finalizers is a shared field, any actor with permission can reorder it. If the finalizer list is processed in order, then this can lead to a situation in which the component responsible for the first finalizer in the list is waiting for a signal (field value, external system, or other) produced by a component responsible for a finalizer later in the list, resulting in a deadlock. Without enforced ordering finalizers are free to order amongst themselves and are not vulnerable to ordering changes in the list.
+| *`clusterName`* __string__ | The name of the cluster which the object belongs to. This is used to distinguish resources with same name and namespace in different clusters. This field is not set anywhere right now and apiserver is going to ignore it if set in create or update request.
+| *`managedFields`* __link:https://kubernetes.io/docs/reference/generated/kubernetes-api/v1.22/#managedfieldsentry-v1-meta[$$ManagedFieldsEntry$$] array__ | ManagedFields maps workflow-id and version to the set of fields that are managed by that workflow. This is mostly for internal housekeeping, and users typically shouldn't need to set or understand this field. A workflow can be the user's name, a controller's name, or the name of a specific apply path like "ci-cd". The set of fields is always in the version that the workflow used when modifying the object.
 | *`Spec`* __xref:{anchor_prefix}-go-pinniped-dev-generated-1-22-apis-supervisor-clientsecret-oidcclientsecretrequestspec[$$OIDCClientSecretRequestSpec$$]__ | 
 | *`Status`* __xref:{anchor_prefix}-go-pinniped-dev-generated-1-22-apis-supervisor-clientsecret-oidcclientsecretrequeststatus[$$OIDCClientSecretRequestStatus$$]__ | 
 |===
@@ -444,7 +467,7 @@ FrontendType enumerates a type of "frontend" used to provide access to users of
 
 
 [id="{anchor_prefix}-go-pinniped-dev-generated-1-22-apis-concierge-config-v1alpha1-impersonationproxyinfo"]
-==== ImpersonationProxyInfo (xref:{anchor_prefix}-go-pinniped-dev-generated-1-22-apis-concierge-config-v1alpha1-struct-endpoint string -json-endpoint- certificateauthoritydata string -json-certificateauthoritydata-[$$struct{Endpoint string "json:\"endpoint\""; CertificateAuthorityData string "json:\"certificateAuthorityData\""}$$]) 
+==== ImpersonationProxyInfo 
 
 ImpersonationProxyInfo describes the parameters for the impersonation proxy on this Concierge.
 
@@ -453,6 +476,12 @@ ImpersonationProxyInfo describes the parameters for the impersonation proxy on t
 - xref:{anchor_prefix}-go-pinniped-dev-generated-1-22-apis-concierge-config-v1alpha1-credentialissuerfrontend[$$CredentialIssuerFrontend$$]
 ****
 
+[cols="25a,75a", options="header"]
+|===
+| Field | Description
+| *`endpoint`* __string__ | Endpoint is the HTTPS endpoint of the impersonation proxy.
+| *`certificateAuthorityData`* __string__ | CertificateAuthorityData is the base64-encoded PEM CA bundle of the impersonation proxy.
+|===
 
 
 [id="{anchor_prefix}-go-pinniped-dev-generated-1-22-apis-concierge-config-v1alpha1-impersonationproxymode"]
@@ -480,9 +509,8 @@ ImpersonationProxyServiceSpec describes how the Concierge should provision a Ser
 [cols="25a,75a", options="header"]
 |===
 | Field | Description
-| *`type`* __xref:{anchor_prefix}-go-pinniped-dev-generated-1-22-apis-concierge-config-v1alpha1-impersonationproxyservicetype[$$ImpersonationProxyServiceType$$]__ | Type specifies the type of Service to provision for the impersonation proxy. +
-
-If the type is "None", then the "spec.impersonationProxy.externalEndpoint" field must be set to a non-empty value so that the Concierge can properly advertise the endpoint in the CredentialIssuer's status.
+| *`type`* __xref:{anchor_prefix}-go-pinniped-dev-generated-1-22-apis-concierge-config-v1alpha1-impersonationproxyservicetype[$$ImpersonationProxyServiceType$$]__ | Type specifies the type of Service to provision for the impersonation proxy. 
+ If the type is "None", then the "spec.impersonationProxy.externalEndpoint" field must be set to a non-empty value so that the Concierge can properly advertise the endpoint in the CredentialIssuer's status.
 | *`loadBalancerIP`* __string__ | LoadBalancerIP specifies the IP address to set in the spec.loadBalancerIP field of the provisioned Service. This is not supported on all cloud providers.
 | *`annotations`* __object (keys:string, values:string)__ | Annotations specifies zero or more key/value pairs to set as annotations on the provisioned Service.
 |===
@@ -515,12 +543,10 @@ ImpersonationProxySpec describes the intended configuration of the Concierge imp
 | Field | Description
 | *`mode`* __xref:{anchor_prefix}-go-pinniped-dev-generated-1-22-apis-concierge-config-v1alpha1-impersonationproxymode[$$ImpersonationProxyMode$$]__ | Mode configures whether the impersonation proxy should be started: - "disabled" explicitly disables the impersonation proxy. This is the default. - "enabled" explicitly enables the impersonation proxy. - "auto" enables or disables the impersonation proxy based upon the cluster in which it is running.
 | *`service`* __xref:{anchor_prefix}-go-pinniped-dev-generated-1-22-apis-concierge-config-v1alpha1-impersonationproxyservicespec[$$ImpersonationProxyServiceSpec$$]__ | Service describes the configuration of the Service provisioned to expose the impersonation proxy to clients.
-| *`externalEndpoint`* __string__ | ExternalEndpoint describes the HTTPS endpoint where the proxy will be exposed. If not set, the proxy will be served using the external name of the LoadBalancer service or the cluster service DNS name. +
-
-This field must be non-empty when spec.impersonationProxy.service.type is "None".
-| *`tls`* __xref:{anchor_prefix}-go-pinniped-dev-generated-1-22-apis-concierge-config-v1alpha1-impersonationproxytlsspec[$$ImpersonationProxyTLSSpec$$]__ | TLS contains information about how the Concierge impersonation proxy should serve TLS. +
-
-If this field is empty, the impersonation proxy will generate its own TLS certificate.
+| *`externalEndpoint`* __string__ | ExternalEndpoint describes the HTTPS endpoint where the proxy will be exposed. If not set, the proxy will be served using the external name of the LoadBalancer service or the cluster service DNS name. 
+ This field must be non-empty when spec.impersonationProxy.service.type is "None".
+| *`tls`* __xref:{anchor_prefix}-go-pinniped-dev-generated-1-22-apis-concierge-config-v1alpha1-impersonationproxytlsspec[$$ImpersonationProxyTLSSpec$$]__ | TLS contains information about how the Concierge impersonation proxy should serve TLS. 
+ If this field is empty, the impersonation proxy will generate its own TLS certificate.
 |===
 
 
@@ -581,7 +607,7 @@ StrategyType enumerates a type of "strategy" used to implement credential access
 
 
 [id="{anchor_prefix}-go-pinniped-dev-generated-1-22-apis-concierge-config-v1alpha1-tokencredentialrequestapiinfo"]
-==== TokenCredentialRequestAPIInfo (xref:{anchor_prefix}-go-pinniped-dev-generated-1-22-apis-concierge-config-v1alpha1-struct-server string -json-server- certificateauthoritydata string -json-certificateauthoritydata-[$$struct{Server string "json:\"server\""; CertificateAuthorityData string "json:\"certificateAuthorityData\""}$$]) 
+==== TokenCredentialRequestAPIInfo 
 
 TokenCredentialRequestAPIInfo describes the parameters for the TokenCredentialRequest API on this Concierge.
 
@@ -590,6 +616,12 @@ TokenCredentialRequestAPIInfo describes the parameters for the TokenCredentialRe
 - xref:{anchor_prefix}-go-pinniped-dev-generated-1-22-apis-concierge-config-v1alpha1-credentialissuerfrontend[$$CredentialIssuerFrontend$$]
 ****
 
+[cols="25a,75a", options="header"]
+|===
+| Field | Description
+| *`server`* __string__ | Server is the Kubernetes API server URL.
+| *`certificateAuthorityData`* __string__ | CertificateAuthorityData is the base64-encoded Kubernetes API server CA bundle.
+|===
 
 
 
@@ -686,15 +718,12 @@ FederationDomainSpec is a struct that describes an OIDC Provider.
 [cols="25a,75a", options="header"]
 |===
 | Field | Description
-| *`issuer`* __string__ | Issuer is the OIDC Provider's issuer, per the OIDC Discovery Metadata document, as well as the identifier that it will use for the iss claim in issued JWTs. This field will also be used as the base URL for any endpoints used by the OIDC Provider (e.g., if your issuer is https://example.com/foo, then your authorization endpoint will look like https://example.com/foo/some/path/to/auth/endpoint). +
-
-See https://openid.net/specs/openid-connect-discovery-1_0.html#rfc.section.3 for more information.
+| *`issuer`* __string__ | Issuer is the OIDC Provider's issuer, per the OIDC Discovery Metadata document, as well as the identifier that it will use for the iss claim in issued JWTs. This field will also be used as the base URL for any endpoints used by the OIDC Provider (e.g., if your issuer is https://example.com/foo, then your authorization endpoint will look like https://example.com/foo/some/path/to/auth/endpoint). 
+ See https://openid.net/specs/openid-connect-discovery-1_0.html#rfc.section.3 for more information.
 | *`tls`* __xref:{anchor_prefix}-go-pinniped-dev-generated-1-22-apis-supervisor-config-v1alpha1-federationdomaintlsspec[$$FederationDomainTLSSpec$$]__ | TLS specifies a secret which will contain Transport Layer Security (TLS) configuration for the FederationDomain.
-| *`identityProviders`* __xref:{anchor_prefix}-go-pinniped-dev-generated-1-22-apis-supervisor-config-v1alpha1-federationdomainidentityprovider[$$FederationDomainIdentityProvider$$] array__ | IdentityProviders is the list of identity providers available for use by this FederationDomain. +
-
-An identity provider CR (e.g. OIDCIdentityProvider or LDAPIdentityProvider) describes how to connect to a server, how to talk in a specific protocol for authentication, and how to use the schema of that server/protocol to extract a normalized user identity. Normalized user identities include a username and a list of group names. In contrast, IdentityProviders describes how to use that normalized identity in those Kubernetes clusters which belong to this FederationDomain. Each entry in IdentityProviders can be configured with arbitrary transformations on that normalized identity. For example, a transformation can add a prefix to all usernames to help avoid accidental conflicts when multiple identity providers have different users with the same username (e.g. "idp1:ryan" versus "idp2:ryan"). Each entry in IdentityProviders can also implement arbitrary authentication rejection policies. Even though a user was able to authenticate with the identity provider, a policy can disallow the authentication to the Kubernetes clusters that belong to this FederationDomain. For example, a policy could disallow the authentication unless the user belongs to a specific group in the identity provider. +
-
-For backwards compatibility with versions of Pinniped which predate support for multiple identity providers, an empty IdentityProviders list will cause the FederationDomain to use all available identity providers which exist in the same namespace, but also to reject all authentication requests when there is more than one identity provider currently defined. In this backwards compatibility mode, the name of the identity provider resource (e.g. the Name of an OIDCIdentityProvider resource) will be used as the name of the identity provider in this FederationDomain. This mode is provided to make upgrading from older versions easier. However, instead of relying on this backwards compatibility mode, please consider this mode to be deprecated and please instead explicitly list the identity provider using this IdentityProviders field.
+| *`identityProviders`* __xref:{anchor_prefix}-go-pinniped-dev-generated-1-22-apis-supervisor-config-v1alpha1-federationdomainidentityprovider[$$FederationDomainIdentityProvider$$] array__ | IdentityProviders is the list of identity providers available for use by this FederationDomain. 
+ An identity provider CR (e.g. OIDCIdentityProvider or LDAPIdentityProvider) describes how to connect to a server, how to talk in a specific protocol for authentication, and how to use the schema of that server/protocol to extract a normalized user identity. Normalized user identities include a username and a list of group names. In contrast, IdentityProviders describes how to use that normalized identity in those Kubernetes clusters which belong to this FederationDomain. Each entry in IdentityProviders can be configured with arbitrary transformations on that normalized identity. For example, a transformation can add a prefix to all usernames to help avoid accidental conflicts when multiple identity providers have different users with the same username (e.g. "idp1:ryan" versus "idp2:ryan"). Each entry in IdentityProviders can also implement arbitrary authentication rejection policies. Even though a user was able to authenticate with the identity provider, a policy can disallow the authentication to the Kubernetes clusters that belong to this FederationDomain. For example, a policy could disallow the authentication unless the user belongs to a specific group in the identity provider. 
+ For backwards compatibility with versions of Pinniped which predate support for multiple identity providers, an empty IdentityProviders list will cause the FederationDomain to use all available identity providers which exist in the same namespace, but also to reject all authentication requests when there is more than one identity provider currently defined. In this backwards compatibility mode, the name of the identity provider resource (e.g. the Name of an OIDCIdentityProvider resource) will be used as the name of the identity provider in this FederationDomain. This mode is provided to make upgrading from older versions easier. However, instead of relying on this backwards compatibility mode, please consider this mode to be deprecated and please instead explicitly list the identity provider using this IdentityProviders field.
 |===
 
 
@@ -730,15 +759,11 @@ FederationDomainTLSSpec is a struct that describes the TLS configuration for an
 [cols="25a,75a", options="header"]
 |===
 | Field | Description
-| *`secretName`* __string__ | SecretName is an optional name of a Secret in the same namespace, of type `kubernetes.io/tls`, which contains the TLS serving certificate for the HTTPS endpoints served by this FederationDomain. When provided, the TLS Secret named here must contain keys named `tls.crt` and `tls.key` that contain the certificate and private key to use for TLS. +
-
-Server Name Indication (SNI) is an extension to the Transport Layer Security (TLS) supported by all major browsers. +
-
-SecretName is required if you would like to use different TLS certificates for issuers of different hostnames. SNI requests do not include port numbers, so all issuers with the same DNS hostname must use the same SecretName value even if they have different port numbers. +
-
-SecretName is not required when you would like to use only the HTTP endpoints (e.g. when the HTTP listener is configured to listen on loopback interfaces or UNIX domain sockets for traffic from a service mesh sidecar). It is also not required when you would like all requests to this OIDC Provider's HTTPS endpoints to use the default TLS certificate, which is configured elsewhere. +
-
-When your Issuer URL's host is an IP address, then this field is ignored. SNI does not work for IP addresses.
+| *`secretName`* __string__ | SecretName is an optional name of a Secret in the same namespace, of type `kubernetes.io/tls`, which contains the TLS serving certificate for the HTTPS endpoints served by this FederationDomain. When provided, the TLS Secret named here must contain keys named `tls.crt` and `tls.key` that contain the certificate and private key to use for TLS. 
+ Server Name Indication (SNI) is an extension to the Transport Layer Security (TLS) supported by all major browsers. 
+ SecretName is required if you would like to use different TLS certificates for issuers of different hostnames. SNI requests do not include port numbers, so all issuers with the same DNS hostname must use the same SecretName value even if they have different port numbers. 
+ SecretName is not required when you would like to use only the HTTP endpoints (e.g. when the HTTP listener is configured to listen on loopback interfaces or UNIX domain sockets for traffic from a service mesh sidecar). It is also not required when you would like all requests to this OIDC Provider's HTTPS endpoints to use the default TLS certificate, which is configured elsewhere. 
+ When your Issuer URL's host is an IP address, then this field is ignored. SNI does not work for IP addresses.
 |===
 
 
@@ -756,13 +781,10 @@ FederationDomainTransforms defines identity transformations for an identity prov
 |===
 | Field | Description
 | *`constants`* __xref:{anchor_prefix}-go-pinniped-dev-generated-1-22-apis-supervisor-config-v1alpha1-federationdomaintransformsconstant[$$FederationDomainTransformsConstant$$] array__ | Constants defines constant variables and their values which will be made available to the transform expressions.
-| *`expressions`* __xref:{anchor_prefix}-go-pinniped-dev-generated-1-22-apis-supervisor-config-v1alpha1-federationdomaintransformsexpression[$$FederationDomainTransformsExpression$$] array__ | Expressions are an optional list of transforms and policies to be executed in the order given during every authentication attempt, including during every session refresh. Each is a CEL expression. It may use the basic CEL language as defined in https://github.com/google/cel-spec/blob/master/doc/langdef.md plus the CEL string extensions defined in https://github.com/google/cel-go/tree/master/ext#strings. +
-
-The username and groups extracted from the identity provider, and the constants defined in this CR, are available as variables in all expressions. The username is provided via a variable called `username` and the list of group names is provided via a variable called `groups` (which may be an empty list). Each user-provided constants is provided via a variable named `strConst.varName` for string constants and `strListConst.varName` for string list constants. +
-
-The only allowed types for expressions are currently policy/v1, username/v1, and groups/v1. Each policy/v1 must return a boolean, and when it returns false, no more expressions from the list are evaluated and the authentication attempt is rejected. Transformations of type policy/v1 do not return usernames or group names, and therefore cannot change the username or group names. Each username/v1 transform must return the new username (a string), which can be the same as the old username. Transformations of type username/v1 do not return group names, and therefore cannot change the group names. Each groups/v1 transform must return the new groups list (list of strings), which can be the same as the old groups list. Transformations of type groups/v1 do not return usernames, and therefore cannot change the usernames. After each expression, the new (potentially changed) username or groups get passed to the following expression. +
-
-Any compilation or static type-checking failure of any expression will cause an error status on the FederationDomain. During an authentication attempt, any unexpected runtime evaluation errors (e.g. division by zero) cause the authentication attempt to fail. When all expressions evaluate successfully, then the (potentially changed) username and group names have been decided for that authentication attempt.
+| *`expressions`* __xref:{anchor_prefix}-go-pinniped-dev-generated-1-22-apis-supervisor-config-v1alpha1-federationdomaintransformsexpression[$$FederationDomainTransformsExpression$$] array__ | Expressions are an optional list of transforms and policies to be executed in the order given during every authentication attempt, including during every session refresh. Each is a CEL expression. It may use the basic CEL language as defined in https://github.com/google/cel-spec/blob/master/doc/langdef.md plus the CEL string extensions defined in https://github.com/google/cel-go/tree/master/ext#strings. 
+ The username and groups extracted from the identity provider, and the constants defined in this CR, are available as variables in all expressions. The username is provided via a variable called `username` and the list of group names is provided via a variable called `groups` (which may be an empty list). Each user-provided constants is provided via a variable named `strConst.varName` for string constants and `strListConst.varName` for string list constants. 
+ The only allowed types for expressions are currently policy/v1, username/v1, and groups/v1. Each policy/v1 must return a boolean, and when it returns false, no more expressions from the list are evaluated and the authentication attempt is rejected. Transformations of type policy/v1 do not return usernames or group names, and therefore cannot change the username or group names. Each username/v1 transform must return the new username (a string), which can be the same as the old username. Transformations of type username/v1 do not return group names, and therefore cannot change the group names. Each groups/v1 transform must return the new groups list (list of strings), which can be the same as the old groups list. Transformations of type groups/v1 do not return usernames, and therefore cannot change the usernames. After each expression, the new (potentially changed) username or groups get passed to the following expression. 
+ Any compilation or static type-checking failure of any expression will cause an error status on the FederationDomain. During an authentication attempt, any unexpected runtime evaluation errors (e.g. division by zero) cause the authentication attempt to fail. When all expressions evaluate successfully, then the (potentially changed) username and group names have been decided for that authentication attempt.
 | *`examples`* __xref:{anchor_prefix}-go-pinniped-dev-generated-1-22-apis-supervisor-config-v1alpha1-federationdomaintransformsexample[$$FederationDomainTransformsExample$$] array__ | Examples can optionally be used to ensure that the sequence of transformation expressions are working as expected. Examples define sample input identities which are then run through the expression list, and the results are compared to the expected results. If any example in this list fails, then this identity provider will not be available for use within this FederationDomain, and the error(s) will be added to the FederationDomain status. This can be used to help guard against programming mistakes in the expressions, and also act as living documentation for other administrators to better understand the expressions.
 |===
 
@@ -905,12 +927,10 @@ OIDCClientSpec is a struct that describes an OIDCClient.
 |===
 | Field | Description
 | *`allowedRedirectURIs`* __xref:{anchor_prefix}-go-pinniped-dev-generated-1-22-apis-supervisor-config-v1alpha1-redirecturi[$$RedirectURI$$] array__ | allowedRedirectURIs is a list of the allowed redirect_uri param values that should be accepted during OIDC flows with this client. Any other uris will be rejected. Must be a URI with the https scheme, unless the hostname is 127.0.0.1 or ::1 which may use the http scheme. Port numbers are not required for 127.0.0.1 or ::1 and are ignored when checking for a matching redirect_uri.
-| *`allowedGrantTypes`* __xref:{anchor_prefix}-go-pinniped-dev-generated-1-22-apis-supervisor-config-v1alpha1-granttype[$$GrantType$$] array__ | allowedGrantTypes is a list of the allowed grant_type param values that should be accepted during OIDC flows with this client. +
-
-Must only contain the following values: - authorization_code: allows the client to perform the authorization code grant flow, i.e. allows the webapp to authenticate users. This grant must always be listed. - refresh_token: allows the client to perform refresh grants for the user to extend the user's session. This grant must be listed if allowedScopes lists offline_access. - urn:ietf:params:oauth:grant-type:token-exchange: allows the client to perform RFC8693 token exchange, which is a step in the process to be able to get a cluster credential for the user. This grant must be listed if allowedScopes lists pinniped:request-audience.
-| *`allowedScopes`* __xref:{anchor_prefix}-go-pinniped-dev-generated-1-22-apis-supervisor-config-v1alpha1-scope[$$Scope$$] array__ | allowedScopes is a list of the allowed scopes param values that should be accepted during OIDC flows with this client. +
-
-Must only contain the following values: - openid: The client is allowed to request ID tokens. ID tokens only include the required claims by default (iss, sub, aud, exp, iat). This scope must always be listed. - offline_access: The client is allowed to request an initial refresh token during the authorization code grant flow. This scope must be listed if allowedGrantTypes lists refresh_token. - pinniped:request-audience: The client is allowed to request a new audience value during a RFC8693 token exchange, which is a step in the process to be able to get a cluster credential for the user. openid, username and groups scopes must be listed when this scope is present. This scope must be listed if allowedGrantTypes lists urn:ietf:params:oauth:grant-type:token-exchange. - username: The client is allowed to request that ID tokens contain the user's username. Without the username scope being requested and allowed, the ID token will not contain the user's username. - groups: The client is allowed to request that ID tokens contain the user's group membership, if their group membership is discoverable by the Supervisor. Without the groups scope being requested and allowed, the ID token will not contain groups.
+| *`allowedGrantTypes`* __xref:{anchor_prefix}-go-pinniped-dev-generated-1-22-apis-supervisor-config-v1alpha1-granttype[$$GrantType$$] array__ | allowedGrantTypes is a list of the allowed grant_type param values that should be accepted during OIDC flows with this client. 
+ Must only contain the following values: - authorization_code: allows the client to perform the authorization code grant flow, i.e. allows the webapp to authenticate users. This grant must always be listed. - refresh_token: allows the client to perform refresh grants for the user to extend the user's session. This grant must be listed if allowedScopes lists offline_access. - urn:ietf:params:oauth:grant-type:token-exchange: allows the client to perform RFC8693 token exchange, which is a step in the process to be able to get a cluster credential for the user. This grant must be listed if allowedScopes lists pinniped:request-audience.
+| *`allowedScopes`* __xref:{anchor_prefix}-go-pinniped-dev-generated-1-22-apis-supervisor-config-v1alpha1-scope[$$Scope$$] array__ | allowedScopes is a list of the allowed scopes param values that should be accepted during OIDC flows with this client. 
+ Must only contain the following values: - openid: The client is allowed to request ID tokens. ID tokens only include the required claims by default (iss, sub, aud, exp, iat). This scope must always be listed. - offline_access: The client is allowed to request an initial refresh token during the authorization code grant flow. This scope must be listed if allowedGrantTypes lists refresh_token. - pinniped:request-audience: The client is allowed to request a new audience value during a RFC8693 token exchange, which is a step in the process to be able to get a cluster credential for the user. openid, username and groups scopes must be listed when this scope is present. This scope must be listed if allowedGrantTypes lists urn:ietf:params:oauth:grant-type:token-exchange. - username: The client is allowed to request that ID tokens contain the user's username. Without the username scope being requested and allowed, the ID token will not contain the user's username. - groups: The client is allowed to request that ID tokens contain the user's group membership, if their group membership is discoverable by the Supervisor. Without the groups scope being requested and allowed, the ID token will not contain groups.
 |===
 
 
@@ -966,7 +986,7 @@ Package identity is the internal version of the Pinniped identity API.
 
 
 [id="{anchor_prefix}-go-pinniped-dev-generated-1-22-apis-concierge-identity-extravalue"]
-==== ExtraValue (string array) 
+==== ExtraValue 
 
 ExtraValue masks the value so protobuf can generate
 
@@ -1028,7 +1048,30 @@ WhoAmIRequest submits a request to echo back the current authenticated user.
 [cols="25a,75a", options="header"]
 |===
 | Field | Description
-| *`ObjectMeta`* __link:https://kubernetes.io/docs/reference/generated/kubernetes-api/v1.22/#objectmeta-v1-meta[$$ObjectMeta$$]__ | 
+| *`name`* __string__ | Name must be unique within a namespace. Is required when creating resources, although some resources may allow a client to request the generation of an appropriate name automatically. Name is primarily intended for creation idempotence and configuration definition. Cannot be updated. More info: http://kubernetes.io/docs/user-guide/identifiers#names
+| *`generateName`* __string__ | GenerateName is an optional prefix, used by the server, to generate a unique name ONLY IF the Name field has not been provided. If this field is used, the name returned to the client will be different than the name passed. This value will also be combined with a unique suffix. The provided value has the same validation rules as the Name field, and may be truncated by the length of the suffix required to make the value unique on the server. 
+ If this field is specified and the generated name exists, the server will NOT return a 409 - instead, it will either return 201 Created or 500 with Reason ServerTimeout indicating a unique name could not be found in the time allotted, and the client should retry (optionally after the time indicated in the Retry-After header). 
+ Applied only if Name is not specified. More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/sig-architecture/api-conventions.md#idempotency
+| *`namespace`* __string__ | Namespace defines the space within which each name must be unique. An empty namespace is equivalent to the "default" namespace, but "default" is the canonical representation. Not all objects are required to be scoped to a namespace - the value of this field for those objects will be empty. 
+ Must be a DNS_LABEL. Cannot be updated. More info: http://kubernetes.io/docs/user-guide/namespaces
+| *`selfLink`* __string__ | SelfLink is a URL representing this object. Populated by the system. Read-only. 
+ DEPRECATED Kubernetes will stop propagating this field in 1.20 release and the field is planned to be removed in 1.21 release.
+| *`uid`* __UID__ | UID is the unique in time and space value for this object. It is typically generated by the server on successful creation of a resource and is not allowed to change on PUT operations. 
+ Populated by the system. Read-only. More info: http://kubernetes.io/docs/user-guide/identifiers#uids
+| *`resourceVersion`* __string__ | An opaque value that represents the internal version of this object that can be used by clients to determine when objects have changed. May be used for optimistic concurrency, change detection, and the watch operation on a resource or set of resources. Clients must treat these values as opaque and passed unmodified back to the server. They may only be valid for a particular resource or set of resources. 
+ Populated by the system. Read-only. Value must be treated as opaque by clients and . More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/sig-architecture/api-conventions.md#concurrency-control-and-consistency
+| *`generation`* __integer__ | A sequence number representing a specific generation of the desired state. Populated by the system. Read-only.
+| *`creationTimestamp`* __link:https://kubernetes.io/docs/reference/generated/kubernetes-api/v1.22/#time-v1-meta[$$Time$$]__ | CreationTimestamp is a timestamp representing the server time when this object was created. It is not guaranteed to be set in happens-before order across separate operations. Clients may not set this value. It is represented in RFC3339 form and is in UTC. 
+ Populated by the system. Read-only. Null for lists. More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/sig-architecture/api-conventions.md#metadata
+| *`deletionTimestamp`* __link:https://kubernetes.io/docs/reference/generated/kubernetes-api/v1.22/#time-v1-meta[$$Time$$]__ | DeletionTimestamp is RFC 3339 date and time at which this resource will be deleted. This field is set by the server when a graceful deletion is requested by the user, and is not directly settable by a client. The resource is expected to be deleted (no longer visible from resource lists, and not reachable by name) after the time in this field, once the finalizers list is empty. As long as the finalizers list contains items, deletion is blocked. Once the deletionTimestamp is set, this value may not be unset or be set further into the future, although it may be shortened or the resource may be deleted prior to this time. For example, a user may request that a pod is deleted in 30 seconds. The Kubelet will react by sending a graceful termination signal to the containers in the pod. After that 30 seconds, the Kubelet will send a hard termination signal (SIGKILL) to the container and after cleanup, remove the pod from the API. In the presence of network partitions, this object may still exist after this timestamp, until an administrator or automated process can determine the resource is fully terminated. If not set, graceful deletion of the object has not been requested. 
+ Populated by the system when a graceful deletion is requested. Read-only. More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/sig-architecture/api-conventions.md#metadata
+| *`deletionGracePeriodSeconds`* __integer__ | Number of seconds allowed for this object to gracefully terminate before it will be removed from the system. Only set when deletionTimestamp is also set. May only be shortened. Read-only.
+| *`labels`* __object (keys:string, values:string)__ | Map of string keys and values that can be used to organize and categorize (scope and select) objects. May match selectors of replication controllers and services. More info: http://kubernetes.io/docs/user-guide/labels
+| *`annotations`* __object (keys:string, values:string)__ | Annotations is an unstructured key value map stored with a resource that may be set by external tools to store and retrieve arbitrary metadata. They are not queryable and should be preserved when modifying objects. More info: http://kubernetes.io/docs/user-guide/annotations
+| *`ownerReferences`* __link:https://kubernetes.io/docs/reference/generated/kubernetes-api/v1.22/#ownerreference-v1-meta[$$OwnerReference$$] array__ | List of objects depended by this object. If ALL objects in the list have been deleted, this object will be garbage collected. If this object is managed by a controller, then an entry in this list will point to this controller, with the controller field set to true. There cannot be more than one managing controller.
+| *`finalizers`* __string array__ | Must be empty before the object is deleted from the registry. Each entry is an identifier for the responsible component that will remove the entry from the list. If the deletionTimestamp of the object is non-nil, entries in this list can only be removed. Finalizers may be processed and removed in any order.  Order is NOT enforced because it introduces significant risk of stuck finalizers. finalizers is a shared field, any actor with permission can reorder it. If the finalizer list is processed in order, then this can lead to a situation in which the component responsible for the first finalizer in the list is waiting for a signal (field value, external system, or other) produced by a component responsible for a finalizer later in the list, resulting in a deadlock. Without enforced ordering finalizers are free to order amongst themselves and are not vulnerable to ordering changes in the list.
+| *`clusterName`* __string__ | The name of the cluster which the object belongs to. This is used to distinguish resources with same name and namespace in different clusters. This field is not set anywhere right now and apiserver is going to ignore it if set in create or update request.
+| *`managedFields`* __link:https://kubernetes.io/docs/reference/generated/kubernetes-api/v1.22/#managedfieldsentry-v1-meta[$$ManagedFieldsEntry$$] array__ | ManagedFields maps workflow-id and version to the set of fields that are managed by that workflow. This is mostly for internal housekeeping, and users typically shouldn't need to set or understand this field. A workflow can be the user's name, a controller's name, or the name of a specific apply path like "ci-cd". The set of fields is always in the version that the workflow used when modifying the object.
 | *`Spec`* __xref:{anchor_prefix}-go-pinniped-dev-generated-1-22-apis-concierge-identity-whoamirequestspec[$$WhoAmIRequestSpec$$]__ | 
 | *`Status`* __xref:{anchor_prefix}-go-pinniped-dev-generated-1-22-apis-concierge-identity-whoamirequeststatus[$$WhoAmIRequestStatus$$]__ | 
 |===
@@ -1036,16 +1079,6 @@ WhoAmIRequest submits a request to echo back the current authenticated user.
 
 
 
-[id="{anchor_prefix}-go-pinniped-dev-generated-1-22-apis-concierge-identity-whoamirequestspec"]
-==== WhoAmIRequestSpec 
-
-Spec is always empty for a WhoAmIRequest.
-
-.Appears In:
-****
-- xref:{anchor_prefix}-go-pinniped-dev-generated-1-22-apis-concierge-identity-whoamirequest[$$WhoAmIRequest$$]
-****
-
 
 
 [id="{anchor_prefix}-go-pinniped-dev-generated-1-22-apis-concierge-identity-whoamirequeststatus"]
@@ -1074,7 +1107,7 @@ Package v1alpha1 is the v1alpha1 version of the Pinniped identity API.
 
 
 [id="{anchor_prefix}-go-pinniped-dev-generated-1-22-apis-concierge-identity-v1alpha1-extravalue"]
-==== ExtraValue (string array) 
+==== ExtraValue 
 
 ExtraValue masks the value so protobuf can generate
 
@@ -1145,16 +1178,6 @@ WhoAmIRequest submits a request to echo back the current authenticated user.
 
 
 
-[id="{anchor_prefix}-go-pinniped-dev-generated-1-22-apis-concierge-identity-v1alpha1-whoamirequestspec"]
-==== WhoAmIRequestSpec 
-
-Spec is always empty for a WhoAmIRequest.
-
-.Appears In:
-****
-- xref:{anchor_prefix}-go-pinniped-dev-generated-1-22-apis-concierge-identity-v1alpha1-whoamirequest[$$WhoAmIRequest$$]
-****
-
 
 
 [id="{anchor_prefix}-go-pinniped-dev-generated-1-22-apis-concierge-identity-v1alpha1-whoamirequeststatus"]
@@ -1236,13 +1259,10 @@ ActiveDirectoryIdentityProvider describes the configuration of an upstream Micro
 | *`filter`* __string__ | Filter is the ActiveDirectory search filter which should be applied when searching for groups for a user. The pattern "{}" must occur in the filter at least once and will be dynamically replaced by the value of an attribute of the user entry found as a result of the user search. Which attribute's value is used to replace the placeholder(s) depends on the value of UserAttributeForFilter. E.g. "member={}" or "&(objectClass=groupOfNames)(member={})". For more information about ActiveDirectory filters, see https://ldap.com/ldap-filters. Note that the dn (distinguished name) is not an attribute of an entry, so "dn={}" cannot be used. Optional. When not specified, the default will act as if the filter were specified as "(&(objectClass=group)(member:1.2.840.113556.1.4.1941:={})". This searches nested groups by default. Note that nested group search can be slow for some Active Directory servers. To disable it, you can set the filter to "(&(objectClass=group)(member={})"
 | *`userAttributeForFilter`* __string__ | UserAttributeForFilter specifies which attribute's value from the user entry found as a result of the user search will be used to replace the "{}" placeholder(s) in the group search Filter. For example, specifying "uid" as the UserAttributeForFilter while specifying "&(objectClass=posixGroup)(memberUid={})" as the Filter would search for groups by replacing the "{}" placeholder in the Filter with the value of the user's "uid" attribute. Optional. When not specified, the default will act as if "dn" were specified. For example, leaving UserAttributeForFilter unspecified while specifying "&(objectClass=groupOfNames)(member={})" as the Filter would search for groups by replacing the "{}" placeholder(s) with the dn (distinguished name) of the user.
 | *`attributes`* __xref:{anchor_prefix}-go-pinniped-dev-generated-1-22-apis-supervisor-idp-v1alpha1-activedirectoryidentityprovidergroupsearchattributes[$$ActiveDirectoryIdentityProviderGroupSearchAttributes$$]__ | Attributes specifies how the group's information should be read from each ActiveDirectory entry which was found as the result of the group search.
-| *`skipGroupRefresh`* __boolean__ | The user's group membership is refreshed as they interact with the supervisor to obtain new credentials (as their old credentials expire).  This allows group membership changes to be quickly reflected into Kubernetes clusters.  Since group membership is often used to bind authorization policies, it is important to keep the groups observed in Kubernetes clusters in-sync with the identity provider. +
-
-In some environments, frequent group membership queries may result in a significant performance impact on the identity provider and/or the supervisor. The best approach to handle performance impacts is to tweak the group query to be more performant, for example by disabling nested group search or by using a more targeted group search base. +
-
-If the group search query cannot be made performant and you are willing to have group memberships remain static for approximately a day, then set skipGroupRefresh to true.  This is an insecure configuration as authorization policies that are bound to group membership will not notice if a user has been removed from a particular group until their next login. +
-
-This is an experimental feature that may be removed or significantly altered in the future.  Consumers of this configuration should carefully read all release notes before upgrading to ensure that the meaning of this field has not changed.
+| *`skipGroupRefresh`* __boolean__ | The user's group membership is refreshed as they interact with the supervisor to obtain new credentials (as their old credentials expire).  This allows group membership changes to be quickly reflected into Kubernetes clusters.  Since group membership is often used to bind authorization policies, it is important to keep the groups observed in Kubernetes clusters in-sync with the identity provider. 
+ In some environments, frequent group membership queries may result in a significant performance impact on the identity provider and/or the supervisor. The best approach to handle performance impacts is to tweak the group query to be more performant, for example by disabling nested group search or by using a more targeted group search base. 
+ If the group search query cannot be made performant and you are willing to have group memberships remain static for approximately a day, then set skipGroupRefresh to true.  This is an insecure configuration as authorization policies that are bound to group membership will not notice if a user has been removed from a particular group until their next login. 
+ This is an experimental feature that may be removed or significantly altered in the future.  Consumers of this configuration should carefully read all release notes before upgrading to ensure that the meaning of this field has not changed.
 |===
 
 
@@ -1407,13 +1427,10 @@ LDAPIdentityProvider describes the configuration of an upstream Lightweight Dire
 | *`filter`* __string__ | Filter is the LDAP search filter which should be applied when searching for groups for a user. The pattern "{}" must occur in the filter at least once and will be dynamically replaced by the value of an attribute of the user entry found as a result of the user search. Which attribute's value is used to replace the placeholder(s) depends on the value of UserAttributeForFilter. For more information about LDAP filters, see https://ldap.com/ldap-filters. Note that the dn (distinguished name) is not an attribute of an entry, so "dn={}" cannot be used. Optional. When not specified, the default will act as if the Filter were specified as "member={}".
 | *`userAttributeForFilter`* __string__ | UserAttributeForFilter specifies which attribute's value from the user entry found as a result of the user search will be used to replace the "{}" placeholder(s) in the group search Filter. For example, specifying "uid" as the UserAttributeForFilter while specifying "&(objectClass=posixGroup)(memberUid={})" as the Filter would search for groups by replacing the "{}" placeholder in the Filter with the value of the user's "uid" attribute. Optional. When not specified, the default will act as if "dn" were specified. For example, leaving UserAttributeForFilter unspecified while specifying "&(objectClass=groupOfNames)(member={})" as the Filter would search for groups by replacing the "{}" placeholder(s) with the dn (distinguished name) of the user.
 | *`attributes`* __xref:{anchor_prefix}-go-pinniped-dev-generated-1-22-apis-supervisor-idp-v1alpha1-ldapidentityprovidergroupsearchattributes[$$LDAPIdentityProviderGroupSearchAttributes$$]__ | Attributes specifies how the group's information should be read from each LDAP entry which was found as the result of the group search.
-| *`skipGroupRefresh`* __boolean__ | The user's group membership is refreshed as they interact with the supervisor to obtain new credentials (as their old credentials expire).  This allows group membership changes to be quickly reflected into Kubernetes clusters.  Since group membership is often used to bind authorization policies, it is important to keep the groups observed in Kubernetes clusters in-sync with the identity provider. +
-
-In some environments, frequent group membership queries may result in a significant performance impact on the identity provider and/or the supervisor. The best approach to handle performance impacts is to tweak the group query to be more performant, for example by disabling nested group search or by using a more targeted group search base. +
-
-If the group search query cannot be made performant and you are willing to have group memberships remain static for approximately a day, then set skipGroupRefresh to true.  This is an insecure configuration as authorization policies that are bound to group membership will not notice if a user has been removed from a particular group until their next login. +
-
-This is an experimental feature that may be removed or significantly altered in the future.  Consumers of this configuration should carefully read all release notes before upgrading to ensure that the meaning of this field has not changed.
+| *`skipGroupRefresh`* __boolean__ | The user's group membership is refreshed as they interact with the supervisor to obtain new credentials (as their old credentials expire).  This allows group membership changes to be quickly reflected into Kubernetes clusters.  Since group membership is often used to bind authorization policies, it is important to keep the groups observed in Kubernetes clusters in-sync with the identity provider. 
+ In some environments, frequent group membership queries may result in a significant performance impact on the identity provider and/or the supervisor. The best approach to handle performance impacts is to tweak the group query to be more performant, for example by disabling nested group search or by using a more targeted group search base. 
+ If the group search query cannot be made performant and you are willing to have group memberships remain static for approximately a day, then set skipGroupRefresh to true.  This is an insecure configuration as authorization policies that are bound to group membership will not notice if a user has been removed from a particular group until their next login. 
+ This is an experimental feature that may be removed or significantly altered in the future.  Consumers of this configuration should carefully read all release notes before upgrading to ensure that the meaning of this field has not changed.
 |===
 
 

generated/1.22/crds/authentication.concierge.pinniped.dev_jwtauthenticators.yaml

@@ -3,7 +3,8 @@ apiVersion: apiextensions.k8s.io/v1
 kind: CustomResourceDefinition
 metadata:
   annotations:
-    controller-gen.kubebuilder.io/version: v0.13.0
+    controller-gen.kubebuilder.io/version: v0.8.0
+  creationTimestamp: null
   name: jwtauthenticators.authentication.concierge.pinniped.dev
 spec:
   group: authentication.concierge.pinniped.dev
@@ -173,3 +174,9 @@ spec:
     storage: true
     subresources:
       status: {}
+status:
+  acceptedNames:
+    kind: ""
+    plural: ""
+  conditions: []
+  storedVersions: []

generated/1.22/crds/authentication.concierge.pinniped.dev_webhookauthenticators.yaml

@@ -3,7 +3,8 @@ apiVersion: apiextensions.k8s.io/v1
 kind: CustomResourceDefinition
 metadata:
   annotations:
-    controller-gen.kubebuilder.io/version: v0.13.0
+    controller-gen.kubebuilder.io/version: v0.8.0
+  creationTimestamp: null
   name: webhookauthenticators.authentication.concierge.pinniped.dev
 spec:
   group: authentication.concierge.pinniped.dev
@@ -146,3 +147,9 @@ spec:
     storage: true
     subresources:
       status: {}
+status:
+  acceptedNames:
+    kind: ""
+    plural: ""
+  conditions: []
+  storedVersions: []

generated/1.22/crds/config.concierge.pinniped.dev_credentialissuers.yaml

@@ -3,7 +3,8 @@ apiVersion: apiextensions.k8s.io/v1
 kind: CustomResourceDefinition
 metadata:
   annotations:
-    controller-gen.kubebuilder.io/version: v0.13.0
+    controller-gen.kubebuilder.io/version: v0.8.0
+  creationTimestamp: null
   name: credentialissuers.config.concierge.pinniped.dev
 spec:
   group: config.concierge.pinniped.dev
@@ -255,3 +256,9 @@ spec:
     storage: true
     subresources:
       status: {}
+status:
+  acceptedNames:
+    kind: ""
+    plural: ""
+  conditions: []
+  storedVersions: []

generated/1.22/crds/config.supervisor.pinniped.dev_federationdomains.yaml

@@ -3,7 +3,8 @@ apiVersion: apiextensions.k8s.io/v1
 kind: CustomResourceDefinition
 metadata:
   annotations:
-    controller-gen.kubebuilder.io/version: v0.13.0
+    controller-gen.kubebuilder.io/version: v0.8.0
+  creationTimestamp: null
   name: federationdomains.config.supervisor.pinniped.dev
 spec:
   group: config.supervisor.pinniped.dev
@@ -115,7 +116,6 @@ spec:
                       - kind
                       - name
                       type: object
-                      x-kubernetes-map-type: atomic
                     transforms:
                       description: Transforms is an optional way to specify transformations
                         to be applied during user authentication and session refresh.
@@ -444,7 +444,6 @@ spec:
                           TODO: Add other useful fields. apiVersion, kind, uid?'
                         type: string
                     type: object
-                    x-kubernetes-map-type: atomic
                   stateEncryptionKey:
                     description: StateSigningKey holds the name of the corev1.Secret
                       in which this OIDC Provider's key for encrypting state parameters
@@ -455,7 +454,6 @@ spec:
                           TODO: Add other useful fields. apiVersion, kind, uid?'
                         type: string
                     type: object
-                    x-kubernetes-map-type: atomic
                   stateSigningKey:
                     description: StateSigningKey holds the name of the corev1.Secret
                       in which this OIDC Provider's key for signing state parameters
@@ -466,7 +464,6 @@ spec:
                           TODO: Add other useful fields. apiVersion, kind, uid?'
                         type: string
                     type: object
-                    x-kubernetes-map-type: atomic
                   tokenSigningKey:
                     description: TokenSigningKey holds the name of the corev1.Secret
                       in which this OIDC Provider's key for signing tokens is stored.
@@ -476,7 +473,6 @@ spec:
                           TODO: Add other useful fields. apiVersion, kind, uid?'
                         type: string
                     type: object
-                    x-kubernetes-map-type: atomic
                 type: object
             type: object
         required:
@@ -486,3 +482,9 @@ spec:
     storage: true
     subresources:
       status: {}
+status:
+  acceptedNames:
+    kind: ""
+    plural: ""
+  conditions: []
+  storedVersions: []

generated/1.22/crds/config.supervisor.pinniped.dev_oidcclients.yaml

@@ -3,7 +3,8 @@ apiVersion: apiextensions.k8s.io/v1
 kind: CustomResourceDefinition
 metadata:
   annotations:
-    controller-gen.kubebuilder.io/version: v0.13.0
+    controller-gen.kubebuilder.io/version: v0.8.0
+  creationTimestamp: null
   name: oidcclients.config.supervisor.pinniped.dev
 spec:
   group: config.supervisor.pinniped.dev
@@ -218,3 +219,9 @@ spec:
     storage: true
     subresources:
       status: {}
+status:
+  acceptedNames:
+    kind: ""
+    plural: ""
+  conditions: []
+  storedVersions: []

generated/1.22/crds/idp.supervisor.pinniped.dev_activedirectoryidentityproviders.yaml

@@ -3,7 +3,8 @@ apiVersion: apiextensions.k8s.io/v1
 kind: CustomResourceDefinition
 metadata:
   annotations:
-    controller-gen.kubebuilder.io/version: v0.13.0
+    controller-gen.kubebuilder.io/version: v0.8.0
+  creationTimestamp: null
   name: activedirectoryidentityproviders.idp.supervisor.pinniped.dev
 spec:
   group: idp.supervisor.pinniped.dev
@@ -316,3 +317,9 @@ spec:
     storage: true
     subresources:
       status: {}
+status:
+  acceptedNames:
+    kind: ""
+    plural: ""
+  conditions: []
+  storedVersions: []

generated/1.22/crds/idp.supervisor.pinniped.dev_ldapidentityproviders.yaml

@@ -3,7 +3,8 @@ apiVersion: apiextensions.k8s.io/v1
 kind: CustomResourceDefinition
 metadata:
   annotations:
-    controller-gen.kubebuilder.io/version: v0.13.0
+    controller-gen.kubebuilder.io/version: v0.8.0
+  creationTimestamp: null
   name: ldapidentityproviders.idp.supervisor.pinniped.dev
 spec:
   group: idp.supervisor.pinniped.dev
@@ -313,3 +314,9 @@ spec:
     storage: true
     subresources:
       status: {}
+status:
+  acceptedNames:
+    kind: ""
+    plural: ""
+  conditions: []
+  storedVersions: []

generated/1.22/crds/idp.supervisor.pinniped.dev_oidcidentityproviders.yaml

@@ -3,7 +3,8 @@ apiVersion: apiextensions.k8s.io/v1
 kind: CustomResourceDefinition
 metadata:
   annotations:
-    controller-gen.kubebuilder.io/version: v0.13.0
+    controller-gen.kubebuilder.io/version: v0.8.0
+  creationTimestamp: null
   name: oidcidentityproviders.idp.supervisor.pinniped.dev
 spec:
   group: idp.supervisor.pinniped.dev
@@ -343,3 +344,9 @@ spec:
     storage: true
     subresources:
       status: {}
+status:
+  acceptedNames:
+    kind: ""
+    plural: ""
+  conditions: []
+  storedVersions: []

generated/1.23/README.adoc

@@ -197,7 +197,30 @@ OIDCClientSecretRequest can be used to update the client secrets associated with
 [cols="25a,75a", options="header"]
 |===
 | Field | Description
-| *`ObjectMeta`* __link:https://kubernetes.io/docs/reference/generated/kubernetes-api/v1.23/#objectmeta-v1-meta[$$ObjectMeta$$]__ | 
+| *`name`* __string__ | Name must be unique within a namespace. Is required when creating resources, although some resources may allow a client to request the generation of an appropriate name automatically. Name is primarily intended for creation idempotence and configuration definition. Cannot be updated. More info: http://kubernetes.io/docs/user-guide/identifiers#names
+| *`generateName`* __string__ | GenerateName is an optional prefix, used by the server, to generate a unique name ONLY IF the Name field has not been provided. If this field is used, the name returned to the client will be different than the name passed. This value will also be combined with a unique suffix. The provided value has the same validation rules as the Name field, and may be truncated by the length of the suffix required to make the value unique on the server. 
+ If this field is specified and the generated name exists, the server will NOT return a 409 - instead, it will either return 201 Created or 500 with Reason ServerTimeout indicating a unique name could not be found in the time allotted, and the client should retry (optionally after the time indicated in the Retry-After header). 
+ Applied only if Name is not specified. More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/sig-architecture/api-conventions.md#idempotency
+| *`namespace`* __string__ | Namespace defines the space within which each name must be unique. An empty namespace is equivalent to the "default" namespace, but "default" is the canonical representation. Not all objects are required to be scoped to a namespace - the value of this field for those objects will be empty. 
+ Must be a DNS_LABEL. Cannot be updated. More info: http://kubernetes.io/docs/user-guide/namespaces
+| *`selfLink`* __string__ | SelfLink is a URL representing this object. Populated by the system. Read-only. 
+ DEPRECATED Kubernetes will stop propagating this field in 1.20 release and the field is planned to be removed in 1.21 release.
+| *`uid`* __UID__ | UID is the unique in time and space value for this object. It is typically generated by the server on successful creation of a resource and is not allowed to change on PUT operations. 
+ Populated by the system. Read-only. More info: http://kubernetes.io/docs/user-guide/identifiers#uids
+| *`resourceVersion`* __string__ | An opaque value that represents the internal version of this object that can be used by clients to determine when objects have changed. May be used for optimistic concurrency, change detection, and the watch operation on a resource or set of resources. Clients must treat these values as opaque and passed unmodified back to the server. They may only be valid for a particular resource or set of resources. 
+ Populated by the system. Read-only. Value must be treated as opaque by clients and . More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/sig-architecture/api-conventions.md#concurrency-control-and-consistency
+| *`generation`* __integer__ | A sequence number representing a specific generation of the desired state. Populated by the system. Read-only.
+| *`creationTimestamp`* __link:https://kubernetes.io/docs/reference/generated/kubernetes-api/v1.23/#time-v1-meta[$$Time$$]__ | CreationTimestamp is a timestamp representing the server time when this object was created. It is not guaranteed to be set in happens-before order across separate operations. Clients may not set this value. It is represented in RFC3339 form and is in UTC. 
+ Populated by the system. Read-only. Null for lists. More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/sig-architecture/api-conventions.md#metadata
+| *`deletionTimestamp`* __link:https://kubernetes.io/docs/reference/generated/kubernetes-api/v1.23/#time-v1-meta[$$Time$$]__ | DeletionTimestamp is RFC 3339 date and time at which this resource will be deleted. This field is set by the server when a graceful deletion is requested by the user, and is not directly settable by a client. The resource is expected to be deleted (no longer visible from resource lists, and not reachable by name) after the time in this field, once the finalizers list is empty. As long as the finalizers list contains items, deletion is blocked. Once the deletionTimestamp is set, this value may not be unset or be set further into the future, although it may be shortened or the resource may be deleted prior to this time. For example, a user may request that a pod is deleted in 30 seconds. The Kubelet will react by sending a graceful termination signal to the containers in the pod. After that 30 seconds, the Kubelet will send a hard termination signal (SIGKILL) to the container and after cleanup, remove the pod from the API. In the presence of network partitions, this object may still exist after this timestamp, until an administrator or automated process can determine the resource is fully terminated. If not set, graceful deletion of the object has not been requested. 
+ Populated by the system when a graceful deletion is requested. Read-only. More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/sig-architecture/api-conventions.md#metadata
+| *`deletionGracePeriodSeconds`* __integer__ | Number of seconds allowed for this object to gracefully terminate before it will be removed from the system. Only set when deletionTimestamp is also set. May only be shortened. Read-only.
+| *`labels`* __object (keys:string, values:string)__ | Map of string keys and values that can be used to organize and categorize (scope and select) objects. May match selectors of replication controllers and services. More info: http://kubernetes.io/docs/user-guide/labels
+| *`annotations`* __object (keys:string, values:string)__ | Annotations is an unstructured key value map stored with a resource that may be set by external tools to store and retrieve arbitrary metadata. They are not queryable and should be preserved when modifying objects. More info: http://kubernetes.io/docs/user-guide/annotations
+| *`ownerReferences`* __link:https://kubernetes.io/docs/reference/generated/kubernetes-api/v1.23/#ownerreference-v1-meta[$$OwnerReference$$] array__ | List of objects depended by this object. If ALL objects in the list have been deleted, this object will be garbage collected. If this object is managed by a controller, then an entry in this list will point to this controller, with the controller field set to true. There cannot be more than one managing controller.
+| *`finalizers`* __string array__ | Must be empty before the object is deleted from the registry. Each entry is an identifier for the responsible component that will remove the entry from the list. If the deletionTimestamp of the object is non-nil, entries in this list can only be removed. Finalizers may be processed and removed in any order.  Order is NOT enforced because it introduces significant risk of stuck finalizers. finalizers is a shared field, any actor with permission can reorder it. If the finalizer list is processed in order, then this can lead to a situation in which the component responsible for the first finalizer in the list is waiting for a signal (field value, external system, or other) produced by a component responsible for a finalizer later in the list, resulting in a deadlock. Without enforced ordering finalizers are free to order amongst themselves and are not vulnerable to ordering changes in the list.
+| *`clusterName`* __string__ | The name of the cluster which the object belongs to. This is used to distinguish resources with same name and namespace in different clusters. This field is not set anywhere right now and apiserver is going to ignore it if set in create or update request.
+| *`managedFields`* __link:https://kubernetes.io/docs/reference/generated/kubernetes-api/v1.23/#managedfieldsentry-v1-meta[$$ManagedFieldsEntry$$] array__ | ManagedFields maps workflow-id and version to the set of fields that are managed by that workflow. This is mostly for internal housekeeping, and users typically shouldn't need to set or understand this field. A workflow can be the user's name, a controller's name, or the name of a specific apply path like "ci-cd". The set of fields is always in the version that the workflow used when modifying the object.
 | *`Spec`* __xref:{anchor_prefix}-go-pinniped-dev-generated-1-23-apis-supervisor-clientsecret-oidcclientsecretrequestspec[$$OIDCClientSecretRequestSpec$$]__ | 
 | *`Status`* __xref:{anchor_prefix}-go-pinniped-dev-generated-1-23-apis-supervisor-clientsecret-oidcclientsecretrequeststatus[$$OIDCClientSecretRequestStatus$$]__ | 
 |===
@@ -444,7 +467,7 @@ FrontendType enumerates a type of "frontend" used to provide access to users of
 
 
 [id="{anchor_prefix}-go-pinniped-dev-generated-1-23-apis-concierge-config-v1alpha1-impersonationproxyinfo"]
-==== ImpersonationProxyInfo (xref:{anchor_prefix}-go-pinniped-dev-generated-1-23-apis-concierge-config-v1alpha1-struct-endpoint string -json-endpoint- certificateauthoritydata string -json-certificateauthoritydata-[$$struct{Endpoint string "json:\"endpoint\""; CertificateAuthorityData string "json:\"certificateAuthorityData\""}$$]) 
+==== ImpersonationProxyInfo 
 
 ImpersonationProxyInfo describes the parameters for the impersonation proxy on this Concierge.
 
@@ -453,6 +476,12 @@ ImpersonationProxyInfo describes the parameters for the impersonation proxy on t
 - xref:{anchor_prefix}-go-pinniped-dev-generated-1-23-apis-concierge-config-v1alpha1-credentialissuerfrontend[$$CredentialIssuerFrontend$$]
 ****
 
+[cols="25a,75a", options="header"]
+|===
+| Field | Description
+| *`endpoint`* __string__ | Endpoint is the HTTPS endpoint of the impersonation proxy.
+| *`certificateAuthorityData`* __string__ | CertificateAuthorityData is the base64-encoded PEM CA bundle of the impersonation proxy.
+|===
 
 
 [id="{anchor_prefix}-go-pinniped-dev-generated-1-23-apis-concierge-config-v1alpha1-impersonationproxymode"]
@@ -480,9 +509,8 @@ ImpersonationProxyServiceSpec describes how the Concierge should provision a Ser
 [cols="25a,75a", options="header"]
 |===
 | Field | Description
-| *`type`* __xref:{anchor_prefix}-go-pinniped-dev-generated-1-23-apis-concierge-config-v1alpha1-impersonationproxyservicetype[$$ImpersonationProxyServiceType$$]__ | Type specifies the type of Service to provision for the impersonation proxy. +
-
-If the type is "None", then the "spec.impersonationProxy.externalEndpoint" field must be set to a non-empty value so that the Concierge can properly advertise the endpoint in the CredentialIssuer's status.
+| *`type`* __xref:{anchor_prefix}-go-pinniped-dev-generated-1-23-apis-concierge-config-v1alpha1-impersonationproxyservicetype[$$ImpersonationProxyServiceType$$]__ | Type specifies the type of Service to provision for the impersonation proxy. 
+ If the type is "None", then the "spec.impersonationProxy.externalEndpoint" field must be set to a non-empty value so that the Concierge can properly advertise the endpoint in the CredentialIssuer's status.
 | *`loadBalancerIP`* __string__ | LoadBalancerIP specifies the IP address to set in the spec.loadBalancerIP field of the provisioned Service. This is not supported on all cloud providers.
 | *`annotations`* __object (keys:string, values:string)__ | Annotations specifies zero or more key/value pairs to set as annotations on the provisioned Service.
 |===
@@ -515,12 +543,10 @@ ImpersonationProxySpec describes the intended configuration of the Concierge imp
 | Field | Description
 | *`mode`* __xref:{anchor_prefix}-go-pinniped-dev-generated-1-23-apis-concierge-config-v1alpha1-impersonationproxymode[$$ImpersonationProxyMode$$]__ | Mode configures whether the impersonation proxy should be started: - "disabled" explicitly disables the impersonation proxy. This is the default. - "enabled" explicitly enables the impersonation proxy. - "auto" enables or disables the impersonation proxy based upon the cluster in which it is running.
 | *`service`* __xref:{anchor_prefix}-go-pinniped-dev-generated-1-23-apis-concierge-config-v1alpha1-impersonationproxyservicespec[$$ImpersonationProxyServiceSpec$$]__ | Service describes the configuration of the Service provisioned to expose the impersonation proxy to clients.
-| *`externalEndpoint`* __string__ | ExternalEndpoint describes the HTTPS endpoint where the proxy will be exposed. If not set, the proxy will be served using the external name of the LoadBalancer service or the cluster service DNS name. +
-
-This field must be non-empty when spec.impersonationProxy.service.type is "None".
-| *`tls`* __xref:{anchor_prefix}-go-pinniped-dev-generated-1-23-apis-concierge-config-v1alpha1-impersonationproxytlsspec[$$ImpersonationProxyTLSSpec$$]__ | TLS contains information about how the Concierge impersonation proxy should serve TLS. +
-
-If this field is empty, the impersonation proxy will generate its own TLS certificate.
+| *`externalEndpoint`* __string__ | ExternalEndpoint describes the HTTPS endpoint where the proxy will be exposed. If not set, the proxy will be served using the external name of the LoadBalancer service or the cluster service DNS name. 
+ This field must be non-empty when spec.impersonationProxy.service.type is "None".
+| *`tls`* __xref:{anchor_prefix}-go-pinniped-dev-generated-1-23-apis-concierge-config-v1alpha1-impersonationproxytlsspec[$$ImpersonationProxyTLSSpec$$]__ | TLS contains information about how the Concierge impersonation proxy should serve TLS. 
+ If this field is empty, the impersonation proxy will generate its own TLS certificate.
 |===
 
 
@@ -581,7 +607,7 @@ StrategyType enumerates a type of "strategy" used to implement credential access
 
 
 [id="{anchor_prefix}-go-pinniped-dev-generated-1-23-apis-concierge-config-v1alpha1-tokencredentialrequestapiinfo"]
-==== TokenCredentialRequestAPIInfo (xref:{anchor_prefix}-go-pinniped-dev-generated-1-23-apis-concierge-config-v1alpha1-struct-server string -json-server- certificateauthoritydata string -json-certificateauthoritydata-[$$struct{Server string "json:\"server\""; CertificateAuthorityData string "json:\"certificateAuthorityData\""}$$]) 
+==== TokenCredentialRequestAPIInfo 
 
 TokenCredentialRequestAPIInfo describes the parameters for the TokenCredentialRequest API on this Concierge.
 
@@ -590,6 +616,12 @@ TokenCredentialRequestAPIInfo describes the parameters for the TokenCredentialRe
 - xref:{anchor_prefix}-go-pinniped-dev-generated-1-23-apis-concierge-config-v1alpha1-credentialissuerfrontend[$$CredentialIssuerFrontend$$]
 ****
 
+[cols="25a,75a", options="header"]
+|===
+| Field | Description
+| *`server`* __string__ | Server is the Kubernetes API server URL.
+| *`certificateAuthorityData`* __string__ | CertificateAuthorityData is the base64-encoded Kubernetes API server CA bundle.
+|===
 
 
 
@@ -686,15 +718,12 @@ FederationDomainSpec is a struct that describes an OIDC Provider.
 [cols="25a,75a", options="header"]
 |===
 | Field | Description
-| *`issuer`* __string__ | Issuer is the OIDC Provider's issuer, per the OIDC Discovery Metadata document, as well as the identifier that it will use for the iss claim in issued JWTs. This field will also be used as the base URL for any endpoints used by the OIDC Provider (e.g., if your issuer is https://example.com/foo, then your authorization endpoint will look like https://example.com/foo/some/path/to/auth/endpoint). +
-
-See https://openid.net/specs/openid-connect-discovery-1_0.html#rfc.section.3 for more information.
+| *`issuer`* __string__ | Issuer is the OIDC Provider's issuer, per the OIDC Discovery Metadata document, as well as the identifier that it will use for the iss claim in issued JWTs. This field will also be used as the base URL for any endpoints used by the OIDC Provider (e.g., if your issuer is https://example.com/foo, then your authorization endpoint will look like https://example.com/foo/some/path/to/auth/endpoint). 
+ See https://openid.net/specs/openid-connect-discovery-1_0.html#rfc.section.3 for more information.
 | *`tls`* __xref:{anchor_prefix}-go-pinniped-dev-generated-1-23-apis-supervisor-config-v1alpha1-federationdomaintlsspec[$$FederationDomainTLSSpec$$]__ | TLS specifies a secret which will contain Transport Layer Security (TLS) configuration for the FederationDomain.
-| *`identityProviders`* __xref:{anchor_prefix}-go-pinniped-dev-generated-1-23-apis-supervisor-config-v1alpha1-federationdomainidentityprovider[$$FederationDomainIdentityProvider$$] array__ | IdentityProviders is the list of identity providers available for use by this FederationDomain. +
-
-An identity provider CR (e.g. OIDCIdentityProvider or LDAPIdentityProvider) describes how to connect to a server, how to talk in a specific protocol for authentication, and how to use the schema of that server/protocol to extract a normalized user identity. Normalized user identities include a username and a list of group names. In contrast, IdentityProviders describes how to use that normalized identity in those Kubernetes clusters which belong to this FederationDomain. Each entry in IdentityProviders can be configured with arbitrary transformations on that normalized identity. For example, a transformation can add a prefix to all usernames to help avoid accidental conflicts when multiple identity providers have different users with the same username (e.g. "idp1:ryan" versus "idp2:ryan"). Each entry in IdentityProviders can also implement arbitrary authentication rejection policies. Even though a user was able to authenticate with the identity provider, a policy can disallow the authentication to the Kubernetes clusters that belong to this FederationDomain. For example, a policy could disallow the authentication unless the user belongs to a specific group in the identity provider. +
-
-For backwards compatibility with versions of Pinniped which predate support for multiple identity providers, an empty IdentityProviders list will cause the FederationDomain to use all available identity providers which exist in the same namespace, but also to reject all authentication requests when there is more than one identity provider currently defined. In this backwards compatibility mode, the name of the identity provider resource (e.g. the Name of an OIDCIdentityProvider resource) will be used as the name of the identity provider in this FederationDomain. This mode is provided to make upgrading from older versions easier. However, instead of relying on this backwards compatibility mode, please consider this mode to be deprecated and please instead explicitly list the identity provider using this IdentityProviders field.
+| *`identityProviders`* __xref:{anchor_prefix}-go-pinniped-dev-generated-1-23-apis-supervisor-config-v1alpha1-federationdomainidentityprovider[$$FederationDomainIdentityProvider$$] array__ | IdentityProviders is the list of identity providers available for use by this FederationDomain. 
+ An identity provider CR (e.g. OIDCIdentityProvider or LDAPIdentityProvider) describes how to connect to a server, how to talk in a specific protocol for authentication, and how to use the schema of that server/protocol to extract a normalized user identity. Normalized user identities include a username and a list of group names. In contrast, IdentityProviders describes how to use that normalized identity in those Kubernetes clusters which belong to this FederationDomain. Each entry in IdentityProviders can be configured with arbitrary transformations on that normalized identity. For example, a transformation can add a prefix to all usernames to help avoid accidental conflicts when multiple identity providers have different users with the same username (e.g. "idp1:ryan" versus "idp2:ryan"). Each entry in IdentityProviders can also implement arbitrary authentication rejection policies. Even though a user was able to authenticate with the identity provider, a policy can disallow the authentication to the Kubernetes clusters that belong to this FederationDomain. For example, a policy could disallow the authentication unless the user belongs to a specific group in the identity provider. 
+ For backwards compatibility with versions of Pinniped which predate support for multiple identity providers, an empty IdentityProviders list will cause the FederationDomain to use all available identity providers which exist in the same namespace, but also to reject all authentication requests when there is more than one identity provider currently defined. In this backwards compatibility mode, the name of the identity provider resource (e.g. the Name of an OIDCIdentityProvider resource) will be used as the name of the identity provider in this FederationDomain. This mode is provided to make upgrading from older versions easier. However, instead of relying on this backwards compatibility mode, please consider this mode to be deprecated and please instead explicitly list the identity provider using this IdentityProviders field.
 |===
 
 
@@ -730,15 +759,11 @@ FederationDomainTLSSpec is a struct that describes the TLS configuration for an
 [cols="25a,75a", options="header"]
 |===
 | Field | Description
-| *`secretName`* __string__ | SecretName is an optional name of a Secret in the same namespace, of type `kubernetes.io/tls`, which contains the TLS serving certificate for the HTTPS endpoints served by this FederationDomain. When provided, the TLS Secret named here must contain keys named `tls.crt` and `tls.key` that contain the certificate and private key to use for TLS. +
-
-Server Name Indication (SNI) is an extension to the Transport Layer Security (TLS) supported by all major browsers. +
-
-SecretName is required if you would like to use different TLS certificates for issuers of different hostnames. SNI requests do not include port numbers, so all issuers with the same DNS hostname must use the same SecretName value even if they have different port numbers. +
-
-SecretName is not required when you would like to use only the HTTP endpoints (e.g. when the HTTP listener is configured to listen on loopback interfaces or UNIX domain sockets for traffic from a service mesh sidecar). It is also not required when you would like all requests to this OIDC Provider's HTTPS endpoints to use the default TLS certificate, which is configured elsewhere. +
-
-When your Issuer URL's host is an IP address, then this field is ignored. SNI does not work for IP addresses.
+| *`secretName`* __string__ | SecretName is an optional name of a Secret in the same namespace, of type `kubernetes.io/tls`, which contains the TLS serving certificate for the HTTPS endpoints served by this FederationDomain. When provided, the TLS Secret named here must contain keys named `tls.crt` and `tls.key` that contain the certificate and private key to use for TLS. 
+ Server Name Indication (SNI) is an extension to the Transport Layer Security (TLS) supported by all major browsers. 
+ SecretName is required if you would like to use different TLS certificates for issuers of different hostnames. SNI requests do not include port numbers, so all issuers with the same DNS hostname must use the same SecretName value even if they have different port numbers. 
+ SecretName is not required when you would like to use only the HTTP endpoints (e.g. when the HTTP listener is configured to listen on loopback interfaces or UNIX domain sockets for traffic from a service mesh sidecar). It is also not required when you would like all requests to this OIDC Provider's HTTPS endpoints to use the default TLS certificate, which is configured elsewhere. 
+ When your Issuer URL's host is an IP address, then this field is ignored. SNI does not work for IP addresses.
 |===
 
 
@@ -756,13 +781,10 @@ FederationDomainTransforms defines identity transformations for an identity prov
 |===
 | Field | Description
 | *`constants`* __xref:{anchor_prefix}-go-pinniped-dev-generated-1-23-apis-supervisor-config-v1alpha1-federationdomaintransformsconstant[$$FederationDomainTransformsConstant$$] array__ | Constants defines constant variables and their values which will be made available to the transform expressions.
-| *`expressions`* __xref:{anchor_prefix}-go-pinniped-dev-generated-1-23-apis-supervisor-config-v1alpha1-federationdomaintransformsexpression[$$FederationDomainTransformsExpression$$] array__ | Expressions are an optional list of transforms and policies to be executed in the order given during every authentication attempt, including during every session refresh. Each is a CEL expression. It may use the basic CEL language as defined in https://github.com/google/cel-spec/blob/master/doc/langdef.md plus the CEL string extensions defined in https://github.com/google/cel-go/tree/master/ext#strings. +
-
-The username and groups extracted from the identity provider, and the constants defined in this CR, are available as variables in all expressions. The username is provided via a variable called `username` and the list of group names is provided via a variable called `groups` (which may be an empty list). Each user-provided constants is provided via a variable named `strConst.varName` for string constants and `strListConst.varName` for string list constants. +
-
-The only allowed types for expressions are currently policy/v1, username/v1, and groups/v1. Each policy/v1 must return a boolean, and when it returns false, no more expressions from the list are evaluated and the authentication attempt is rejected. Transformations of type policy/v1 do not return usernames or group names, and therefore cannot change the username or group names. Each username/v1 transform must return the new username (a string), which can be the same as the old username. Transformations of type username/v1 do not return group names, and therefore cannot change the group names. Each groups/v1 transform must return the new groups list (list of strings), which can be the same as the old groups list. Transformations of type groups/v1 do not return usernames, and therefore cannot change the usernames. After each expression, the new (potentially changed) username or groups get passed to the following expression. +
-
-Any compilation or static type-checking failure of any expression will cause an error status on the FederationDomain. During an authentication attempt, any unexpected runtime evaluation errors (e.g. division by zero) cause the authentication attempt to fail. When all expressions evaluate successfully, then the (potentially changed) username and group names have been decided for that authentication attempt.
+| *`expressions`* __xref:{anchor_prefix}-go-pinniped-dev-generated-1-23-apis-supervisor-config-v1alpha1-federationdomaintransformsexpression[$$FederationDomainTransformsExpression$$] array__ | Expressions are an optional list of transforms and policies to be executed in the order given during every authentication attempt, including during every session refresh. Each is a CEL expression. It may use the basic CEL language as defined in https://github.com/google/cel-spec/blob/master/doc/langdef.md plus the CEL string extensions defined in https://github.com/google/cel-go/tree/master/ext#strings. 
+ The username and groups extracted from the identity provider, and the constants defined in this CR, are available as variables in all expressions. The username is provided via a variable called `username` and the list of group names is provided via a variable called `groups` (which may be an empty list). Each user-provided constants is provided via a variable named `strConst.varName` for string constants and `strListConst.varName` for string list constants. 
+ The only allowed types for expressions are currently policy/v1, username/v1, and groups/v1. Each policy/v1 must return a boolean, and when it returns false, no more expressions from the list are evaluated and the authentication attempt is rejected. Transformations of type policy/v1 do not return usernames or group names, and therefore cannot change the username or group names. Each username/v1 transform must return the new username (a string), which can be the same as the old username. Transformations of type username/v1 do not return group names, and therefore cannot change the group names. Each groups/v1 transform must return the new groups list (list of strings), which can be the same as the old groups list. Transformations of type groups/v1 do not return usernames, and therefore cannot change the usernames. After each expression, the new (potentially changed) username or groups get passed to the following expression. 
+ Any compilation or static type-checking failure of any expression will cause an error status on the FederationDomain. During an authentication attempt, any unexpected runtime evaluation errors (e.g. division by zero) cause the authentication attempt to fail. When all expressions evaluate successfully, then the (potentially changed) username and group names have been decided for that authentication attempt.
 | *`examples`* __xref:{anchor_prefix}-go-pinniped-dev-generated-1-23-apis-supervisor-config-v1alpha1-federationdomaintransformsexample[$$FederationDomainTransformsExample$$] array__ | Examples can optionally be used to ensure that the sequence of transformation expressions are working as expected. Examples define sample input identities which are then run through the expression list, and the results are compared to the expected results. If any example in this list fails, then this identity provider will not be available for use within this FederationDomain, and the error(s) will be added to the FederationDomain status. This can be used to help guard against programming mistakes in the expressions, and also act as living documentation for other administrators to better understand the expressions.
 |===
 
@@ -905,12 +927,10 @@ OIDCClientSpec is a struct that describes an OIDCClient.
 |===
 | Field | Description
 | *`allowedRedirectURIs`* __xref:{anchor_prefix}-go-pinniped-dev-generated-1-23-apis-supervisor-config-v1alpha1-redirecturi[$$RedirectURI$$] array__ | allowedRedirectURIs is a list of the allowed redirect_uri param values that should be accepted during OIDC flows with this client. Any other uris will be rejected. Must be a URI with the https scheme, unless the hostname is 127.0.0.1 or ::1 which may use the http scheme. Port numbers are not required for 127.0.0.1 or ::1 and are ignored when checking for a matching redirect_uri.
-| *`allowedGrantTypes`* __xref:{anchor_prefix}-go-pinniped-dev-generated-1-23-apis-supervisor-config-v1alpha1-granttype[$$GrantType$$] array__ | allowedGrantTypes is a list of the allowed grant_type param values that should be accepted during OIDC flows with this client. +
-
-Must only contain the following values: - authorization_code: allows the client to perform the authorization code grant flow, i.e. allows the webapp to authenticate users. This grant must always be listed. - refresh_token: allows the client to perform refresh grants for the user to extend the user's session. This grant must be listed if allowedScopes lists offline_access. - urn:ietf:params:oauth:grant-type:token-exchange: allows the client to perform RFC8693 token exchange, which is a step in the process to be able to get a cluster credential for the user. This grant must be listed if allowedScopes lists pinniped:request-audience.
-| *`allowedScopes`* __xref:{anchor_prefix}-go-pinniped-dev-generated-1-23-apis-supervisor-config-v1alpha1-scope[$$Scope$$] array__ | allowedScopes is a list of the allowed scopes param values that should be accepted during OIDC flows with this client. +
-
-Must only contain the following values: - openid: The client is allowed to request ID tokens. ID tokens only include the required claims by default (iss, sub, aud, exp, iat). This scope must always be listed. - offline_access: The client is allowed to request an initial refresh token during the authorization code grant flow. This scope must be listed if allowedGrantTypes lists refresh_token. - pinniped:request-audience: The client is allowed to request a new audience value during a RFC8693 token exchange, which is a step in the process to be able to get a cluster credential for the user. openid, username and groups scopes must be listed when this scope is present. This scope must be listed if allowedGrantTypes lists urn:ietf:params:oauth:grant-type:token-exchange. - username: The client is allowed to request that ID tokens contain the user's username. Without the username scope being requested and allowed, the ID token will not contain the user's username. - groups: The client is allowed to request that ID tokens contain the user's group membership, if their group membership is discoverable by the Supervisor. Without the groups scope being requested and allowed, the ID token will not contain groups.
+| *`allowedGrantTypes`* __xref:{anchor_prefix}-go-pinniped-dev-generated-1-23-apis-supervisor-config-v1alpha1-granttype[$$GrantType$$] array__ | allowedGrantTypes is a list of the allowed grant_type param values that should be accepted during OIDC flows with this client. 
+ Must only contain the following values: - authorization_code: allows the client to perform the authorization code grant flow, i.e. allows the webapp to authenticate users. This grant must always be listed. - refresh_token: allows the client to perform refresh grants for the user to extend the user's session. This grant must be listed if allowedScopes lists offline_access. - urn:ietf:params:oauth:grant-type:token-exchange: allows the client to perform RFC8693 token exchange, which is a step in the process to be able to get a cluster credential for the user. This grant must be listed if allowedScopes lists pinniped:request-audience.
+| *`allowedScopes`* __xref:{anchor_prefix}-go-pinniped-dev-generated-1-23-apis-supervisor-config-v1alpha1-scope[$$Scope$$] array__ | allowedScopes is a list of the allowed scopes param values that should be accepted during OIDC flows with this client. 
+ Must only contain the following values: - openid: The client is allowed to request ID tokens. ID tokens only include the required claims by default (iss, sub, aud, exp, iat). This scope must always be listed. - offline_access: The client is allowed to request an initial refresh token during the authorization code grant flow. This scope must be listed if allowedGrantTypes lists refresh_token. - pinniped:request-audience: The client is allowed to request a new audience value during a RFC8693 token exchange, which is a step in the process to be able to get a cluster credential for the user. openid, username and groups scopes must be listed when this scope is present. This scope must be listed if allowedGrantTypes lists urn:ietf:params:oauth:grant-type:token-exchange. - username: The client is allowed to request that ID tokens contain the user's username. Without the username scope being requested and allowed, the ID token will not contain the user's username. - groups: The client is allowed to request that ID tokens contain the user's group membership, if their group membership is discoverable by the Supervisor. Without the groups scope being requested and allowed, the ID token will not contain groups.
 |===
 
 
@@ -966,7 +986,7 @@ Package identity is the internal version of the Pinniped identity API.
 
 
 [id="{anchor_prefix}-go-pinniped-dev-generated-1-23-apis-concierge-identity-extravalue"]
-==== ExtraValue (string array) 
+==== ExtraValue 
 
 ExtraValue masks the value so protobuf can generate
 
@@ -1028,7 +1048,30 @@ WhoAmIRequest submits a request to echo back the current authenticated user.
 [cols="25a,75a", options="header"]
 |===
 | Field | Description
-| *`ObjectMeta`* __link:https://kubernetes.io/docs/reference/generated/kubernetes-api/v1.23/#objectmeta-v1-meta[$$ObjectMeta$$]__ | 
+| *`name`* __string__ | Name must be unique within a namespace. Is required when creating resources, although some resources may allow a client to request the generation of an appropriate name automatically. Name is primarily intended for creation idempotence and configuration definition. Cannot be updated. More info: http://kubernetes.io/docs/user-guide/identifiers#names
+| *`generateName`* __string__ | GenerateName is an optional prefix, used by the server, to generate a unique name ONLY IF the Name field has not been provided. If this field is used, the name returned to the client will be different than the name passed. This value will also be combined with a unique suffix. The provided value has the same validation rules as the Name field, and may be truncated by the length of the suffix required to make the value unique on the server. 
+ If this field is specified and the generated name exists, the server will NOT return a 409 - instead, it will either return 201 Created or 500 with Reason ServerTimeout indicating a unique name could not be found in the time allotted, and the client should retry (optionally after the time indicated in the Retry-After header). 
+ Applied only if Name is not specified. More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/sig-architecture/api-conventions.md#idempotency
+| *`namespace`* __string__ | Namespace defines the space within which each name must be unique. An empty namespace is equivalent to the "default" namespace, but "default" is the canonical representation. Not all objects are required to be scoped to a namespace - the value of this field for those objects will be empty. 
+ Must be a DNS_LABEL. Cannot be updated. More info: http://kubernetes.io/docs/user-guide/namespaces
+| *`selfLink`* __string__ | SelfLink is a URL representing this object. Populated by the system. Read-only. 
+ DEPRECATED Kubernetes will stop propagating this field in 1.20 release and the field is planned to be removed in 1.21 release.
+| *`uid`* __UID__ | UID is the unique in time and space value for this object. It is typically generated by the server on successful creation of a resource and is not allowed to change on PUT operations. 
+ Populated by the system. Read-only. More info: http://kubernetes.io/docs/user-guide/identifiers#uids
+| *`resourceVersion`* __string__ | An opaque value that represents the internal version of this object that can be used by clients to determine when objects have changed. May be used for optimistic concurrency, change detection, and the watch operation on a resource or set of resources. Clients must treat these values as opaque and passed unmodified back to the server. They may only be valid for a particular resource or set of resources. 
+ Populated by the system. Read-only. Value must be treated as opaque by clients and . More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/sig-architecture/api-conventions.md#concurrency-control-and-consistency
+| *`generation`* __integer__ | A sequence number representing a specific generation of the desired state. Populated by the system. Read-only.
+| *`creationTimestamp`* __link:https://kubernetes.io/docs/reference/generated/kubernetes-api/v1.23/#time-v1-meta[$$Time$$]__ | CreationTimestamp is a timestamp representing the server time when this object was created. It is not guaranteed to be set in happens-before order across separate operations. Clients may not set this value. It is represented in RFC3339 form and is in UTC. 
+ Populated by the system. Read-only. Null for lists. More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/sig-architecture/api-conventions.md#metadata
+| *`deletionTimestamp`* __link:https://kubernetes.io/docs/reference/generated/kubernetes-api/v1.23/#time-v1-meta[$$Time$$]__ | DeletionTimestamp is RFC 3339 date and time at which this resource will be deleted. This field is set by the server when a graceful deletion is requested by the user, and is not directly settable by a client. The resource is expected to be deleted (no longer visible from resource lists, and not reachable by name) after the time in this field, once the finalizers list is empty. As long as the finalizers list contains items, deletion is blocked. Once the deletionTimestamp is set, this value may not be unset or be set further into the future, although it may be shortened or the resource may be deleted prior to this time. For example, a user may request that a pod is deleted in 30 seconds. The Kubelet will react by sending a graceful termination signal to the containers in the pod. After that 30 seconds, the Kubelet will send a hard termination signal (SIGKILL) to the container and after cleanup, remove the pod from the API. In the presence of network partitions, this object may still exist after this timestamp, until an administrator or automated process can determine the resource is fully terminated. If not set, graceful deletion of the object has not been requested. 
+ Populated by the system when a graceful deletion is requested. Read-only. More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/sig-architecture/api-conventions.md#metadata
+| *`deletionGracePeriodSeconds`* __integer__ | Number of seconds allowed for this object to gracefully terminate before it will be removed from the system. Only set when deletionTimestamp is also set. May only be shortened. Read-only.
+| *`labels`* __object (keys:string, values:string)__ | Map of string keys and values that can be used to organize and categorize (scope and select) objects. May match selectors of replication controllers and services. More info: http://kubernetes.io/docs/user-guide/labels
+| *`annotations`* __object (keys:string, values:string)__ | Annotations is an unstructured key value map stored with a resource that may be set by external tools to store and retrieve arbitrary metadata. They are not queryable and should be preserved when modifying objects. More info: http://kubernetes.io/docs/user-guide/annotations
+| *`ownerReferences`* __link:https://kubernetes.io/docs/reference/generated/kubernetes-api/v1.23/#ownerreference-v1-meta[$$OwnerReference$$] array__ | List of objects depended by this object. If ALL objects in the list have been deleted, this object will be garbage collected. If this object is managed by a controller, then an entry in this list will point to this controller, with the controller field set to true. There cannot be more than one managing controller.
+| *`finalizers`* __string array__ | Must be empty before the object is deleted from the registry. Each entry is an identifier for the responsible component that will remove the entry from the list. If the deletionTimestamp of the object is non-nil, entries in this list can only be removed. Finalizers may be processed and removed in any order.  Order is NOT enforced because it introduces significant risk of stuck finalizers. finalizers is a shared field, any actor with permission can reorder it. If the finalizer list is processed in order, then this can lead to a situation in which the component responsible for the first finalizer in the list is waiting for a signal (field value, external system, or other) produced by a component responsible for a finalizer later in the list, resulting in a deadlock. Without enforced ordering finalizers are free to order amongst themselves and are not vulnerable to ordering changes in the list.
+| *`clusterName`* __string__ | The name of the cluster which the object belongs to. This is used to distinguish resources with same name and namespace in different clusters. This field is not set anywhere right now and apiserver is going to ignore it if set in create or update request.
+| *`managedFields`* __link:https://kubernetes.io/docs/reference/generated/kubernetes-api/v1.23/#managedfieldsentry-v1-meta[$$ManagedFieldsEntry$$] array__ | ManagedFields maps workflow-id and version to the set of fields that are managed by that workflow. This is mostly for internal housekeeping, and users typically shouldn't need to set or understand this field. A workflow can be the user's name, a controller's name, or the name of a specific apply path like "ci-cd". The set of fields is always in the version that the workflow used when modifying the object.
 | *`Spec`* __xref:{anchor_prefix}-go-pinniped-dev-generated-1-23-apis-concierge-identity-whoamirequestspec[$$WhoAmIRequestSpec$$]__ | 
 | *`Status`* __xref:{anchor_prefix}-go-pinniped-dev-generated-1-23-apis-concierge-identity-whoamirequeststatus[$$WhoAmIRequestStatus$$]__ | 
 |===
@@ -1036,16 +1079,6 @@ WhoAmIRequest submits a request to echo back the current authenticated user.
 
 
 
-[id="{anchor_prefix}-go-pinniped-dev-generated-1-23-apis-concierge-identity-whoamirequestspec"]
-==== WhoAmIRequestSpec 
-
-Spec is always empty for a WhoAmIRequest.
-
-.Appears In:
-****
-- xref:{anchor_prefix}-go-pinniped-dev-generated-1-23-apis-concierge-identity-whoamirequest[$$WhoAmIRequest$$]
-****
-
 
 
 [id="{anchor_prefix}-go-pinniped-dev-generated-1-23-apis-concierge-identity-whoamirequeststatus"]
@@ -1074,7 +1107,7 @@ Package v1alpha1 is the v1alpha1 version of the Pinniped identity API.
 
 
 [id="{anchor_prefix}-go-pinniped-dev-generated-1-23-apis-concierge-identity-v1alpha1-extravalue"]
-==== ExtraValue (string array) 
+==== ExtraValue 
 
 ExtraValue masks the value so protobuf can generate
 
@@ -1145,16 +1178,6 @@ WhoAmIRequest submits a request to echo back the current authenticated user.
 
 
 
-[id="{anchor_prefix}-go-pinniped-dev-generated-1-23-apis-concierge-identity-v1alpha1-whoamirequestspec"]
-==== WhoAmIRequestSpec 
-
-Spec is always empty for a WhoAmIRequest.
-
-.Appears In:
-****
-- xref:{anchor_prefix}-go-pinniped-dev-generated-1-23-apis-concierge-identity-v1alpha1-whoamirequest[$$WhoAmIRequest$$]
-****
-
 
 
 [id="{anchor_prefix}-go-pinniped-dev-generated-1-23-apis-concierge-identity-v1alpha1-whoamirequeststatus"]
@@ -1236,13 +1259,10 @@ ActiveDirectoryIdentityProvider describes the configuration of an upstream Micro
 | *`filter`* __string__ | Filter is the ActiveDirectory search filter which should be applied when searching for groups for a user. The pattern "{}" must occur in the filter at least once and will be dynamically replaced by the value of an attribute of the user entry found as a result of the user search. Which attribute's value is used to replace the placeholder(s) depends on the value of UserAttributeForFilter. E.g. "member={}" or "&(objectClass=groupOfNames)(member={})". For more information about ActiveDirectory filters, see https://ldap.com/ldap-filters. Note that the dn (distinguished name) is not an attribute of an entry, so "dn={}" cannot be used. Optional. When not specified, the default will act as if the filter were specified as "(&(objectClass=group)(member:1.2.840.113556.1.4.1941:={})". This searches nested groups by default. Note that nested group search can be slow for some Active Directory servers. To disable it, you can set the filter to "(&(objectClass=group)(member={})"
 | *`userAttributeForFilter`* __string__ | UserAttributeForFilter specifies which attribute's value from the user entry found as a result of the user search will be used to replace the "{}" placeholder(s) in the group search Filter. For example, specifying "uid" as the UserAttributeForFilter while specifying "&(objectClass=posixGroup)(memberUid={})" as the Filter would search for groups by replacing the "{}" placeholder in the Filter with the value of the user's "uid" attribute. Optional. When not specified, the default will act as if "dn" were specified. For example, leaving UserAttributeForFilter unspecified while specifying "&(objectClass=groupOfNames)(member={})" as the Filter would search for groups by replacing the "{}" placeholder(s) with the dn (distinguished name) of the user.
 | *`attributes`* __xref:{anchor_prefix}-go-pinniped-dev-generated-1-23-apis-supervisor-idp-v1alpha1-activedirectoryidentityprovidergroupsearchattributes[$$ActiveDirectoryIdentityProviderGroupSearchAttributes$$]__ | Attributes specifies how the group's information should be read from each ActiveDirectory entry which was found as the result of the group search.
-| *`skipGroupRefresh`* __boolean__ | The user's group membership is refreshed as they interact with the supervisor to obtain new credentials (as their old credentials expire).  This allows group membership changes to be quickly reflected into Kubernetes clusters.  Since group membership is often used to bind authorization policies, it is important to keep the groups observed in Kubernetes clusters in-sync with the identity provider. +
-
-In some environments, frequent group membership queries may result in a significant performance impact on the identity provider and/or the supervisor. The best approach to handle performance impacts is to tweak the group query to be more performant, for example by disabling nested group search or by using a more targeted group search base. +
-
-If the group search query cannot be made performant and you are willing to have group memberships remain static for approximately a day, then set skipGroupRefresh to true.  This is an insecure configuration as authorization policies that are bound to group membership will not notice if a user has been removed from a particular group until their next login. +
-
-This is an experimental feature that may be removed or significantly altered in the future.  Consumers of this configuration should carefully read all release notes before upgrading to ensure that the meaning of this field has not changed.
+| *`skipGroupRefresh`* __boolean__ | The user's group membership is refreshed as they interact with the supervisor to obtain new credentials (as their old credentials expire).  This allows group membership changes to be quickly reflected into Kubernetes clusters.  Since group membership is often used to bind authorization policies, it is important to keep the groups observed in Kubernetes clusters in-sync with the identity provider. 
+ In some environments, frequent group membership queries may result in a significant performance impact on the identity provider and/or the supervisor. The best approach to handle performance impacts is to tweak the group query to be more performant, for example by disabling nested group search or by using a more targeted group search base. 
+ If the group search query cannot be made performant and you are willing to have group memberships remain static for approximately a day, then set skipGroupRefresh to true.  This is an insecure configuration as authorization policies that are bound to group membership will not notice if a user has been removed from a particular group until their next login. 
+ This is an experimental feature that may be removed or significantly altered in the future.  Consumers of this configuration should carefully read all release notes before upgrading to ensure that the meaning of this field has not changed.
 |===
 
 
@@ -1407,13 +1427,10 @@ LDAPIdentityProvider describes the configuration of an upstream Lightweight Dire
 | *`filter`* __string__ | Filter is the LDAP search filter which should be applied when searching for groups for a user. The pattern "{}" must occur in the filter at least once and will be dynamically replaced by the value of an attribute of the user entry found as a result of the user search. Which attribute's value is used to replace the placeholder(s) depends on the value of UserAttributeForFilter. For more information about LDAP filters, see https://ldap.com/ldap-filters. Note that the dn (distinguished name) is not an attribute of an entry, so "dn={}" cannot be used. Optional. When not specified, the default will act as if the Filter were specified as "member={}".
 | *`userAttributeForFilter`* __string__ | UserAttributeForFilter specifies which attribute's value from the user entry found as a result of the user search will be used to replace the "{}" placeholder(s) in the group search Filter. For example, specifying "uid" as the UserAttributeForFilter while specifying "&(objectClass=posixGroup)(memberUid={})" as the Filter would search for groups by replacing the "{}" placeholder in the Filter with the value of the user's "uid" attribute. Optional. When not specified, the default will act as if "dn" were specified. For example, leaving UserAttributeForFilter unspecified while specifying "&(objectClass=groupOfNames)(member={})" as the Filter would search for groups by replacing the "{}" placeholder(s) with the dn (distinguished name) of the user.
 | *`attributes`* __xref:{anchor_prefix}-go-pinniped-dev-generated-1-23-apis-supervisor-idp-v1alpha1-ldapidentityprovidergroupsearchattributes[$$LDAPIdentityProviderGroupSearchAttributes$$]__ | Attributes specifies how the group's information should be read from each LDAP entry which was found as the result of the group search.
-| *`skipGroupRefresh`* __boolean__ | The user's group membership is refreshed as they interact with the supervisor to obtain new credentials (as their old credentials expire).  This allows group membership changes to be quickly reflected into Kubernetes clusters.  Since group membership is often used to bind authorization policies, it is important to keep the groups observed in Kubernetes clusters in-sync with the identity provider. +
-
-In some environments, frequent group membership queries may result in a significant performance impact on the identity provider and/or the supervisor. The best approach to handle performance impacts is to tweak the group query to be more performant, for example by disabling nested group search or by using a more targeted group search base. +
-
-If the group search query cannot be made performant and you are willing to have group memberships remain static for approximately a day, then set skipGroupRefresh to true.  This is an insecure configuration as authorization policies that are bound to group membership will not notice if a user has been removed from a particular group until their next login. +
-
-This is an experimental feature that may be removed or significantly altered in the future.  Consumers of this configuration should carefully read all release notes before upgrading to ensure that the meaning of this field has not changed.
+| *`skipGroupRefresh`* __boolean__ | The user's group membership is refreshed as they interact with the supervisor to obtain new credentials (as their old credentials expire).  This allows group membership changes to be quickly reflected into Kubernetes clusters.  Since group membership is often used to bind authorization policies, it is important to keep the groups observed in Kubernetes clusters in-sync with the identity provider. 
+ In some environments, frequent group membership queries may result in a significant performance impact on the identity provider and/or the supervisor. The best approach to handle performance impacts is to tweak the group query to be more performant, for example by disabling nested group search or by using a more targeted group search base. 
+ If the group search query cannot be made performant and you are willing to have group memberships remain static for approximately a day, then set skipGroupRefresh to true.  This is an insecure configuration as authorization policies that are bound to group membership will not notice if a user has been removed from a particular group until their next login. 
+ This is an experimental feature that may be removed or significantly altered in the future.  Consumers of this configuration should carefully read all release notes before upgrading to ensure that the meaning of this field has not changed.
 |===
 
 

generated/1.23/crds/authentication.concierge.pinniped.dev_jwtauthenticators.yaml

@@ -3,7 +3,8 @@ apiVersion: apiextensions.k8s.io/v1
 kind: CustomResourceDefinition
 metadata:
   annotations:
-    controller-gen.kubebuilder.io/version: v0.13.0
+    controller-gen.kubebuilder.io/version: v0.8.0
+  creationTimestamp: null
   name: jwtauthenticators.authentication.concierge.pinniped.dev
 spec:
   group: authentication.concierge.pinniped.dev
@@ -173,3 +174,9 @@ spec:
     storage: true
     subresources:
       status: {}
+status:
+  acceptedNames:
+    kind: ""
+    plural: ""
+  conditions: []
+  storedVersions: []

generated/1.23/crds/authentication.concierge.pinniped.dev_webhookauthenticators.yaml

@@ -3,7 +3,8 @@ apiVersion: apiextensions.k8s.io/v1
 kind: CustomResourceDefinition
 metadata:
   annotations:
-    controller-gen.kubebuilder.io/version: v0.13.0
+    controller-gen.kubebuilder.io/version: v0.8.0
+  creationTimestamp: null
   name: webhookauthenticators.authentication.concierge.pinniped.dev
 spec:
   group: authentication.concierge.pinniped.dev
@@ -146,3 +147,9 @@ spec:
     storage: true
     subresources:
       status: {}
+status:
+  acceptedNames:
+    kind: ""
+    plural: ""
+  conditions: []
+  storedVersions: []

generated/1.23/crds/config.concierge.pinniped.dev_credentialissuers.yaml

@@ -3,7 +3,8 @@ apiVersion: apiextensions.k8s.io/v1
 kind: CustomResourceDefinition
 metadata:
   annotations:
-    controller-gen.kubebuilder.io/version: v0.13.0
+    controller-gen.kubebuilder.io/version: v0.8.0
+  creationTimestamp: null
   name: credentialissuers.config.concierge.pinniped.dev
 spec:
   group: config.concierge.pinniped.dev
@@ -255,3 +256,9 @@ spec:
     storage: true
     subresources:
       status: {}
+status:
+  acceptedNames:
+    kind: ""
+    plural: ""
+  conditions: []
+  storedVersions: []

generated/1.23/crds/config.supervisor.pinniped.dev_federationdomains.yaml

@@ -3,7 +3,8 @@ apiVersion: apiextensions.k8s.io/v1
 kind: CustomResourceDefinition
 metadata:
   annotations:
-    controller-gen.kubebuilder.io/version: v0.13.0
+    controller-gen.kubebuilder.io/version: v0.8.0
+  creationTimestamp: null
   name: federationdomains.config.supervisor.pinniped.dev
 spec:
   group: config.supervisor.pinniped.dev
@@ -115,7 +116,6 @@ spec:
                       - kind
                       - name
                       type: object
-                      x-kubernetes-map-type: atomic
                     transforms:
                       description: Transforms is an optional way to specify transformations
                         to be applied during user authentication and session refresh.
@@ -444,7 +444,6 @@ spec:
                           TODO: Add other useful fields. apiVersion, kind, uid?'
                         type: string
                     type: object
-                    x-kubernetes-map-type: atomic
                   stateEncryptionKey:
                     description: StateSigningKey holds the name of the corev1.Secret
                       in which this OIDC Provider's key for encrypting state parameters
@@ -455,7 +454,6 @@ spec:
                           TODO: Add other useful fields. apiVersion, kind, uid?'
                         type: string
                     type: object
-                    x-kubernetes-map-type: atomic
                   stateSigningKey:
                     description: StateSigningKey holds the name of the corev1.Secret
                       in which this OIDC Provider's key for signing state parameters
@@ -466,7 +464,6 @@ spec:
                           TODO: Add other useful fields. apiVersion, kind, uid?'
                         type: string
                     type: object
-                    x-kubernetes-map-type: atomic
                   tokenSigningKey:
                     description: TokenSigningKey holds the name of the corev1.Secret
                       in which this OIDC Provider's key for signing tokens is stored.
@@ -476,7 +473,6 @@ spec:
                           TODO: Add other useful fields. apiVersion, kind, uid?'
                         type: string
                     type: object
-                    x-kubernetes-map-type: atomic
                 type: object
             type: object
         required:
@@ -486,3 +482,9 @@ spec:
     storage: true
     subresources:
       status: {}
+status:
+  acceptedNames:
+    kind: ""
+    plural: ""
+  conditions: []
+  storedVersions: []

generated/1.23/crds/config.supervisor.pinniped.dev_oidcclients.yaml

@@ -3,7 +3,8 @@ apiVersion: apiextensions.k8s.io/v1
 kind: CustomResourceDefinition
 metadata:
   annotations:
-    controller-gen.kubebuilder.io/version: v0.13.0
+    controller-gen.kubebuilder.io/version: v0.8.0
+  creationTimestamp: null
   name: oidcclients.config.supervisor.pinniped.dev
 spec:
   group: config.supervisor.pinniped.dev
@@ -218,3 +219,9 @@ spec:
     storage: true
     subresources:
       status: {}
+status:
+  acceptedNames:
+    kind: ""
+    plural: ""
+  conditions: []
+  storedVersions: []

generated/1.23/crds/idp.supervisor.pinniped.dev_activedirectoryidentityproviders.yaml

@@ -3,7 +3,8 @@ apiVersion: apiextensions.k8s.io/v1
 kind: CustomResourceDefinition
 metadata:
   annotations:
-    controller-gen.kubebuilder.io/version: v0.13.0
+    controller-gen.kubebuilder.io/version: v0.8.0
+  creationTimestamp: null
   name: activedirectoryidentityproviders.idp.supervisor.pinniped.dev
 spec:
   group: idp.supervisor.pinniped.dev
@@ -316,3 +317,9 @@ spec:
     storage: true
     subresources:
       status: {}
+status:
+  acceptedNames:
+    kind: ""
+    plural: ""
+  conditions: []
+  storedVersions: []

generated/1.23/crds/idp.supervisor.pinniped.dev_ldapidentityproviders.yaml

@@ -3,7 +3,8 @@ apiVersion: apiextensions.k8s.io/v1
 kind: CustomResourceDefinition
 metadata:
   annotations:
-    controller-gen.kubebuilder.io/version: v0.13.0
+    controller-gen.kubebuilder.io/version: v0.8.0
+  creationTimestamp: null
   name: ldapidentityproviders.idp.supervisor.pinniped.dev
 spec:
   group: idp.supervisor.pinniped.dev
@@ -313,3 +314,9 @@ spec:
     storage: true
     subresources:
       status: {}
+status:
+  acceptedNames:
+    kind: ""
+    plural: ""
+  conditions: []
+  storedVersions: []

generated/1.23/crds/idp.supervisor.pinniped.dev_oidcidentityproviders.yaml

@@ -3,7 +3,8 @@ apiVersion: apiextensions.k8s.io/v1
 kind: CustomResourceDefinition
 metadata:
   annotations:
-    controller-gen.kubebuilder.io/version: v0.13.0
+    controller-gen.kubebuilder.io/version: v0.8.0
+  creationTimestamp: null
   name: oidcidentityproviders.idp.supervisor.pinniped.dev
 spec:
   group: idp.supervisor.pinniped.dev
@@ -343,3 +344,9 @@ spec:
     storage: true
     subresources:
       status: {}
+status:
+  acceptedNames:
+    kind: ""
+    plural: ""
+  conditions: []
+  storedVersions: []

generated/1.24/README.adoc

@@ -197,7 +197,30 @@ OIDCClientSecretRequest can be used to update the client secrets associated with
 [cols="25a,75a", options="header"]
 |===
 | Field | Description
-| *`ObjectMeta`* __link:https://kubernetes.io/docs/reference/generated/kubernetes-api/v1.24/#objectmeta-v1-meta[$$ObjectMeta$$]__ | 
+| *`name`* __string__ | Name must be unique within a namespace. Is required when creating resources, although some resources may allow a client to request the generation of an appropriate name automatically. Name is primarily intended for creation idempotence and configuration definition. Cannot be updated. More info: http://kubernetes.io/docs/user-guide/identifiers#names
+| *`generateName`* __string__ | GenerateName is an optional prefix, used by the server, to generate a unique name ONLY IF the Name field has not been provided. If this field is used, the name returned to the client will be different than the name passed. This value will also be combined with a unique suffix. The provided value has the same validation rules as the Name field, and may be truncated by the length of the suffix required to make the value unique on the server. 
+ If this field is specified and the generated name exists, the server will return a 409. 
+ Applied only if Name is not specified. More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/sig-architecture/api-conventions.md#idempotency
+| *`namespace`* __string__ | Namespace defines the space within which each name must be unique. An empty namespace is equivalent to the "default" namespace, but "default" is the canonical representation. Not all objects are required to be scoped to a namespace - the value of this field for those objects will be empty. 
+ Must be a DNS_LABEL. Cannot be updated. More info: http://kubernetes.io/docs/user-guide/namespaces
+| *`selfLink`* __string__ | Deprecated: selfLink is a legacy read-only field that is no longer populated by the system.
+| *`uid`* __UID__ | UID is the unique in time and space value for this object. It is typically generated by the server on successful creation of a resource and is not allowed to change on PUT operations. 
+ Populated by the system. Read-only. More info: http://kubernetes.io/docs/user-guide/identifiers#uids
+| *`resourceVersion`* __string__ | An opaque value that represents the internal version of this object that can be used by clients to determine when objects have changed. May be used for optimistic concurrency, change detection, and the watch operation on a resource or set of resources. Clients must treat these values as opaque and passed unmodified back to the server. They may only be valid for a particular resource or set of resources. 
+ Populated by the system. Read-only. Value must be treated as opaque by clients and . More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/sig-architecture/api-conventions.md#concurrency-control-and-consistency
+| *`generation`* __integer__ | A sequence number representing a specific generation of the desired state. Populated by the system. Read-only.
+| *`creationTimestamp`* __link:https://kubernetes.io/docs/reference/generated/kubernetes-api/v1.24/#time-v1-meta[$$Time$$]__ | CreationTimestamp is a timestamp representing the server time when this object was created. It is not guaranteed to be set in happens-before order across separate operations. Clients may not set this value. It is represented in RFC3339 form and is in UTC. 
+ Populated by the system. Read-only. Null for lists. More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/sig-architecture/api-conventions.md#metadata
+| *`deletionTimestamp`* __link:https://kubernetes.io/docs/reference/generated/kubernetes-api/v1.24/#time-v1-meta[$$Time$$]__ | DeletionTimestamp is RFC 3339 date and time at which this resource will be deleted. This field is set by the server when a graceful deletion is requested by the user, and is not directly settable by a client. The resource is expected to be deleted (no longer visible from resource lists, and not reachable by name) after the time in this field, once the finalizers list is empty. As long as the finalizers list contains items, deletion is blocked. Once the deletionTimestamp is set, this value may not be unset or be set further into the future, although it may be shortened or the resource may be deleted prior to this time. For example, a user may request that a pod is deleted in 30 seconds. The Kubelet will react by sending a graceful termination signal to the containers in the pod. After that 30 seconds, the Kubelet will send a hard termination signal (SIGKILL) to the container and after cleanup, remove the pod from the API. In the presence of network partitions, this object may still exist after this timestamp, until an administrator or automated process can determine the resource is fully terminated. If not set, graceful deletion of the object has not been requested. 
+ Populated by the system when a graceful deletion is requested. Read-only. More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/sig-architecture/api-conventions.md#metadata
+| *`deletionGracePeriodSeconds`* __integer__ | Number of seconds allowed for this object to gracefully terminate before it will be removed from the system. Only set when deletionTimestamp is also set. May only be shortened. Read-only.
+| *`labels`* __object (keys:string, values:string)__ | Map of string keys and values that can be used to organize and categorize (scope and select) objects. May match selectors of replication controllers and services. More info: http://kubernetes.io/docs/user-guide/labels
+| *`annotations`* __object (keys:string, values:string)__ | Annotations is an unstructured key value map stored with a resource that may be set by external tools to store and retrieve arbitrary metadata. They are not queryable and should be preserved when modifying objects. More info: http://kubernetes.io/docs/user-guide/annotations
+| *`ownerReferences`* __link:https://kubernetes.io/docs/reference/generated/kubernetes-api/v1.24/#ownerreference-v1-meta[$$OwnerReference$$] array__ | List of objects depended by this object. If ALL objects in the list have been deleted, this object will be garbage collected. If this object is managed by a controller, then an entry in this list will point to this controller, with the controller field set to true. There cannot be more than one managing controller.
+| *`finalizers`* __string array__ | Must be empty before the object is deleted from the registry. Each entry is an identifier for the responsible component that will remove the entry from the list. If the deletionTimestamp of the object is non-nil, entries in this list can only be removed. Finalizers may be processed and removed in any order.  Order is NOT enforced because it introduces significant risk of stuck finalizers. finalizers is a shared field, any actor with permission can reorder it. If the finalizer list is processed in order, then this can lead to a situation in which the component responsible for the first finalizer in the list is waiting for a signal (field value, external system, or other) produced by a component responsible for a finalizer later in the list, resulting in a deadlock. Without enforced ordering finalizers are free to order amongst themselves and are not vulnerable to ordering changes in the list.
+| *`clusterName`* __string__ | Deprecated: ClusterName is a legacy field that was always cleared by the system and never used; it will be removed completely in 1.25. 
+ The name in the go struct is changed to help clients detect accidental use.
+| *`managedFields`* __link:https://kubernetes.io/docs/reference/generated/kubernetes-api/v1.24/#managedfieldsentry-v1-meta[$$ManagedFieldsEntry$$] array__ | ManagedFields maps workflow-id and version to the set of fields that are managed by that workflow. This is mostly for internal housekeeping, and users typically shouldn't need to set or understand this field. A workflow can be the user's name, a controller's name, or the name of a specific apply path like "ci-cd". The set of fields is always in the version that the workflow used when modifying the object.
 | *`Spec`* __xref:{anchor_prefix}-go-pinniped-dev-generated-1-24-apis-supervisor-clientsecret-oidcclientsecretrequestspec[$$OIDCClientSecretRequestSpec$$]__ | 
 | *`Status`* __xref:{anchor_prefix}-go-pinniped-dev-generated-1-24-apis-supervisor-clientsecret-oidcclientsecretrequeststatus[$$OIDCClientSecretRequestStatus$$]__ | 
 |===
@@ -444,7 +467,7 @@ FrontendType enumerates a type of "frontend" used to provide access to users of
 
 
 [id="{anchor_prefix}-go-pinniped-dev-generated-1-24-apis-concierge-config-v1alpha1-impersonationproxyinfo"]
-==== ImpersonationProxyInfo (xref:{anchor_prefix}-go-pinniped-dev-generated-1-24-apis-concierge-config-v1alpha1-struct-endpoint string -json-endpoint- certificateauthoritydata string -json-certificateauthoritydata-[$$struct{Endpoint string "json:\"endpoint\""; CertificateAuthorityData string "json:\"certificateAuthorityData\""}$$]) 
+==== ImpersonationProxyInfo 
 
 ImpersonationProxyInfo describes the parameters for the impersonation proxy on this Concierge.
 
@@ -453,6 +476,12 @@ ImpersonationProxyInfo describes the parameters for the impersonation proxy on t
 - xref:{anchor_prefix}-go-pinniped-dev-generated-1-24-apis-concierge-config-v1alpha1-credentialissuerfrontend[$$CredentialIssuerFrontend$$]
 ****
 
+[cols="25a,75a", options="header"]
+|===
+| Field | Description
+| *`endpoint`* __string__ | Endpoint is the HTTPS endpoint of the impersonation proxy.
+| *`certificateAuthorityData`* __string__ | CertificateAuthorityData is the base64-encoded PEM CA bundle of the impersonation proxy.
+|===
 
 
 [id="{anchor_prefix}-go-pinniped-dev-generated-1-24-apis-concierge-config-v1alpha1-impersonationproxymode"]
@@ -480,9 +509,8 @@ ImpersonationProxyServiceSpec describes how the Concierge should provision a Ser
 [cols="25a,75a", options="header"]
 |===
 | Field | Description
-| *`type`* __xref:{anchor_prefix}-go-pinniped-dev-generated-1-24-apis-concierge-config-v1alpha1-impersonationproxyservicetype[$$ImpersonationProxyServiceType$$]__ | Type specifies the type of Service to provision for the impersonation proxy. +
-
-If the type is "None", then the "spec.impersonationProxy.externalEndpoint" field must be set to a non-empty value so that the Concierge can properly advertise the endpoint in the CredentialIssuer's status.
+| *`type`* __xref:{anchor_prefix}-go-pinniped-dev-generated-1-24-apis-concierge-config-v1alpha1-impersonationproxyservicetype[$$ImpersonationProxyServiceType$$]__ | Type specifies the type of Service to provision for the impersonation proxy. 
+ If the type is "None", then the "spec.impersonationProxy.externalEndpoint" field must be set to a non-empty value so that the Concierge can properly advertise the endpoint in the CredentialIssuer's status.
 | *`loadBalancerIP`* __string__ | LoadBalancerIP specifies the IP address to set in the spec.loadBalancerIP field of the provisioned Service. This is not supported on all cloud providers.
 | *`annotations`* __object (keys:string, values:string)__ | Annotations specifies zero or more key/value pairs to set as annotations on the provisioned Service.
 |===
@@ -515,12 +543,10 @@ ImpersonationProxySpec describes the intended configuration of the Concierge imp
 | Field | Description
 | *`mode`* __xref:{anchor_prefix}-go-pinniped-dev-generated-1-24-apis-concierge-config-v1alpha1-impersonationproxymode[$$ImpersonationProxyMode$$]__ | Mode configures whether the impersonation proxy should be started: - "disabled" explicitly disables the impersonation proxy. This is the default. - "enabled" explicitly enables the impersonation proxy. - "auto" enables or disables the impersonation proxy based upon the cluster in which it is running.
 | *`service`* __xref:{anchor_prefix}-go-pinniped-dev-generated-1-24-apis-concierge-config-v1alpha1-impersonationproxyservicespec[$$ImpersonationProxyServiceSpec$$]__ | Service describes the configuration of the Service provisioned to expose the impersonation proxy to clients.
-| *`externalEndpoint`* __string__ | ExternalEndpoint describes the HTTPS endpoint where the proxy will be exposed. If not set, the proxy will be served using the external name of the LoadBalancer service or the cluster service DNS name. +
-
-This field must be non-empty when spec.impersonationProxy.service.type is "None".
-| *`tls`* __xref:{anchor_prefix}-go-pinniped-dev-generated-1-24-apis-concierge-config-v1alpha1-impersonationproxytlsspec[$$ImpersonationProxyTLSSpec$$]__ | TLS contains information about how the Concierge impersonation proxy should serve TLS. +
-
-If this field is empty, the impersonation proxy will generate its own TLS certificate.
+| *`externalEndpoint`* __string__ | ExternalEndpoint describes the HTTPS endpoint where the proxy will be exposed. If not set, the proxy will be served using the external name of the LoadBalancer service or the cluster service DNS name. 
+ This field must be non-empty when spec.impersonationProxy.service.type is "None".
+| *`tls`* __xref:{anchor_prefix}-go-pinniped-dev-generated-1-24-apis-concierge-config-v1alpha1-impersonationproxytlsspec[$$ImpersonationProxyTLSSpec$$]__ | TLS contains information about how the Concierge impersonation proxy should serve TLS. 
+ If this field is empty, the impersonation proxy will generate its own TLS certificate.
 |===
 
 
@@ -581,7 +607,7 @@ StrategyType enumerates a type of "strategy" used to implement credential access
 
 
 [id="{anchor_prefix}-go-pinniped-dev-generated-1-24-apis-concierge-config-v1alpha1-tokencredentialrequestapiinfo"]
-==== TokenCredentialRequestAPIInfo (xref:{anchor_prefix}-go-pinniped-dev-generated-1-24-apis-concierge-config-v1alpha1-struct-server string -json-server- certificateauthoritydata string -json-certificateauthoritydata-[$$struct{Server string "json:\"server\""; CertificateAuthorityData string "json:\"certificateAuthorityData\""}$$]) 
+==== TokenCredentialRequestAPIInfo 
 
 TokenCredentialRequestAPIInfo describes the parameters for the TokenCredentialRequest API on this Concierge.
 
@@ -590,6 +616,12 @@ TokenCredentialRequestAPIInfo describes the parameters for the TokenCredentialRe
 - xref:{anchor_prefix}-go-pinniped-dev-generated-1-24-apis-concierge-config-v1alpha1-credentialissuerfrontend[$$CredentialIssuerFrontend$$]
 ****
 
+[cols="25a,75a", options="header"]
+|===
+| Field | Description
+| *`server`* __string__ | Server is the Kubernetes API server URL.
+| *`certificateAuthorityData`* __string__ | CertificateAuthorityData is the base64-encoded Kubernetes API server CA bundle.
+|===
 
 
 
@@ -686,15 +718,12 @@ FederationDomainSpec is a struct that describes an OIDC Provider.
 [cols="25a,75a", options="header"]
 |===
 | Field | Description
-| *`issuer`* __string__ | Issuer is the OIDC Provider's issuer, per the OIDC Discovery Metadata document, as well as the identifier that it will use for the iss claim in issued JWTs. This field will also be used as the base URL for any endpoints used by the OIDC Provider (e.g., if your issuer is https://example.com/foo, then your authorization endpoint will look like https://example.com/foo/some/path/to/auth/endpoint). +
-
-See https://openid.net/specs/openid-connect-discovery-1_0.html#rfc.section.3 for more information.
+| *`issuer`* __string__ | Issuer is the OIDC Provider's issuer, per the OIDC Discovery Metadata document, as well as the identifier that it will use for the iss claim in issued JWTs. This field will also be used as the base URL for any endpoints used by the OIDC Provider (e.g., if your issuer is https://example.com/foo, then your authorization endpoint will look like https://example.com/foo/some/path/to/auth/endpoint). 
+ See https://openid.net/specs/openid-connect-discovery-1_0.html#rfc.section.3 for more information.
 | *`tls`* __xref:{anchor_prefix}-go-pinniped-dev-generated-1-24-apis-supervisor-config-v1alpha1-federationdomaintlsspec[$$FederationDomainTLSSpec$$]__ | TLS specifies a secret which will contain Transport Layer Security (TLS) configuration for the FederationDomain.
-| *`identityProviders`* __xref:{anchor_prefix}-go-pinniped-dev-generated-1-24-apis-supervisor-config-v1alpha1-federationdomainidentityprovider[$$FederationDomainIdentityProvider$$] array__ | IdentityProviders is the list of identity providers available for use by this FederationDomain. +
-
-An identity provider CR (e.g. OIDCIdentityProvider or LDAPIdentityProvider) describes how to connect to a server, how to talk in a specific protocol for authentication, and how to use the schema of that server/protocol to extract a normalized user identity. Normalized user identities include a username and a list of group names. In contrast, IdentityProviders describes how to use that normalized identity in those Kubernetes clusters which belong to this FederationDomain. Each entry in IdentityProviders can be configured with arbitrary transformations on that normalized identity. For example, a transformation can add a prefix to all usernames to help avoid accidental conflicts when multiple identity providers have different users with the same username (e.g. "idp1:ryan" versus "idp2:ryan"). Each entry in IdentityProviders can also implement arbitrary authentication rejection policies. Even though a user was able to authenticate with the identity provider, a policy can disallow the authentication to the Kubernetes clusters that belong to this FederationDomain. For example, a policy could disallow the authentication unless the user belongs to a specific group in the identity provider. +
-
-For backwards compatibility with versions of Pinniped which predate support for multiple identity providers, an empty IdentityProviders list will cause the FederationDomain to use all available identity providers which exist in the same namespace, but also to reject all authentication requests when there is more than one identity provider currently defined. In this backwards compatibility mode, the name of the identity provider resource (e.g. the Name of an OIDCIdentityProvider resource) will be used as the name of the identity provider in this FederationDomain. This mode is provided to make upgrading from older versions easier. However, instead of relying on this backwards compatibility mode, please consider this mode to be deprecated and please instead explicitly list the identity provider using this IdentityProviders field.
+| *`identityProviders`* __xref:{anchor_prefix}-go-pinniped-dev-generated-1-24-apis-supervisor-config-v1alpha1-federationdomainidentityprovider[$$FederationDomainIdentityProvider$$] array__ | IdentityProviders is the list of identity providers available for use by this FederationDomain. 
+ An identity provider CR (e.g. OIDCIdentityProvider or LDAPIdentityProvider) describes how to connect to a server, how to talk in a specific protocol for authentication, and how to use the schema of that server/protocol to extract a normalized user identity. Normalized user identities include a username and a list of group names. In contrast, IdentityProviders describes how to use that normalized identity in those Kubernetes clusters which belong to this FederationDomain. Each entry in IdentityProviders can be configured with arbitrary transformations on that normalized identity. For example, a transformation can add a prefix to all usernames to help avoid accidental conflicts when multiple identity providers have different users with the same username (e.g. "idp1:ryan" versus "idp2:ryan"). Each entry in IdentityProviders can also implement arbitrary authentication rejection policies. Even though a user was able to authenticate with the identity provider, a policy can disallow the authentication to the Kubernetes clusters that belong to this FederationDomain. For example, a policy could disallow the authentication unless the user belongs to a specific group in the identity provider. 
+ For backwards compatibility with versions of Pinniped which predate support for multiple identity providers, an empty IdentityProviders list will cause the FederationDomain to use all available identity providers which exist in the same namespace, but also to reject all authentication requests when there is more than one identity provider currently defined. In this backwards compatibility mode, the name of the identity provider resource (e.g. the Name of an OIDCIdentityProvider resource) will be used as the name of the identity provider in this FederationDomain. This mode is provided to make upgrading from older versions easier. However, instead of relying on this backwards compatibility mode, please consider this mode to be deprecated and please instead explicitly list the identity provider using this IdentityProviders field.
 |===
 
 
@@ -730,15 +759,11 @@ FederationDomainTLSSpec is a struct that describes the TLS configuration for an
 [cols="25a,75a", options="header"]
 |===
 | Field | Description
-| *`secretName`* __string__ | SecretName is an optional name of a Secret in the same namespace, of type `kubernetes.io/tls`, which contains the TLS serving certificate for the HTTPS endpoints served by this FederationDomain. When provided, the TLS Secret named here must contain keys named `tls.crt` and `tls.key` that contain the certificate and private key to use for TLS. +
-
-Server Name Indication (SNI) is an extension to the Transport Layer Security (TLS) supported by all major browsers. +
-
-SecretName is required if you would like to use different TLS certificates for issuers of different hostnames. SNI requests do not include port numbers, so all issuers with the same DNS hostname must use the same SecretName value even if they have different port numbers. +
-
-SecretName is not required when you would like to use only the HTTP endpoints (e.g. when the HTTP listener is configured to listen on loopback interfaces or UNIX domain sockets for traffic from a service mesh sidecar). It is also not required when you would like all requests to this OIDC Provider's HTTPS endpoints to use the default TLS certificate, which is configured elsewhere. +
-
-When your Issuer URL's host is an IP address, then this field is ignored. SNI does not work for IP addresses.
+| *`secretName`* __string__ | SecretName is an optional name of a Secret in the same namespace, of type `kubernetes.io/tls`, which contains the TLS serving certificate for the HTTPS endpoints served by this FederationDomain. When provided, the TLS Secret named here must contain keys named `tls.crt` and `tls.key` that contain the certificate and private key to use for TLS. 
+ Server Name Indication (SNI) is an extension to the Transport Layer Security (TLS) supported by all major browsers. 
+ SecretName is required if you would like to use different TLS certificates for issuers of different hostnames. SNI requests do not include port numbers, so all issuers with the same DNS hostname must use the same SecretName value even if they have different port numbers. 
+ SecretName is not required when you would like to use only the HTTP endpoints (e.g. when the HTTP listener is configured to listen on loopback interfaces or UNIX domain sockets for traffic from a service mesh sidecar). It is also not required when you would like all requests to this OIDC Provider's HTTPS endpoints to use the default TLS certificate, which is configured elsewhere. 
+ When your Issuer URL's host is an IP address, then this field is ignored. SNI does not work for IP addresses.
 |===
 
 
@@ -756,13 +781,10 @@ FederationDomainTransforms defines identity transformations for an identity prov
 |===
 | Field | Description
 | *`constants`* __xref:{anchor_prefix}-go-pinniped-dev-generated-1-24-apis-supervisor-config-v1alpha1-federationdomaintransformsconstant[$$FederationDomainTransformsConstant$$] array__ | Constants defines constant variables and their values which will be made available to the transform expressions.
-| *`expressions`* __xref:{anchor_prefix}-go-pinniped-dev-generated-1-24-apis-supervisor-config-v1alpha1-federationdomaintransformsexpression[$$FederationDomainTransformsExpression$$] array__ | Expressions are an optional list of transforms and policies to be executed in the order given during every authentication attempt, including during every session refresh. Each is a CEL expression. It may use the basic CEL language as defined in https://github.com/google/cel-spec/blob/master/doc/langdef.md plus the CEL string extensions defined in https://github.com/google/cel-go/tree/master/ext#strings. +
-
-The username and groups extracted from the identity provider, and the constants defined in this CR, are available as variables in all expressions. The username is provided via a variable called `username` and the list of group names is provided via a variable called `groups` (which may be an empty list). Each user-provided constants is provided via a variable named `strConst.varName` for string constants and `strListConst.varName` for string list constants. +
-
-The only allowed types for expressions are currently policy/v1, username/v1, and groups/v1. Each policy/v1 must return a boolean, and when it returns false, no more expressions from the list are evaluated and the authentication attempt is rejected. Transformations of type policy/v1 do not return usernames or group names, and therefore cannot change the username or group names. Each username/v1 transform must return the new username (a string), which can be the same as the old username. Transformations of type username/v1 do not return group names, and therefore cannot change the group names. Each groups/v1 transform must return the new groups list (list of strings), which can be the same as the old groups list. Transformations of type groups/v1 do not return usernames, and therefore cannot change the usernames. After each expression, the new (potentially changed) username or groups get passed to the following expression. +
-
-Any compilation or static type-checking failure of any expression will cause an error status on the FederationDomain. During an authentication attempt, any unexpected runtime evaluation errors (e.g. division by zero) cause the authentication attempt to fail. When all expressions evaluate successfully, then the (potentially changed) username and group names have been decided for that authentication attempt.
+| *`expressions`* __xref:{anchor_prefix}-go-pinniped-dev-generated-1-24-apis-supervisor-config-v1alpha1-federationdomaintransformsexpression[$$FederationDomainTransformsExpression$$] array__ | Expressions are an optional list of transforms and policies to be executed in the order given during every authentication attempt, including during every session refresh. Each is a CEL expression. It may use the basic CEL language as defined in https://github.com/google/cel-spec/blob/master/doc/langdef.md plus the CEL string extensions defined in https://github.com/google/cel-go/tree/master/ext#strings. 
+ The username and groups extracted from the identity provider, and the constants defined in this CR, are available as variables in all expressions. The username is provided via a variable called `username` and the list of group names is provided via a variable called `groups` (which may be an empty list). Each user-provided constants is provided via a variable named `strConst.varName` for string constants and `strListConst.varName` for string list constants. 
+ The only allowed types for expressions are currently policy/v1, username/v1, and groups/v1. Each policy/v1 must return a boolean, and when it returns false, no more expressions from the list are evaluated and the authentication attempt is rejected. Transformations of type policy/v1 do not return usernames or group names, and therefore cannot change the username or group names. Each username/v1 transform must return the new username (a string), which can be the same as the old username. Transformations of type username/v1 do not return group names, and therefore cannot change the group names. Each groups/v1 transform must return the new groups list (list of strings), which can be the same as the old groups list. Transformations of type groups/v1 do not return usernames, and therefore cannot change the usernames. After each expression, the new (potentially changed) username or groups get passed to the following expression. 
+ Any compilation or static type-checking failure of any expression will cause an error status on the FederationDomain. During an authentication attempt, any unexpected runtime evaluation errors (e.g. division by zero) cause the authentication attempt to fail. When all expressions evaluate successfully, then the (potentially changed) username and group names have been decided for that authentication attempt.
 | *`examples`* __xref:{anchor_prefix}-go-pinniped-dev-generated-1-24-apis-supervisor-config-v1alpha1-federationdomaintransformsexample[$$FederationDomainTransformsExample$$] array__ | Examples can optionally be used to ensure that the sequence of transformation expressions are working as expected. Examples define sample input identities which are then run through the expression list, and the results are compared to the expected results. If any example in this list fails, then this identity provider will not be available for use within this FederationDomain, and the error(s) will be added to the FederationDomain status. This can be used to help guard against programming mistakes in the expressions, and also act as living documentation for other administrators to better understand the expressions.
 |===
 
@@ -905,12 +927,10 @@ OIDCClientSpec is a struct that describes an OIDCClient.
 |===
 | Field | Description
 | *`allowedRedirectURIs`* __xref:{anchor_prefix}-go-pinniped-dev-generated-1-24-apis-supervisor-config-v1alpha1-redirecturi[$$RedirectURI$$] array__ | allowedRedirectURIs is a list of the allowed redirect_uri param values that should be accepted during OIDC flows with this client. Any other uris will be rejected. Must be a URI with the https scheme, unless the hostname is 127.0.0.1 or ::1 which may use the http scheme. Port numbers are not required for 127.0.0.1 or ::1 and are ignored when checking for a matching redirect_uri.
-| *`allowedGrantTypes`* __xref:{anchor_prefix}-go-pinniped-dev-generated-1-24-apis-supervisor-config-v1alpha1-granttype[$$GrantType$$] array__ | allowedGrantTypes is a list of the allowed grant_type param values that should be accepted during OIDC flows with this client. +
-
-Must only contain the following values: - authorization_code: allows the client to perform the authorization code grant flow, i.e. allows the webapp to authenticate users. This grant must always be listed. - refresh_token: allows the client to perform refresh grants for the user to extend the user's session. This grant must be listed if allowedScopes lists offline_access. - urn:ietf:params:oauth:grant-type:token-exchange: allows the client to perform RFC8693 token exchange, which is a step in the process to be able to get a cluster credential for the user. This grant must be listed if allowedScopes lists pinniped:request-audience.
-| *`allowedScopes`* __xref:{anchor_prefix}-go-pinniped-dev-generated-1-24-apis-supervisor-config-v1alpha1-scope[$$Scope$$] array__ | allowedScopes is a list of the allowed scopes param values that should be accepted during OIDC flows with this client. +
-
-Must only contain the following values: - openid: The client is allowed to request ID tokens. ID tokens only include the required claims by default (iss, sub, aud, exp, iat). This scope must always be listed. - offline_access: The client is allowed to request an initial refresh token during the authorization code grant flow. This scope must be listed if allowedGrantTypes lists refresh_token. - pinniped:request-audience: The client is allowed to request a new audience value during a RFC8693 token exchange, which is a step in the process to be able to get a cluster credential for the user. openid, username and groups scopes must be listed when this scope is present. This scope must be listed if allowedGrantTypes lists urn:ietf:params:oauth:grant-type:token-exchange. - username: The client is allowed to request that ID tokens contain the user's username. Without the username scope being requested and allowed, the ID token will not contain the user's username. - groups: The client is allowed to request that ID tokens contain the user's group membership, if their group membership is discoverable by the Supervisor. Without the groups scope being requested and allowed, the ID token will not contain groups.
+| *`allowedGrantTypes`* __xref:{anchor_prefix}-go-pinniped-dev-generated-1-24-apis-supervisor-config-v1alpha1-granttype[$$GrantType$$] array__ | allowedGrantTypes is a list of the allowed grant_type param values that should be accepted during OIDC flows with this client. 
+ Must only contain the following values: - authorization_code: allows the client to perform the authorization code grant flow, i.e. allows the webapp to authenticate users. This grant must always be listed. - refresh_token: allows the client to perform refresh grants for the user to extend the user's session. This grant must be listed if allowedScopes lists offline_access. - urn:ietf:params:oauth:grant-type:token-exchange: allows the client to perform RFC8693 token exchange, which is a step in the process to be able to get a cluster credential for the user. This grant must be listed if allowedScopes lists pinniped:request-audience.
+| *`allowedScopes`* __xref:{anchor_prefix}-go-pinniped-dev-generated-1-24-apis-supervisor-config-v1alpha1-scope[$$Scope$$] array__ | allowedScopes is a list of the allowed scopes param values that should be accepted during OIDC flows with this client. 
+ Must only contain the following values: - openid: The client is allowed to request ID tokens. ID tokens only include the required claims by default (iss, sub, aud, exp, iat). This scope must always be listed. - offline_access: The client is allowed to request an initial refresh token during the authorization code grant flow. This scope must be listed if allowedGrantTypes lists refresh_token. - pinniped:request-audience: The client is allowed to request a new audience value during a RFC8693 token exchange, which is a step in the process to be able to get a cluster credential for the user. openid, username and groups scopes must be listed when this scope is present. This scope must be listed if allowedGrantTypes lists urn:ietf:params:oauth:grant-type:token-exchange. - username: The client is allowed to request that ID tokens contain the user's username. Without the username scope being requested and allowed, the ID token will not contain the user's username. - groups: The client is allowed to request that ID tokens contain the user's group membership, if their group membership is discoverable by the Supervisor. Without the groups scope being requested and allowed, the ID token will not contain groups.
 |===
 
 
@@ -966,7 +986,7 @@ Package identity is the internal version of the Pinniped identity API.
 
 
 [id="{anchor_prefix}-go-pinniped-dev-generated-1-24-apis-concierge-identity-extravalue"]
-==== ExtraValue (string array) 
+==== ExtraValue 
 
 ExtraValue masks the value so protobuf can generate
 
@@ -1028,7 +1048,30 @@ WhoAmIRequest submits a request to echo back the current authenticated user.
 [cols="25a,75a", options="header"]
 |===
 | Field | Description
-| *`ObjectMeta`* __link:https://kubernetes.io/docs/reference/generated/kubernetes-api/v1.24/#objectmeta-v1-meta[$$ObjectMeta$$]__ | 
+| *`name`* __string__ | Name must be unique within a namespace. Is required when creating resources, although some resources may allow a client to request the generation of an appropriate name automatically. Name is primarily intended for creation idempotence and configuration definition. Cannot be updated. More info: http://kubernetes.io/docs/user-guide/identifiers#names
+| *`generateName`* __string__ | GenerateName is an optional prefix, used by the server, to generate a unique name ONLY IF the Name field has not been provided. If this field is used, the name returned to the client will be different than the name passed. This value will also be combined with a unique suffix. The provided value has the same validation rules as the Name field, and may be truncated by the length of the suffix required to make the value unique on the server. 
+ If this field is specified and the generated name exists, the server will return a 409. 
+ Applied only if Name is not specified. More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/sig-architecture/api-conventions.md#idempotency
+| *`namespace`* __string__ | Namespace defines the space within which each name must be unique. An empty namespace is equivalent to the "default" namespace, but "default" is the canonical representation. Not all objects are required to be scoped to a namespace - the value of this field for those objects will be empty. 
+ Must be a DNS_LABEL. Cannot be updated. More info: http://kubernetes.io/docs/user-guide/namespaces
+| *`selfLink`* __string__ | Deprecated: selfLink is a legacy read-only field that is no longer populated by the system.
+| *`uid`* __UID__ | UID is the unique in time and space value for this object. It is typically generated by the server on successful creation of a resource and is not allowed to change on PUT operations. 
+ Populated by the system. Read-only. More info: http://kubernetes.io/docs/user-guide/identifiers#uids
+| *`resourceVersion`* __string__ | An opaque value that represents the internal version of this object that can be used by clients to determine when objects have changed. May be used for optimistic concurrency, change detection, and the watch operation on a resource or set of resources. Clients must treat these values as opaque and passed unmodified back to the server. They may only be valid for a particular resource or set of resources. 
+ Populated by the system. Read-only. Value must be treated as opaque by clients and . More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/sig-architecture/api-conventions.md#concurrency-control-and-consistency
+| *`generation`* __integer__ | A sequence number representing a specific generation of the desired state. Populated by the system. Read-only.
+| *`creationTimestamp`* __link:https://kubernetes.io/docs/reference/generated/kubernetes-api/v1.24/#time-v1-meta[$$Time$$]__ | CreationTimestamp is a timestamp representing the server time when this object was created. It is not guaranteed to be set in happens-before order across separate operations. Clients may not set this value. It is represented in RFC3339 form and is in UTC. 
+ Populated by the system. Read-only. Null for lists. More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/sig-architecture/api-conventions.md#metadata
+| *`deletionTimestamp`* __link:https://kubernetes.io/docs/reference/generated/kubernetes-api/v1.24/#time-v1-meta[$$Time$$]__ | DeletionTimestamp is RFC 3339 date and time at which this resource will be deleted. This field is set by the server when a graceful deletion is requested by the user, and is not directly settable by a client. The resource is expected to be deleted (no longer visible from resource lists, and not reachable by name) after the time in this field, once the finalizers list is empty. As long as the finalizers list contains items, deletion is blocked. Once the deletionTimestamp is set, this value may not be unset or be set further into the future, although it may be shortened or the resource may be deleted prior to this time. For example, a user may request that a pod is deleted in 30 seconds. The Kubelet will react by sending a graceful termination signal to the containers in the pod. After that 30 seconds, the Kubelet will send a hard termination signal (SIGKILL) to the container and after cleanup, remove the pod from the API. In the presence of network partitions, this object may still exist after this timestamp, until an administrator or automated process can determine the resource is fully terminated. If not set, graceful deletion of the object has not been requested. 
+ Populated by the system when a graceful deletion is requested. Read-only. More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/sig-architecture/api-conventions.md#metadata
+| *`deletionGracePeriodSeconds`* __integer__ | Number of seconds allowed for this object to gracefully terminate before it will be removed from the system. Only set when deletionTimestamp is also set. May only be shortened. Read-only.
+| *`labels`* __object (keys:string, values:string)__ | Map of string keys and values that can be used to organize and categorize (scope and select) objects. May match selectors of replication controllers and services. More info: http://kubernetes.io/docs/user-guide/labels
+| *`annotations`* __object (keys:string, values:string)__ | Annotations is an unstructured key value map stored with a resource that may be set by external tools to store and retrieve arbitrary metadata. They are not queryable and should be preserved when modifying objects. More info: http://kubernetes.io/docs/user-guide/annotations
+| *`ownerReferences`* __link:https://kubernetes.io/docs/reference/generated/kubernetes-api/v1.24/#ownerreference-v1-meta[$$OwnerReference$$] array__ | List of objects depended by this object. If ALL objects in the list have been deleted, this object will be garbage collected. If this object is managed by a controller, then an entry in this list will point to this controller, with the controller field set to true. There cannot be more than one managing controller.
+| *`finalizers`* __string array__ | Must be empty before the object is deleted from the registry. Each entry is an identifier for the responsible component that will remove the entry from the list. If the deletionTimestamp of the object is non-nil, entries in this list can only be removed. Finalizers may be processed and removed in any order.  Order is NOT enforced because it introduces significant risk of stuck finalizers. finalizers is a shared field, any actor with permission can reorder it. If the finalizer list is processed in order, then this can lead to a situation in which the component responsible for the first finalizer in the list is waiting for a signal (field value, external system, or other) produced by a component responsible for a finalizer later in the list, resulting in a deadlock. Without enforced ordering finalizers are free to order amongst themselves and are not vulnerable to ordering changes in the list.
+| *`clusterName`* __string__ | Deprecated: ClusterName is a legacy field that was always cleared by the system and never used; it will be removed completely in 1.25. 
+ The name in the go struct is changed to help clients detect accidental use.
+| *`managedFields`* __link:https://kubernetes.io/docs/reference/generated/kubernetes-api/v1.24/#managedfieldsentry-v1-meta[$$ManagedFieldsEntry$$] array__ | ManagedFields maps workflow-id and version to the set of fields that are managed by that workflow. This is mostly for internal housekeeping, and users typically shouldn't need to set or understand this field. A workflow can be the user's name, a controller's name, or the name of a specific apply path like "ci-cd". The set of fields is always in the version that the workflow used when modifying the object.
 | *`Spec`* __xref:{anchor_prefix}-go-pinniped-dev-generated-1-24-apis-concierge-identity-whoamirequestspec[$$WhoAmIRequestSpec$$]__ | 
 | *`Status`* __xref:{anchor_prefix}-go-pinniped-dev-generated-1-24-apis-concierge-identity-whoamirequeststatus[$$WhoAmIRequestStatus$$]__ | 
 |===
@@ -1036,16 +1079,6 @@ WhoAmIRequest submits a request to echo back the current authenticated user.
 
 
 
-[id="{anchor_prefix}-go-pinniped-dev-generated-1-24-apis-concierge-identity-whoamirequestspec"]
-==== WhoAmIRequestSpec 
-
-Spec is always empty for a WhoAmIRequest.
-
-.Appears In:
-****
-- xref:{anchor_prefix}-go-pinniped-dev-generated-1-24-apis-concierge-identity-whoamirequest[$$WhoAmIRequest$$]
-****
-
 
 
 [id="{anchor_prefix}-go-pinniped-dev-generated-1-24-apis-concierge-identity-whoamirequeststatus"]
@@ -1074,7 +1107,7 @@ Package v1alpha1 is the v1alpha1 version of the Pinniped identity API.
 
 
 [id="{anchor_prefix}-go-pinniped-dev-generated-1-24-apis-concierge-identity-v1alpha1-extravalue"]
-==== ExtraValue (string array) 
+==== ExtraValue 
 
 ExtraValue masks the value so protobuf can generate
 
@@ -1145,16 +1178,6 @@ WhoAmIRequest submits a request to echo back the current authenticated user.
 
 
 
-[id="{anchor_prefix}-go-pinniped-dev-generated-1-24-apis-concierge-identity-v1alpha1-whoamirequestspec"]
-==== WhoAmIRequestSpec 
-
-Spec is always empty for a WhoAmIRequest.
-
-.Appears In:
-****
-- xref:{anchor_prefix}-go-pinniped-dev-generated-1-24-apis-concierge-identity-v1alpha1-whoamirequest[$$WhoAmIRequest$$]
-****
-
 
 
 [id="{anchor_prefix}-go-pinniped-dev-generated-1-24-apis-concierge-identity-v1alpha1-whoamirequeststatus"]
@@ -1236,13 +1259,10 @@ ActiveDirectoryIdentityProvider describes the configuration of an upstream Micro
 | *`filter`* __string__ | Filter is the ActiveDirectory search filter which should be applied when searching for groups for a user. The pattern "{}" must occur in the filter at least once and will be dynamically replaced by the value of an attribute of the user entry found as a result of the user search. Which attribute's value is used to replace the placeholder(s) depends on the value of UserAttributeForFilter. E.g. "member={}" or "&(objectClass=groupOfNames)(member={})". For more information about ActiveDirectory filters, see https://ldap.com/ldap-filters. Note that the dn (distinguished name) is not an attribute of an entry, so "dn={}" cannot be used. Optional. When not specified, the default will act as if the filter were specified as "(&(objectClass=group)(member:1.2.840.113556.1.4.1941:={})". This searches nested groups by default. Note that nested group search can be slow for some Active Directory servers. To disable it, you can set the filter to "(&(objectClass=group)(member={})"
 | *`userAttributeForFilter`* __string__ | UserAttributeForFilter specifies which attribute's value from the user entry found as a result of the user search will be used to replace the "{}" placeholder(s) in the group search Filter. For example, specifying "uid" as the UserAttributeForFilter while specifying "&(objectClass=posixGroup)(memberUid={})" as the Filter would search for groups by replacing the "{}" placeholder in the Filter with the value of the user's "uid" attribute. Optional. When not specified, the default will act as if "dn" were specified. For example, leaving UserAttributeForFilter unspecified while specifying "&(objectClass=groupOfNames)(member={})" as the Filter would search for groups by replacing the "{}" placeholder(s) with the dn (distinguished name) of the user.
 | *`attributes`* __xref:{anchor_prefix}-go-pinniped-dev-generated-1-24-apis-supervisor-idp-v1alpha1-activedirectoryidentityprovidergroupsearchattributes[$$ActiveDirectoryIdentityProviderGroupSearchAttributes$$]__ | Attributes specifies how the group's information should be read from each ActiveDirectory entry which was found as the result of the group search.
-| *`skipGroupRefresh`* __boolean__ | The user's group membership is refreshed as they interact with the supervisor to obtain new credentials (as their old credentials expire).  This allows group membership changes to be quickly reflected into Kubernetes clusters.  Since group membership is often used to bind authorization policies, it is important to keep the groups observed in Kubernetes clusters in-sync with the identity provider. +
-
-In some environments, frequent group membership queries may result in a significant performance impact on the identity provider and/or the supervisor. The best approach to handle performance impacts is to tweak the group query to be more performant, for example by disabling nested group search or by using a more targeted group search base. +
-
-If the group search query cannot be made performant and you are willing to have group memberships remain static for approximately a day, then set skipGroupRefresh to true.  This is an insecure configuration as authorization policies that are bound to group membership will not notice if a user has been removed from a particular group until their next login. +
-
-This is an experimental feature that may be removed or significantly altered in the future.  Consumers of this configuration should carefully read all release notes before upgrading to ensure that the meaning of this field has not changed.
+| *`skipGroupRefresh`* __boolean__ | The user's group membership is refreshed as they interact with the supervisor to obtain new credentials (as their old credentials expire).  This allows group membership changes to be quickly reflected into Kubernetes clusters.  Since group membership is often used to bind authorization policies, it is important to keep the groups observed in Kubernetes clusters in-sync with the identity provider. 
+ In some environments, frequent group membership queries may result in a significant performance impact on the identity provider and/or the supervisor. The best approach to handle performance impacts is to tweak the group query to be more performant, for example by disabling nested group search or by using a more targeted group search base. 
+ If the group search query cannot be made performant and you are willing to have group memberships remain static for approximately a day, then set skipGroupRefresh to true.  This is an insecure configuration as authorization policies that are bound to group membership will not notice if a user has been removed from a particular group until their next login. 
+ This is an experimental feature that may be removed or significantly altered in the future.  Consumers of this configuration should carefully read all release notes before upgrading to ensure that the meaning of this field has not changed.
 |===
 
 
@@ -1407,13 +1427,10 @@ LDAPIdentityProvider describes the configuration of an upstream Lightweight Dire
 | *`filter`* __string__ | Filter is the LDAP search filter which should be applied when searching for groups for a user. The pattern "{}" must occur in the filter at least once and will be dynamically replaced by the value of an attribute of the user entry found as a result of the user search. Which attribute's value is used to replace the placeholder(s) depends on the value of UserAttributeForFilter. For more information about LDAP filters, see https://ldap.com/ldap-filters. Note that the dn (distinguished name) is not an attribute of an entry, so "dn={}" cannot be used. Optional. When not specified, the default will act as if the Filter were specified as "member={}".
 | *`userAttributeForFilter`* __string__ | UserAttributeForFilter specifies which attribute's value from the user entry found as a result of the user search will be used to replace the "{}" placeholder(s) in the group search Filter. For example, specifying "uid" as the UserAttributeForFilter while specifying "&(objectClass=posixGroup)(memberUid={})" as the Filter would search for groups by replacing the "{}" placeholder in the Filter with the value of the user's "uid" attribute. Optional. When not specified, the default will act as if "dn" were specified. For example, leaving UserAttributeForFilter unspecified while specifying "&(objectClass=groupOfNames)(member={})" as the Filter would search for groups by replacing the "{}" placeholder(s) with the dn (distinguished name) of the user.
 | *`attributes`* __xref:{anchor_prefix}-go-pinniped-dev-generated-1-24-apis-supervisor-idp-v1alpha1-ldapidentityprovidergroupsearchattributes[$$LDAPIdentityProviderGroupSearchAttributes$$]__ | Attributes specifies how the group's information should be read from each LDAP entry which was found as the result of the group search.
-| *`skipGroupRefresh`* __boolean__ | The user's group membership is refreshed as they interact with the supervisor to obtain new credentials (as their old credentials expire).  This allows group membership changes to be quickly reflected into Kubernetes clusters.  Since group membership is often used to bind authorization policies, it is important to keep the groups observed in Kubernetes clusters in-sync with the identity provider. +
-
-In some environments, frequent group membership queries may result in a significant performance impact on the identity provider and/or the supervisor. The best approach to handle performance impacts is to tweak the group query to be more performant, for example by disabling nested group search or by using a more targeted group search base. +
-
-If the group search query cannot be made performant and you are willing to have group memberships remain static for approximately a day, then set skipGroupRefresh to true.  This is an insecure configuration as authorization policies that are bound to group membership will not notice if a user has been removed from a particular group until their next login. +
-
-This is an experimental feature that may be removed or significantly altered in the future.  Consumers of this configuration should carefully read all release notes before upgrading to ensure that the meaning of this field has not changed.
+| *`skipGroupRefresh`* __boolean__ | The user's group membership is refreshed as they interact with the supervisor to obtain new credentials (as their old credentials expire).  This allows group membership changes to be quickly reflected into Kubernetes clusters.  Since group membership is often used to bind authorization policies, it is important to keep the groups observed in Kubernetes clusters in-sync with the identity provider. 
+ In some environments, frequent group membership queries may result in a significant performance impact on the identity provider and/or the supervisor. The best approach to handle performance impacts is to tweak the group query to be more performant, for example by disabling nested group search or by using a more targeted group search base. 
+ If the group search query cannot be made performant and you are willing to have group memberships remain static for approximately a day, then set skipGroupRefresh to true.  This is an insecure configuration as authorization policies that are bound to group membership will not notice if a user has been removed from a particular group until their next login. 
+ This is an experimental feature that may be removed or significantly altered in the future.  Consumers of this configuration should carefully read all release notes before upgrading to ensure that the meaning of this field has not changed.
 |===
 
 

generated/1.24/crds/authentication.concierge.pinniped.dev_jwtauthenticators.yaml

@@ -3,7 +3,8 @@ apiVersion: apiextensions.k8s.io/v1
 kind: CustomResourceDefinition
 metadata:
   annotations:
-    controller-gen.kubebuilder.io/version: v0.13.0
+    controller-gen.kubebuilder.io/version: v0.8.0
+  creationTimestamp: null
   name: jwtauthenticators.authentication.concierge.pinniped.dev
 spec:
   group: authentication.concierge.pinniped.dev
@@ -173,3 +174,9 @@ spec:
     storage: true
     subresources:
       status: {}
+status:
+  acceptedNames:
+    kind: ""
+    plural: ""
+  conditions: []
+  storedVersions: []

generated/1.24/crds/authentication.concierge.pinniped.dev_webhookauthenticators.yaml

@@ -3,7 +3,8 @@ apiVersion: apiextensions.k8s.io/v1
 kind: CustomResourceDefinition
 metadata:
   annotations:
-    controller-gen.kubebuilder.io/version: v0.13.0
+    controller-gen.kubebuilder.io/version: v0.8.0
+  creationTimestamp: null
   name: webhookauthenticators.authentication.concierge.pinniped.dev
 spec:
   group: authentication.concierge.pinniped.dev
@@ -146,3 +147,9 @@ spec:
     storage: true
     subresources:
       status: {}
+status:
+  acceptedNames:
+    kind: ""
+    plural: ""
+  conditions: []
+  storedVersions: []

generated/1.24/crds/config.concierge.pinniped.dev_credentialissuers.yaml

@@ -3,7 +3,8 @@ apiVersion: apiextensions.k8s.io/v1
 kind: CustomResourceDefinition
 metadata:
   annotations:
-    controller-gen.kubebuilder.io/version: v0.13.0
+    controller-gen.kubebuilder.io/version: v0.8.0
+  creationTimestamp: null
   name: credentialissuers.config.concierge.pinniped.dev
 spec:
   group: config.concierge.pinniped.dev
@@ -255,3 +256,9 @@ spec:
     storage: true
     subresources:
       status: {}
+status:
+  acceptedNames:
+    kind: ""
+    plural: ""
+  conditions: []
+  storedVersions: []

generated/1.24/crds/config.supervisor.pinniped.dev_federationdomains.yaml

@@ -3,7 +3,8 @@ apiVersion: apiextensions.k8s.io/v1
 kind: CustomResourceDefinition
 metadata:
   annotations:
-    controller-gen.kubebuilder.io/version: v0.13.0
+    controller-gen.kubebuilder.io/version: v0.8.0
+  creationTimestamp: null
   name: federationdomains.config.supervisor.pinniped.dev
 spec:
   group: config.supervisor.pinniped.dev
@@ -115,7 +116,6 @@ spec:
                       - kind
                       - name
                       type: object
-                      x-kubernetes-map-type: atomic
                     transforms:
                       description: Transforms is an optional way to specify transformations
                         to be applied during user authentication and session refresh.
@@ -444,7 +444,6 @@ spec:
                           TODO: Add other useful fields. apiVersion, kind, uid?'
                         type: string
                     type: object
-                    x-kubernetes-map-type: atomic
                   stateEncryptionKey:
                     description: StateSigningKey holds the name of the corev1.Secret
                       in which this OIDC Provider's key for encrypting state parameters
@@ -455,7 +454,6 @@ spec:
                           TODO: Add other useful fields. apiVersion, kind, uid?'
                         type: string
                     type: object
-                    x-kubernetes-map-type: atomic
                   stateSigningKey:
                     description: StateSigningKey holds the name of the corev1.Secret
                       in which this OIDC Provider's key for signing state parameters
@@ -466,7 +464,6 @@ spec:
                           TODO: Add other useful fields. apiVersion, kind, uid?'
                         type: string
                     type: object
-                    x-kubernetes-map-type: atomic
                   tokenSigningKey:
                     description: TokenSigningKey holds the name of the corev1.Secret
                       in which this OIDC Provider's key for signing tokens is stored.
@@ -476,7 +473,6 @@ spec:
                           TODO: Add other useful fields. apiVersion, kind, uid?'
                         type: string
                     type: object
-                    x-kubernetes-map-type: atomic
                 type: object
             type: object
         required:
@@ -486,3 +482,9 @@ spec:
     storage: true
     subresources:
       status: {}
+status:
+  acceptedNames:
+    kind: ""
+    plural: ""
+  conditions: []
+  storedVersions: []

generated/1.24/crds/config.supervisor.pinniped.dev_oidcclients.yaml

@@ -3,7 +3,8 @@ apiVersion: apiextensions.k8s.io/v1
 kind: CustomResourceDefinition
 metadata:
   annotations:
-    controller-gen.kubebuilder.io/version: v0.13.0
+    controller-gen.kubebuilder.io/version: v0.8.0
+  creationTimestamp: null
   name: oidcclients.config.supervisor.pinniped.dev
 spec:
   group: config.supervisor.pinniped.dev
@@ -218,3 +219,9 @@ spec:
     storage: true
     subresources:
       status: {}
+status:
+  acceptedNames:
+    kind: ""
+    plural: ""
+  conditions: []
+  storedVersions: []

generated/1.24/crds/idp.supervisor.pinniped.dev_activedirectoryidentityproviders.yaml

@@ -3,7 +3,8 @@ apiVersion: apiextensions.k8s.io/v1
 kind: CustomResourceDefinition
 metadata:
   annotations:
-    controller-gen.kubebuilder.io/version: v0.13.0
+    controller-gen.kubebuilder.io/version: v0.8.0
+  creationTimestamp: null
   name: activedirectoryidentityproviders.idp.supervisor.pinniped.dev
 spec:
   group: idp.supervisor.pinniped.dev
@@ -316,3 +317,9 @@ spec:
     storage: true
     subresources:
       status: {}
+status:
+  acceptedNames:
+    kind: ""
+    plural: ""
+  conditions: []
+  storedVersions: []

generated/1.24/crds/idp.supervisor.pinniped.dev_ldapidentityproviders.yaml

@@ -3,7 +3,8 @@ apiVersion: apiextensions.k8s.io/v1
 kind: CustomResourceDefinition
 metadata:
   annotations:
-    controller-gen.kubebuilder.io/version: v0.13.0
+    controller-gen.kubebuilder.io/version: v0.8.0
+  creationTimestamp: null
   name: ldapidentityproviders.idp.supervisor.pinniped.dev
 spec:
   group: idp.supervisor.pinniped.dev
@@ -313,3 +314,9 @@ spec:
     storage: true
     subresources:
       status: {}
+status:
+  acceptedNames:
+    kind: ""
+    plural: ""
+  conditions: []
+  storedVersions: []

generated/1.24/crds/idp.supervisor.pinniped.dev_oidcidentityproviders.yaml

@@ -3,7 +3,8 @@ apiVersion: apiextensions.k8s.io/v1
 kind: CustomResourceDefinition
 metadata:
   annotations:
-    controller-gen.kubebuilder.io/version: v0.13.0
+    controller-gen.kubebuilder.io/version: v0.8.0
+  creationTimestamp: null
   name: oidcidentityproviders.idp.supervisor.pinniped.dev
 spec:
   group: idp.supervisor.pinniped.dev
@@ -343,3 +344,9 @@ spec:
     storage: true
     subresources:
       status: {}
+status:
+  acceptedNames:
+    kind: ""
+    plural: ""
+  conditions: []
+  storedVersions: []

generated/1.25/README.adoc

@@ -197,7 +197,28 @@ OIDCClientSecretRequest can be used to update the client secrets associated with
 [cols="25a,75a", options="header"]
 |===
 | Field | Description
-| *`ObjectMeta`* __link:https://kubernetes.io/docs/reference/generated/kubernetes-api/v1.25/#objectmeta-v1-meta[$$ObjectMeta$$]__ | 
+| *`name`* __string__ | Name must be unique within a namespace. Is required when creating resources, although some resources may allow a client to request the generation of an appropriate name automatically. Name is primarily intended for creation idempotence and configuration definition. Cannot be updated. More info: http://kubernetes.io/docs/user-guide/identifiers#names
+| *`generateName`* __string__ | GenerateName is an optional prefix, used by the server, to generate a unique name ONLY IF the Name field has not been provided. If this field is used, the name returned to the client will be different than the name passed. This value will also be combined with a unique suffix. The provided value has the same validation rules as the Name field, and may be truncated by the length of the suffix required to make the value unique on the server. 
+ If this field is specified and the generated name exists, the server will return a 409. 
+ Applied only if Name is not specified. More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/sig-architecture/api-conventions.md#idempotency
+| *`namespace`* __string__ | Namespace defines the space within which each name must be unique. An empty namespace is equivalent to the "default" namespace, but "default" is the canonical representation. Not all objects are required to be scoped to a namespace - the value of this field for those objects will be empty. 
+ Must be a DNS_LABEL. Cannot be updated. More info: http://kubernetes.io/docs/user-guide/namespaces
+| *`selfLink`* __string__ | Deprecated: selfLink is a legacy read-only field that is no longer populated by the system.
+| *`uid`* __UID__ | UID is the unique in time and space value for this object. It is typically generated by the server on successful creation of a resource and is not allowed to change on PUT operations. 
+ Populated by the system. Read-only. More info: http://kubernetes.io/docs/user-guide/identifiers#uids
+| *`resourceVersion`* __string__ | An opaque value that represents the internal version of this object that can be used by clients to determine when objects have changed. May be used for optimistic concurrency, change detection, and the watch operation on a resource or set of resources. Clients must treat these values as opaque and passed unmodified back to the server. They may only be valid for a particular resource or set of resources. 
+ Populated by the system. Read-only. Value must be treated as opaque by clients and . More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/sig-architecture/api-conventions.md#concurrency-control-and-consistency
+| *`generation`* __integer__ | A sequence number representing a specific generation of the desired state. Populated by the system. Read-only.
+| *`creationTimestamp`* __link:https://kubernetes.io/docs/reference/generated/kubernetes-api/v1.25/#time-v1-meta[$$Time$$]__ | CreationTimestamp is a timestamp representing the server time when this object was created. It is not guaranteed to be set in happens-before order across separate operations. Clients may not set this value. It is represented in RFC3339 form and is in UTC. 
+ Populated by the system. Read-only. Null for lists. More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/sig-architecture/api-conventions.md#metadata
+| *`deletionTimestamp`* __link:https://kubernetes.io/docs/reference/generated/kubernetes-api/v1.25/#time-v1-meta[$$Time$$]__ | DeletionTimestamp is RFC 3339 date and time at which this resource will be deleted. This field is set by the server when a graceful deletion is requested by the user, and is not directly settable by a client. The resource is expected to be deleted (no longer visible from resource lists, and not reachable by name) after the time in this field, once the finalizers list is empty. As long as the finalizers list contains items, deletion is blocked. Once the deletionTimestamp is set, this value may not be unset or be set further into the future, although it may be shortened or the resource may be deleted prior to this time. For example, a user may request that a pod is deleted in 30 seconds. The Kubelet will react by sending a graceful termination signal to the containers in the pod. After that 30 seconds, the Kubelet will send a hard termination signal (SIGKILL) to the container and after cleanup, remove the pod from the API. In the presence of network partitions, this object may still exist after this timestamp, until an administrator or automated process can determine the resource is fully terminated. If not set, graceful deletion of the object has not been requested. 
+ Populated by the system when a graceful deletion is requested. Read-only. More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/sig-architecture/api-conventions.md#metadata
+| *`deletionGracePeriodSeconds`* __integer__ | Number of seconds allowed for this object to gracefully terminate before it will be removed from the system. Only set when deletionTimestamp is also set. May only be shortened. Read-only.
+| *`labels`* __object (keys:string, values:string)__ | Map of string keys and values that can be used to organize and categorize (scope and select) objects. May match selectors of replication controllers and services. More info: http://kubernetes.io/docs/user-guide/labels
+| *`annotations`* __object (keys:string, values:string)__ | Annotations is an unstructured key value map stored with a resource that may be set by external tools to store and retrieve arbitrary metadata. They are not queryable and should be preserved when modifying objects. More info: http://kubernetes.io/docs/user-guide/annotations
+| *`ownerReferences`* __link:https://kubernetes.io/docs/reference/generated/kubernetes-api/v1.25/#ownerreference-v1-meta[$$OwnerReference$$] array__ | List of objects depended by this object. If ALL objects in the list have been deleted, this object will be garbage collected. If this object is managed by a controller, then an entry in this list will point to this controller, with the controller field set to true. There cannot be more than one managing controller.
+| *`finalizers`* __string array__ | Must be empty before the object is deleted from the registry. Each entry is an identifier for the responsible component that will remove the entry from the list. If the deletionTimestamp of the object is non-nil, entries in this list can only be removed. Finalizers may be processed and removed in any order.  Order is NOT enforced because it introduces significant risk of stuck finalizers. finalizers is a shared field, any actor with permission can reorder it. If the finalizer list is processed in order, then this can lead to a situation in which the component responsible for the first finalizer in the list is waiting for a signal (field value, external system, or other) produced by a component responsible for a finalizer later in the list, resulting in a deadlock. Without enforced ordering finalizers are free to order amongst themselves and are not vulnerable to ordering changes in the list.
+| *`managedFields`* __link:https://kubernetes.io/docs/reference/generated/kubernetes-api/v1.25/#managedfieldsentry-v1-meta[$$ManagedFieldsEntry$$] array__ | ManagedFields maps workflow-id and version to the set of fields that are managed by that workflow. This is mostly for internal housekeeping, and users typically shouldn't need to set or understand this field. A workflow can be the user's name, a controller's name, or the name of a specific apply path like "ci-cd". The set of fields is always in the version that the workflow used when modifying the object.
 | *`Spec`* __xref:{anchor_prefix}-go-pinniped-dev-generated-1-25-apis-supervisor-clientsecret-oidcclientsecretrequestspec[$$OIDCClientSecretRequestSpec$$]__ | 
 | *`Status`* __xref:{anchor_prefix}-go-pinniped-dev-generated-1-25-apis-supervisor-clientsecret-oidcclientsecretrequeststatus[$$OIDCClientSecretRequestStatus$$]__ | 
 |===
@@ -444,7 +465,7 @@ FrontendType enumerates a type of "frontend" used to provide access to users of
 
 
 [id="{anchor_prefix}-go-pinniped-dev-generated-1-25-apis-concierge-config-v1alpha1-impersonationproxyinfo"]
-==== ImpersonationProxyInfo (xref:{anchor_prefix}-go-pinniped-dev-generated-1-25-apis-concierge-config-v1alpha1-struct-endpoint string -json-endpoint- certificateauthoritydata string -json-certificateauthoritydata-[$$struct{Endpoint string "json:\"endpoint\""; CertificateAuthorityData string "json:\"certificateAuthorityData\""}$$]) 
+==== ImpersonationProxyInfo 
 
 ImpersonationProxyInfo describes the parameters for the impersonation proxy on this Concierge.
 
@@ -453,6 +474,12 @@ ImpersonationProxyInfo describes the parameters for the impersonation proxy on t
 - xref:{anchor_prefix}-go-pinniped-dev-generated-1-25-apis-concierge-config-v1alpha1-credentialissuerfrontend[$$CredentialIssuerFrontend$$]
 ****
 
+[cols="25a,75a", options="header"]
+|===
+| Field | Description
+| *`endpoint`* __string__ | Endpoint is the HTTPS endpoint of the impersonation proxy.
+| *`certificateAuthorityData`* __string__ | CertificateAuthorityData is the base64-encoded PEM CA bundle of the impersonation proxy.
+|===
 
 
 [id="{anchor_prefix}-go-pinniped-dev-generated-1-25-apis-concierge-config-v1alpha1-impersonationproxymode"]
@@ -480,9 +507,8 @@ ImpersonationProxyServiceSpec describes how the Concierge should provision a Ser
 [cols="25a,75a", options="header"]
 |===
 | Field | Description
-| *`type`* __xref:{anchor_prefix}-go-pinniped-dev-generated-1-25-apis-concierge-config-v1alpha1-impersonationproxyservicetype[$$ImpersonationProxyServiceType$$]__ | Type specifies the type of Service to provision for the impersonation proxy. +
-
-If the type is "None", then the "spec.impersonationProxy.externalEndpoint" field must be set to a non-empty value so that the Concierge can properly advertise the endpoint in the CredentialIssuer's status.
+| *`type`* __xref:{anchor_prefix}-go-pinniped-dev-generated-1-25-apis-concierge-config-v1alpha1-impersonationproxyservicetype[$$ImpersonationProxyServiceType$$]__ | Type specifies the type of Service to provision for the impersonation proxy. 
+ If the type is "None", then the "spec.impersonationProxy.externalEndpoint" field must be set to a non-empty value so that the Concierge can properly advertise the endpoint in the CredentialIssuer's status.
 | *`loadBalancerIP`* __string__ | LoadBalancerIP specifies the IP address to set in the spec.loadBalancerIP field of the provisioned Service. This is not supported on all cloud providers.
 | *`annotations`* __object (keys:string, values:string)__ | Annotations specifies zero or more key/value pairs to set as annotations on the provisioned Service.
 |===
@@ -515,12 +541,10 @@ ImpersonationProxySpec describes the intended configuration of the Concierge imp
 | Field | Description
 | *`mode`* __xref:{anchor_prefix}-go-pinniped-dev-generated-1-25-apis-concierge-config-v1alpha1-impersonationproxymode[$$ImpersonationProxyMode$$]__ | Mode configures whether the impersonation proxy should be started: - "disabled" explicitly disables the impersonation proxy. This is the default. - "enabled" explicitly enables the impersonation proxy. - "auto" enables or disables the impersonation proxy based upon the cluster in which it is running.
 | *`service`* __xref:{anchor_prefix}-go-pinniped-dev-generated-1-25-apis-concierge-config-v1alpha1-impersonationproxyservicespec[$$ImpersonationProxyServiceSpec$$]__ | Service describes the configuration of the Service provisioned to expose the impersonation proxy to clients.
-| *`externalEndpoint`* __string__ | ExternalEndpoint describes the HTTPS endpoint where the proxy will be exposed. If not set, the proxy will be served using the external name of the LoadBalancer service or the cluster service DNS name. +
-
-This field must be non-empty when spec.impersonationProxy.service.type is "None".
-| *`tls`* __xref:{anchor_prefix}-go-pinniped-dev-generated-1-25-apis-concierge-config-v1alpha1-impersonationproxytlsspec[$$ImpersonationProxyTLSSpec$$]__ | TLS contains information about how the Concierge impersonation proxy should serve TLS. +
-
-If this field is empty, the impersonation proxy will generate its own TLS certificate.
+| *`externalEndpoint`* __string__ | ExternalEndpoint describes the HTTPS endpoint where the proxy will be exposed. If not set, the proxy will be served using the external name of the LoadBalancer service or the cluster service DNS name. 
+ This field must be non-empty when spec.impersonationProxy.service.type is "None".
+| *`tls`* __xref:{anchor_prefix}-go-pinniped-dev-generated-1-25-apis-concierge-config-v1alpha1-impersonationproxytlsspec[$$ImpersonationProxyTLSSpec$$]__ | TLS contains information about how the Concierge impersonation proxy should serve TLS. 
+ If this field is empty, the impersonation proxy will generate its own TLS certificate.
 |===
 
 
@@ -581,7 +605,7 @@ StrategyType enumerates a type of "strategy" used to implement credential access
 
 
 [id="{anchor_prefix}-go-pinniped-dev-generated-1-25-apis-concierge-config-v1alpha1-tokencredentialrequestapiinfo"]
-==== TokenCredentialRequestAPIInfo (xref:{anchor_prefix}-go-pinniped-dev-generated-1-25-apis-concierge-config-v1alpha1-struct-server string -json-server- certificateauthoritydata string -json-certificateauthoritydata-[$$struct{Server string "json:\"server\""; CertificateAuthorityData string "json:\"certificateAuthorityData\""}$$]) 
+==== TokenCredentialRequestAPIInfo 
 
 TokenCredentialRequestAPIInfo describes the parameters for the TokenCredentialRequest API on this Concierge.
 
@@ -590,6 +614,12 @@ TokenCredentialRequestAPIInfo describes the parameters for the TokenCredentialRe
 - xref:{anchor_prefix}-go-pinniped-dev-generated-1-25-apis-concierge-config-v1alpha1-credentialissuerfrontend[$$CredentialIssuerFrontend$$]
 ****
 
+[cols="25a,75a", options="header"]
+|===
+| Field | Description
+| *`server`* __string__ | Server is the Kubernetes API server URL.
+| *`certificateAuthorityData`* __string__ | CertificateAuthorityData is the base64-encoded Kubernetes API server CA bundle.
+|===
 
 
 
@@ -686,15 +716,12 @@ FederationDomainSpec is a struct that describes an OIDC Provider.
 [cols="25a,75a", options="header"]
 |===
 | Field | Description
-| *`issuer`* __string__ | Issuer is the OIDC Provider's issuer, per the OIDC Discovery Metadata document, as well as the identifier that it will use for the iss claim in issued JWTs. This field will also be used as the base URL for any endpoints used by the OIDC Provider (e.g., if your issuer is https://example.com/foo, then your authorization endpoint will look like https://example.com/foo/some/path/to/auth/endpoint). +
-
-See https://openid.net/specs/openid-connect-discovery-1_0.html#rfc.section.3 for more information.
+| *`issuer`* __string__ | Issuer is the OIDC Provider's issuer, per the OIDC Discovery Metadata document, as well as the identifier that it will use for the iss claim in issued JWTs. This field will also be used as the base URL for any endpoints used by the OIDC Provider (e.g., if your issuer is https://example.com/foo, then your authorization endpoint will look like https://example.com/foo/some/path/to/auth/endpoint). 
+ See https://openid.net/specs/openid-connect-discovery-1_0.html#rfc.section.3 for more information.
 | *`tls`* __xref:{anchor_prefix}-go-pinniped-dev-generated-1-25-apis-supervisor-config-v1alpha1-federationdomaintlsspec[$$FederationDomainTLSSpec$$]__ | TLS specifies a secret which will contain Transport Layer Security (TLS) configuration for the FederationDomain.
-| *`identityProviders`* __xref:{anchor_prefix}-go-pinniped-dev-generated-1-25-apis-supervisor-config-v1alpha1-federationdomainidentityprovider[$$FederationDomainIdentityProvider$$] array__ | IdentityProviders is the list of identity providers available for use by this FederationDomain. +
-
-An identity provider CR (e.g. OIDCIdentityProvider or LDAPIdentityProvider) describes how to connect to a server, how to talk in a specific protocol for authentication, and how to use the schema of that server/protocol to extract a normalized user identity. Normalized user identities include a username and a list of group names. In contrast, IdentityProviders describes how to use that normalized identity in those Kubernetes clusters which belong to this FederationDomain. Each entry in IdentityProviders can be configured with arbitrary transformations on that normalized identity. For example, a transformation can add a prefix to all usernames to help avoid accidental conflicts when multiple identity providers have different users with the same username (e.g. "idp1:ryan" versus "idp2:ryan"). Each entry in IdentityProviders can also implement arbitrary authentication rejection policies. Even though a user was able to authenticate with the identity provider, a policy can disallow the authentication to the Kubernetes clusters that belong to this FederationDomain. For example, a policy could disallow the authentication unless the user belongs to a specific group in the identity provider. +
-
-For backwards compatibility with versions of Pinniped which predate support for multiple identity providers, an empty IdentityProviders list will cause the FederationDomain to use all available identity providers which exist in the same namespace, but also to reject all authentication requests when there is more than one identity provider currently defined. In this backwards compatibility mode, the name of the identity provider resource (e.g. the Name of an OIDCIdentityProvider resource) will be used as the name of the identity provider in this FederationDomain. This mode is provided to make upgrading from older versions easier. However, instead of relying on this backwards compatibility mode, please consider this mode to be deprecated and please instead explicitly list the identity provider using this IdentityProviders field.
+| *`identityProviders`* __xref:{anchor_prefix}-go-pinniped-dev-generated-1-25-apis-supervisor-config-v1alpha1-federationdomainidentityprovider[$$FederationDomainIdentityProvider$$] array__ | IdentityProviders is the list of identity providers available for use by this FederationDomain. 
+ An identity provider CR (e.g. OIDCIdentityProvider or LDAPIdentityProvider) describes how to connect to a server, how to talk in a specific protocol for authentication, and how to use the schema of that server/protocol to extract a normalized user identity. Normalized user identities include a username and a list of group names. In contrast, IdentityProviders describes how to use that normalized identity in those Kubernetes clusters which belong to this FederationDomain. Each entry in IdentityProviders can be configured with arbitrary transformations on that normalized identity. For example, a transformation can add a prefix to all usernames to help avoid accidental conflicts when multiple identity providers have different users with the same username (e.g. "idp1:ryan" versus "idp2:ryan"). Each entry in IdentityProviders can also implement arbitrary authentication rejection policies. Even though a user was able to authenticate with the identity provider, a policy can disallow the authentication to the Kubernetes clusters that belong to this FederationDomain. For example, a policy could disallow the authentication unless the user belongs to a specific group in the identity provider. 
+ For backwards compatibility with versions of Pinniped which predate support for multiple identity providers, an empty IdentityProviders list will cause the FederationDomain to use all available identity providers which exist in the same namespace, but also to reject all authentication requests when there is more than one identity provider currently defined. In this backwards compatibility mode, the name of the identity provider resource (e.g. the Name of an OIDCIdentityProvider resource) will be used as the name of the identity provider in this FederationDomain. This mode is provided to make upgrading from older versions easier. However, instead of relying on this backwards compatibility mode, please consider this mode to be deprecated and please instead explicitly list the identity provider using this IdentityProviders field.
 |===
 
 
@@ -730,15 +757,11 @@ FederationDomainTLSSpec is a struct that describes the TLS configuration for an
 [cols="25a,75a", options="header"]
 |===
 | Field | Description
-| *`secretName`* __string__ | SecretName is an optional name of a Secret in the same namespace, of type `kubernetes.io/tls`, which contains the TLS serving certificate for the HTTPS endpoints served by this FederationDomain. When provided, the TLS Secret named here must contain keys named `tls.crt` and `tls.key` that contain the certificate and private key to use for TLS. +
-
-Server Name Indication (SNI) is an extension to the Transport Layer Security (TLS) supported by all major browsers. +
-
-SecretName is required if you would like to use different TLS certificates for issuers of different hostnames. SNI requests do not include port numbers, so all issuers with the same DNS hostname must use the same SecretName value even if they have different port numbers. +
-
-SecretName is not required when you would like to use only the HTTP endpoints (e.g. when the HTTP listener is configured to listen on loopback interfaces or UNIX domain sockets for traffic from a service mesh sidecar). It is also not required when you would like all requests to this OIDC Provider's HTTPS endpoints to use the default TLS certificate, which is configured elsewhere. +
-
-When your Issuer URL's host is an IP address, then this field is ignored. SNI does not work for IP addresses.
+| *`secretName`* __string__ | SecretName is an optional name of a Secret in the same namespace, of type `kubernetes.io/tls`, which contains the TLS serving certificate for the HTTPS endpoints served by this FederationDomain. When provided, the TLS Secret named here must contain keys named `tls.crt` and `tls.key` that contain the certificate and private key to use for TLS. 
+ Server Name Indication (SNI) is an extension to the Transport Layer Security (TLS) supported by all major browsers. 
+ SecretName is required if you would like to use different TLS certificates for issuers of different hostnames. SNI requests do not include port numbers, so all issuers with the same DNS hostname must use the same SecretName value even if they have different port numbers. 
+ SecretName is not required when you would like to use only the HTTP endpoints (e.g. when the HTTP listener is configured to listen on loopback interfaces or UNIX domain sockets for traffic from a service mesh sidecar). It is also not required when you would like all requests to this OIDC Provider's HTTPS endpoints to use the default TLS certificate, which is configured elsewhere. 
+ When your Issuer URL's host is an IP address, then this field is ignored. SNI does not work for IP addresses.
 |===
 
 
@@ -756,13 +779,10 @@ FederationDomainTransforms defines identity transformations for an identity prov
 |===
 | Field | Description
 | *`constants`* __xref:{anchor_prefix}-go-pinniped-dev-generated-1-25-apis-supervisor-config-v1alpha1-federationdomaintransformsconstant[$$FederationDomainTransformsConstant$$] array__ | Constants defines constant variables and their values which will be made available to the transform expressions.
-| *`expressions`* __xref:{anchor_prefix}-go-pinniped-dev-generated-1-25-apis-supervisor-config-v1alpha1-federationdomaintransformsexpression[$$FederationDomainTransformsExpression$$] array__ | Expressions are an optional list of transforms and policies to be executed in the order given during every authentication attempt, including during every session refresh. Each is a CEL expression. It may use the basic CEL language as defined in https://github.com/google/cel-spec/blob/master/doc/langdef.md plus the CEL string extensions defined in https://github.com/google/cel-go/tree/master/ext#strings. +
-
-The username and groups extracted from the identity provider, and the constants defined in this CR, are available as variables in all expressions. The username is provided via a variable called `username` and the list of group names is provided via a variable called `groups` (which may be an empty list). Each user-provided constants is provided via a variable named `strConst.varName` for string constants and `strListConst.varName` for string list constants. +
-
-The only allowed types for expressions are currently policy/v1, username/v1, and groups/v1. Each policy/v1 must return a boolean, and when it returns false, no more expressions from the list are evaluated and the authentication attempt is rejected. Transformations of type policy/v1 do not return usernames or group names, and therefore cannot change the username or group names. Each username/v1 transform must return the new username (a string), which can be the same as the old username. Transformations of type username/v1 do not return group names, and therefore cannot change the group names. Each groups/v1 transform must return the new groups list (list of strings), which can be the same as the old groups list. Transformations of type groups/v1 do not return usernames, and therefore cannot change the usernames. After each expression, the new (potentially changed) username or groups get passed to the following expression. +
-
-Any compilation or static type-checking failure of any expression will cause an error status on the FederationDomain. During an authentication attempt, any unexpected runtime evaluation errors (e.g. division by zero) cause the authentication attempt to fail. When all expressions evaluate successfully, then the (potentially changed) username and group names have been decided for that authentication attempt.
+| *`expressions`* __xref:{anchor_prefix}-go-pinniped-dev-generated-1-25-apis-supervisor-config-v1alpha1-federationdomaintransformsexpression[$$FederationDomainTransformsExpression$$] array__ | Expressions are an optional list of transforms and policies to be executed in the order given during every authentication attempt, including during every session refresh. Each is a CEL expression. It may use the basic CEL language as defined in https://github.com/google/cel-spec/blob/master/doc/langdef.md plus the CEL string extensions defined in https://github.com/google/cel-go/tree/master/ext#strings. 
+ The username and groups extracted from the identity provider, and the constants defined in this CR, are available as variables in all expressions. The username is provided via a variable called `username` and the list of group names is provided via a variable called `groups` (which may be an empty list). Each user-provided constants is provided via a variable named `strConst.varName` for string constants and `strListConst.varName` for string list constants. 
+ The only allowed types for expressions are currently policy/v1, username/v1, and groups/v1. Each policy/v1 must return a boolean, and when it returns false, no more expressions from the list are evaluated and the authentication attempt is rejected. Transformations of type policy/v1 do not return usernames or group names, and therefore cannot change the username or group names. Each username/v1 transform must return the new username (a string), which can be the same as the old username. Transformations of type username/v1 do not return group names, and therefore cannot change the group names. Each groups/v1 transform must return the new groups list (list of strings), which can be the same as the old groups list. Transformations of type groups/v1 do not return usernames, and therefore cannot change the usernames. After each expression, the new (potentially changed) username or groups get passed to the following expression. 
+ Any compilation or static type-checking failure of any expression will cause an error status on the FederationDomain. During an authentication attempt, any unexpected runtime evaluation errors (e.g. division by zero) cause the authentication attempt to fail. When all expressions evaluate successfully, then the (potentially changed) username and group names have been decided for that authentication attempt.
 | *`examples`* __xref:{anchor_prefix}-go-pinniped-dev-generated-1-25-apis-supervisor-config-v1alpha1-federationdomaintransformsexample[$$FederationDomainTransformsExample$$] array__ | Examples can optionally be used to ensure that the sequence of transformation expressions are working as expected. Examples define sample input identities which are then run through the expression list, and the results are compared to the expected results. If any example in this list fails, then this identity provider will not be available for use within this FederationDomain, and the error(s) will be added to the FederationDomain status. This can be used to help guard against programming mistakes in the expressions, and also act as living documentation for other administrators to better understand the expressions.
 |===
 
@@ -905,12 +925,10 @@ OIDCClientSpec is a struct that describes an OIDCClient.
 |===
 | Field | Description
 | *`allowedRedirectURIs`* __xref:{anchor_prefix}-go-pinniped-dev-generated-1-25-apis-supervisor-config-v1alpha1-redirecturi[$$RedirectURI$$] array__ | allowedRedirectURIs is a list of the allowed redirect_uri param values that should be accepted during OIDC flows with this client. Any other uris will be rejected. Must be a URI with the https scheme, unless the hostname is 127.0.0.1 or ::1 which may use the http scheme. Port numbers are not required for 127.0.0.1 or ::1 and are ignored when checking for a matching redirect_uri.
-| *`allowedGrantTypes`* __xref:{anchor_prefix}-go-pinniped-dev-generated-1-25-apis-supervisor-config-v1alpha1-granttype[$$GrantType$$] array__ | allowedGrantTypes is a list of the allowed grant_type param values that should be accepted during OIDC flows with this client. +
-
-Must only contain the following values: - authorization_code: allows the client to perform the authorization code grant flow, i.e. allows the webapp to authenticate users. This grant must always be listed. - refresh_token: allows the client to perform refresh grants for the user to extend the user's session. This grant must be listed if allowedScopes lists offline_access. - urn:ietf:params:oauth:grant-type:token-exchange: allows the client to perform RFC8693 token exchange, which is a step in the process to be able to get a cluster credential for the user. This grant must be listed if allowedScopes lists pinniped:request-audience.
-| *`allowedScopes`* __xref:{anchor_prefix}-go-pinniped-dev-generated-1-25-apis-supervisor-config-v1alpha1-scope[$$Scope$$] array__ | allowedScopes is a list of the allowed scopes param values that should be accepted during OIDC flows with this client. +
-
-Must only contain the following values: - openid: The client is allowed to request ID tokens. ID tokens only include the required claims by default (iss, sub, aud, exp, iat). This scope must always be listed. - offline_access: The client is allowed to request an initial refresh token during the authorization code grant flow. This scope must be listed if allowedGrantTypes lists refresh_token. - pinniped:request-audience: The client is allowed to request a new audience value during a RFC8693 token exchange, which is a step in the process to be able to get a cluster credential for the user. openid, username and groups scopes must be listed when this scope is present. This scope must be listed if allowedGrantTypes lists urn:ietf:params:oauth:grant-type:token-exchange. - username: The client is allowed to request that ID tokens contain the user's username. Without the username scope being requested and allowed, the ID token will not contain the user's username. - groups: The client is allowed to request that ID tokens contain the user's group membership, if their group membership is discoverable by the Supervisor. Without the groups scope being requested and allowed, the ID token will not contain groups.
+| *`allowedGrantTypes`* __xref:{anchor_prefix}-go-pinniped-dev-generated-1-25-apis-supervisor-config-v1alpha1-granttype[$$GrantType$$] array__ | allowedGrantTypes is a list of the allowed grant_type param values that should be accepted during OIDC flows with this client. 
+ Must only contain the following values: - authorization_code: allows the client to perform the authorization code grant flow, i.e. allows the webapp to authenticate users. This grant must always be listed. - refresh_token: allows the client to perform refresh grants for the user to extend the user's session. This grant must be listed if allowedScopes lists offline_access. - urn:ietf:params:oauth:grant-type:token-exchange: allows the client to perform RFC8693 token exchange, which is a step in the process to be able to get a cluster credential for the user. This grant must be listed if allowedScopes lists pinniped:request-audience.
+| *`allowedScopes`* __xref:{anchor_prefix}-go-pinniped-dev-generated-1-25-apis-supervisor-config-v1alpha1-scope[$$Scope$$] array__ | allowedScopes is a list of the allowed scopes param values that should be accepted during OIDC flows with this client. 
+ Must only contain the following values: - openid: The client is allowed to request ID tokens. ID tokens only include the required claims by default (iss, sub, aud, exp, iat). This scope must always be listed. - offline_access: The client is allowed to request an initial refresh token during the authorization code grant flow. This scope must be listed if allowedGrantTypes lists refresh_token. - pinniped:request-audience: The client is allowed to request a new audience value during a RFC8693 token exchange, which is a step in the process to be able to get a cluster credential for the user. openid, username and groups scopes must be listed when this scope is present. This scope must be listed if allowedGrantTypes lists urn:ietf:params:oauth:grant-type:token-exchange. - username: The client is allowed to request that ID tokens contain the user's username. Without the username scope being requested and allowed, the ID token will not contain the user's username. - groups: The client is allowed to request that ID tokens contain the user's group membership, if their group membership is discoverable by the Supervisor. Without the groups scope being requested and allowed, the ID token will not contain groups.
 |===
 
 
@@ -966,7 +984,7 @@ Package identity is the internal version of the Pinniped identity API.
 
 
 [id="{anchor_prefix}-go-pinniped-dev-generated-1-25-apis-concierge-identity-extravalue"]
-==== ExtraValue (string array) 
+==== ExtraValue 
 
 ExtraValue masks the value so protobuf can generate
 
@@ -1028,7 +1046,28 @@ WhoAmIRequest submits a request to echo back the current authenticated user.
 [cols="25a,75a", options="header"]
 |===
 | Field | Description
-| *`ObjectMeta`* __link:https://kubernetes.io/docs/reference/generated/kubernetes-api/v1.25/#objectmeta-v1-meta[$$ObjectMeta$$]__ | 
+| *`name`* __string__ | Name must be unique within a namespace. Is required when creating resources, although some resources may allow a client to request the generation of an appropriate name automatically. Name is primarily intended for creation idempotence and configuration definition. Cannot be updated. More info: http://kubernetes.io/docs/user-guide/identifiers#names
+| *`generateName`* __string__ | GenerateName is an optional prefix, used by the server, to generate a unique name ONLY IF the Name field has not been provided. If this field is used, the name returned to the client will be different than the name passed. This value will also be combined with a unique suffix. The provided value has the same validation rules as the Name field, and may be truncated by the length of the suffix required to make the value unique on the server. 
+ If this field is specified and the generated name exists, the server will return a 409. 
+ Applied only if Name is not specified. More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/sig-architecture/api-conventions.md#idempotency
+| *`namespace`* __string__ | Namespace defines the space within which each name must be unique. An empty namespace is equivalent to the "default" namespace, but "default" is the canonical representation. Not all objects are required to be scoped to a namespace - the value of this field for those objects will be empty. 
+ Must be a DNS_LABEL. Cannot be updated. More info: http://kubernetes.io/docs/user-guide/namespaces
+| *`selfLink`* __string__ | Deprecated: selfLink is a legacy read-only field that is no longer populated by the system.
+| *`uid`* __UID__ | UID is the unique in time and space value for this object. It is typically generated by the server on successful creation of a resource and is not allowed to change on PUT operations. 
+ Populated by the system. Read-only. More info: http://kubernetes.io/docs/user-guide/identifiers#uids
+| *`resourceVersion`* __string__ | An opaque value that represents the internal version of this object that can be used by clients to determine when objects have changed. May be used for optimistic concurrency, change detection, and the watch operation on a resource or set of resources. Clients must treat these values as opaque and passed unmodified back to the server. They may only be valid for a particular resource or set of resources. 
+ Populated by the system. Read-only. Value must be treated as opaque by clients and . More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/sig-architecture/api-conventions.md#concurrency-control-and-consistency
+| *`generation`* __integer__ | A sequence number representing a specific generation of the desired state. Populated by the system. Read-only.
+| *`creationTimestamp`* __link:https://kubernetes.io/docs/reference/generated/kubernetes-api/v1.25/#time-v1-meta[$$Time$$]__ | CreationTimestamp is a timestamp representing the server time when this object was created. It is not guaranteed to be set in happens-before order across separate operations. Clients may not set this value. It is represented in RFC3339 form and is in UTC. 
+ Populated by the system. Read-only. Null for lists. More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/sig-architecture/api-conventions.md#metadata
+| *`deletionTimestamp`* __link:https://kubernetes.io/docs/reference/generated/kubernetes-api/v1.25/#time-v1-meta[$$Time$$]__ | DeletionTimestamp is RFC 3339 date and time at which this resource will be deleted. This field is set by the server when a graceful deletion is requested by the user, and is not directly settable by a client. The resource is expected to be deleted (no longer visible from resource lists, and not reachable by name) after the time in this field, once the finalizers list is empty. As long as the finalizers list contains items, deletion is blocked. Once the deletionTimestamp is set, this value may not be unset or be set further into the future, although it may be shortened or the resource may be deleted prior to this time. For example, a user may request that a pod is deleted in 30 seconds. The Kubelet will react by sending a graceful termination signal to the containers in the pod. After that 30 seconds, the Kubelet will send a hard termination signal (SIGKILL) to the container and after cleanup, remove the pod from the API. In the presence of network partitions, this object may still exist after this timestamp, until an administrator or automated process can determine the resource is fully terminated. If not set, graceful deletion of the object has not been requested. 
+ Populated by the system when a graceful deletion is requested. Read-only. More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/sig-architecture/api-conventions.md#metadata
+| *`deletionGracePeriodSeconds`* __integer__ | Number of seconds allowed for this object to gracefully terminate before it will be removed from the system. Only set when deletionTimestamp is also set. May only be shortened. Read-only.
+| *`labels`* __object (keys:string, values:string)__ | Map of string keys and values that can be used to organize and categorize (scope and select) objects. May match selectors of replication controllers and services. More info: http://kubernetes.io/docs/user-guide/labels
+| *`annotations`* __object (keys:string, values:string)__ | Annotations is an unstructured key value map stored with a resource that may be set by external tools to store and retrieve arbitrary metadata. They are not queryable and should be preserved when modifying objects. More info: http://kubernetes.io/docs/user-guide/annotations
+| *`ownerReferences`* __link:https://kubernetes.io/docs/reference/generated/kubernetes-api/v1.25/#ownerreference-v1-meta[$$OwnerReference$$] array__ | List of objects depended by this object. If ALL objects in the list have been deleted, this object will be garbage collected. If this object is managed by a controller, then an entry in this list will point to this controller, with the controller field set to true. There cannot be more than one managing controller.
+| *`finalizers`* __string array__ | Must be empty before the object is deleted from the registry. Each entry is an identifier for the responsible component that will remove the entry from the list. If the deletionTimestamp of the object is non-nil, entries in this list can only be removed. Finalizers may be processed and removed in any order.  Order is NOT enforced because it introduces significant risk of stuck finalizers. finalizers is a shared field, any actor with permission can reorder it. If the finalizer list is processed in order, then this can lead to a situation in which the component responsible for the first finalizer in the list is waiting for a signal (field value, external system, or other) produced by a component responsible for a finalizer later in the list, resulting in a deadlock. Without enforced ordering finalizers are free to order amongst themselves and are not vulnerable to ordering changes in the list.
+| *`managedFields`* __link:https://kubernetes.io/docs/reference/generated/kubernetes-api/v1.25/#managedfieldsentry-v1-meta[$$ManagedFieldsEntry$$] array__ | ManagedFields maps workflow-id and version to the set of fields that are managed by that workflow. This is mostly for internal housekeeping, and users typically shouldn't need to set or understand this field. A workflow can be the user's name, a controller's name, or the name of a specific apply path like "ci-cd". The set of fields is always in the version that the workflow used when modifying the object.
 | *`Spec`* __xref:{anchor_prefix}-go-pinniped-dev-generated-1-25-apis-concierge-identity-whoamirequestspec[$$WhoAmIRequestSpec$$]__ | 
 | *`Status`* __xref:{anchor_prefix}-go-pinniped-dev-generated-1-25-apis-concierge-identity-whoamirequeststatus[$$WhoAmIRequestStatus$$]__ | 
 |===
@@ -1036,16 +1075,6 @@ WhoAmIRequest submits a request to echo back the current authenticated user.
 
 
 
-[id="{anchor_prefix}-go-pinniped-dev-generated-1-25-apis-concierge-identity-whoamirequestspec"]
-==== WhoAmIRequestSpec 
-
-Spec is always empty for a WhoAmIRequest.
-
-.Appears In:
-****
-- xref:{anchor_prefix}-go-pinniped-dev-generated-1-25-apis-concierge-identity-whoamirequest[$$WhoAmIRequest$$]
-****
-
 
 
 [id="{anchor_prefix}-go-pinniped-dev-generated-1-25-apis-concierge-identity-whoamirequeststatus"]
@@ -1074,7 +1103,7 @@ Package v1alpha1 is the v1alpha1 version of the Pinniped identity API.
 
 
 [id="{anchor_prefix}-go-pinniped-dev-generated-1-25-apis-concierge-identity-v1alpha1-extravalue"]
-==== ExtraValue (string array) 
+==== ExtraValue 
 
 ExtraValue masks the value so protobuf can generate
 
@@ -1145,16 +1174,6 @@ WhoAmIRequest submits a request to echo back the current authenticated user.
 
 
 
-[id="{anchor_prefix}-go-pinniped-dev-generated-1-25-apis-concierge-identity-v1alpha1-whoamirequestspec"]
-==== WhoAmIRequestSpec 
-
-Spec is always empty for a WhoAmIRequest.
-
-.Appears In:
-****
-- xref:{anchor_prefix}-go-pinniped-dev-generated-1-25-apis-concierge-identity-v1alpha1-whoamirequest[$$WhoAmIRequest$$]
-****
-
 
 
 [id="{anchor_prefix}-go-pinniped-dev-generated-1-25-apis-concierge-identity-v1alpha1-whoamirequeststatus"]
@@ -1236,13 +1255,10 @@ ActiveDirectoryIdentityProvider describes the configuration of an upstream Micro
 | *`filter`* __string__ | Filter is the ActiveDirectory search filter which should be applied when searching for groups for a user. The pattern "{}" must occur in the filter at least once and will be dynamically replaced by the value of an attribute of the user entry found as a result of the user search. Which attribute's value is used to replace the placeholder(s) depends on the value of UserAttributeForFilter. E.g. "member={}" or "&(objectClass=groupOfNames)(member={})". For more information about ActiveDirectory filters, see https://ldap.com/ldap-filters. Note that the dn (distinguished name) is not an attribute of an entry, so "dn={}" cannot be used. Optional. When not specified, the default will act as if the filter were specified as "(&(objectClass=group)(member:1.2.840.113556.1.4.1941:={})". This searches nested groups by default. Note that nested group search can be slow for some Active Directory servers. To disable it, you can set the filter to "(&(objectClass=group)(member={})"
 | *`userAttributeForFilter`* __string__ | UserAttributeForFilter specifies which attribute's value from the user entry found as a result of the user search will be used to replace the "{}" placeholder(s) in the group search Filter. For example, specifying "uid" as the UserAttributeForFilter while specifying "&(objectClass=posixGroup)(memberUid={})" as the Filter would search for groups by replacing the "{}" placeholder in the Filter with the value of the user's "uid" attribute. Optional. When not specified, the default will act as if "dn" were specified. For example, leaving UserAttributeForFilter unspecified while specifying "&(objectClass=groupOfNames)(member={})" as the Filter would search for groups by replacing the "{}" placeholder(s) with the dn (distinguished name) of the user.
 | *`attributes`* __xref:{anchor_prefix}-go-pinniped-dev-generated-1-25-apis-supervisor-idp-v1alpha1-activedirectoryidentityprovidergroupsearchattributes[$$ActiveDirectoryIdentityProviderGroupSearchAttributes$$]__ | Attributes specifies how the group's information should be read from each ActiveDirectory entry which was found as the result of the group search.
-| *`skipGroupRefresh`* __boolean__ | The user's group membership is refreshed as they interact with the supervisor to obtain new credentials (as their old credentials expire).  This allows group membership changes to be quickly reflected into Kubernetes clusters.  Since group membership is often used to bind authorization policies, it is important to keep the groups observed in Kubernetes clusters in-sync with the identity provider. +
-
-In some environments, frequent group membership queries may result in a significant performance impact on the identity provider and/or the supervisor. The best approach to handle performance impacts is to tweak the group query to be more performant, for example by disabling nested group search or by using a more targeted group search base. +
-
-If the group search query cannot be made performant and you are willing to have group memberships remain static for approximately a day, then set skipGroupRefresh to true.  This is an insecure configuration as authorization policies that are bound to group membership will not notice if a user has been removed from a particular group until their next login. +
-
-This is an experimental feature that may be removed or significantly altered in the future.  Consumers of this configuration should carefully read all release notes before upgrading to ensure that the meaning of this field has not changed.
+| *`skipGroupRefresh`* __boolean__ | The user's group membership is refreshed as they interact with the supervisor to obtain new credentials (as their old credentials expire).  This allows group membership changes to be quickly reflected into Kubernetes clusters.  Since group membership is often used to bind authorization policies, it is important to keep the groups observed in Kubernetes clusters in-sync with the identity provider. 
+ In some environments, frequent group membership queries may result in a significant performance impact on the identity provider and/or the supervisor. The best approach to handle performance impacts is to tweak the group query to be more performant, for example by disabling nested group search or by using a more targeted group search base. 
+ If the group search query cannot be made performant and you are willing to have group memberships remain static for approximately a day, then set skipGroupRefresh to true.  This is an insecure configuration as authorization policies that are bound to group membership will not notice if a user has been removed from a particular group until their next login. 
+ This is an experimental feature that may be removed or significantly altered in the future.  Consumers of this configuration should carefully read all release notes before upgrading to ensure that the meaning of this field has not changed.
 |===
 
 
@@ -1407,13 +1423,10 @@ LDAPIdentityProvider describes the configuration of an upstream Lightweight Dire
 | *`filter`* __string__ | Filter is the LDAP search filter which should be applied when searching for groups for a user. The pattern "{}" must occur in the filter at least once and will be dynamically replaced by the value of an attribute of the user entry found as a result of the user search. Which attribute's value is used to replace the placeholder(s) depends on the value of UserAttributeForFilter. For more information about LDAP filters, see https://ldap.com/ldap-filters. Note that the dn (distinguished name) is not an attribute of an entry, so "dn={}" cannot be used. Optional. When not specified, the default will act as if the Filter were specified as "member={}".
 | *`userAttributeForFilter`* __string__ | UserAttributeForFilter specifies which attribute's value from the user entry found as a result of the user search will be used to replace the "{}" placeholder(s) in the group search Filter. For example, specifying "uid" as the UserAttributeForFilter while specifying "&(objectClass=posixGroup)(memberUid={})" as the Filter would search for groups by replacing the "{}" placeholder in the Filter with the value of the user's "uid" attribute. Optional. When not specified, the default will act as if "dn" were specified. For example, leaving UserAttributeForFilter unspecified while specifying "&(objectClass=groupOfNames)(member={})" as the Filter would search for groups by replacing the "{}" placeholder(s) with the dn (distinguished name) of the user.
 | *`attributes`* __xref:{anchor_prefix}-go-pinniped-dev-generated-1-25-apis-supervisor-idp-v1alpha1-ldapidentityprovidergroupsearchattributes[$$LDAPIdentityProviderGroupSearchAttributes$$]__ | Attributes specifies how the group's information should be read from each LDAP entry which was found as the result of the group search.
-| *`skipGroupRefresh`* __boolean__ | The user's group membership is refreshed as they interact with the supervisor to obtain new credentials (as their old credentials expire).  This allows group membership changes to be quickly reflected into Kubernetes clusters.  Since group membership is often used to bind authorization policies, it is important to keep the groups observed in Kubernetes clusters in-sync with the identity provider. +
-
-In some environments, frequent group membership queries may result in a significant performance impact on the identity provider and/or the supervisor. The best approach to handle performance impacts is to tweak the group query to be more performant, for example by disabling nested group search or by using a more targeted group search base. +
-
-If the group search query cannot be made performant and you are willing to have group memberships remain static for approximately a day, then set skipGroupRefresh to true.  This is an insecure configuration as authorization policies that are bound to group membership will not notice if a user has been removed from a particular group until their next login. +
-
-This is an experimental feature that may be removed or significantly altered in the future.  Consumers of this configuration should carefully read all release notes before upgrading to ensure that the meaning of this field has not changed.
+| *`skipGroupRefresh`* __boolean__ | The user's group membership is refreshed as they interact with the supervisor to obtain new credentials (as their old credentials expire).  This allows group membership changes to be quickly reflected into Kubernetes clusters.  Since group membership is often used to bind authorization policies, it is important to keep the groups observed in Kubernetes clusters in-sync with the identity provider. 
+ In some environments, frequent group membership queries may result in a significant performance impact on the identity provider and/or the supervisor. The best approach to handle performance impacts is to tweak the group query to be more performant, for example by disabling nested group search or by using a more targeted group search base. 
+ If the group search query cannot be made performant and you are willing to have group memberships remain static for approximately a day, then set skipGroupRefresh to true.  This is an insecure configuration as authorization policies that are bound to group membership will not notice if a user has been removed from a particular group until their next login. 
+ This is an experimental feature that may be removed or significantly altered in the future.  Consumers of this configuration should carefully read all release notes before upgrading to ensure that the meaning of this field has not changed.
 |===
 
 

generated/1.25/apis/go.mod

@@ -4,6 +4,6 @@ module go.pinniped.dev/generated/1.25/apis
 go 1.13
 
 require (
-	k8s.io/api v0.25.14
-	k8s.io/apimachinery v0.25.14
+	k8s.io/api v0.25.13
+	k8s.io/apimachinery v0.25.13
 )

generated/1.25/apis/go.sum

@@ -259,10 +259,10 @@ gopkg.in/yaml.v3 v3.0.1 h1:fxVm/GzAzEWqLHuvctI91KS9hhNmmWOoWu0XTYJS7CA=
 gopkg.in/yaml.v3 v3.0.1/go.mod h1:K4uyk7z7BCEPqu6E+C64Yfv1cQ7kz7rIZviUmN+EgEM=
 honnef.co/go/tools v0.0.0-20190102054323-c2f93a96b099/go.mod h1:rf3lG4BRIbNafJWhAfAdb/ePZxsR/4RtNHQocxwk9r4=
 honnef.co/go/tools v0.0.0-20190523083050-ea95bdfd59fc/go.mod h1:rf3lG4BRIbNafJWhAfAdb/ePZxsR/4RtNHQocxwk9r4=
-k8s.io/api v0.25.14 h1:HoIR3IorzJkd0LPfCVq1Q3lRwij3+lZWJRmyp7YcL7o=
-k8s.io/api v0.25.14/go.mod h1:goGtHI224Qh0tcHk8gOYPhTyCZNwQFwUMHsdabnSnSs=
-k8s.io/apimachinery v0.25.14 h1:SI5uE46G9GAvEHPGDcbiIaKTGHOX2anWKfBtI7/4ScQ=
-k8s.io/apimachinery v0.25.14/go.mod h1:IFwbcNi3gKkfDhuy0VYu3+BwbxbiIov3p6FR8ge1Epc=
+k8s.io/api v0.25.13 h1:nOQWK5/ngLIG2CqmVV7uTFDsPCGkDk4kIGJ26t2AwIo=
+k8s.io/api v0.25.13/go.mod h1:yGpHyrivZ0enqWqT5s1pN98a4Q834rZkIUEABpleEtw=
+k8s.io/apimachinery v0.25.13 h1:byRHkSinOOVdo0pvjdblauFYfwAnx+JB8Pqi9w9weik=
+k8s.io/apimachinery v0.25.13/go.mod h1:IFwbcNi3gKkfDhuy0VYu3+BwbxbiIov3p6FR8ge1Epc=
 k8s.io/gengo v0.0.0-20210813121822-485abfe95c7c/go.mod h1:FiNAH4ZV3gBg2Kwh89tzAEV2be7d5xI0vBa/VySYy3E=
 k8s.io/klog/v2 v2.0.0/go.mod h1:PBfzABfn139FHAV07az/IF9Wp1bkk3vpT2XSJ76fSDE=
 k8s.io/klog/v2 v2.2.0/go.mod h1:Od+F08eJP+W3HUb4pSrPpgp9DGU4GzlpG/TmITuYh/Y=

generated/1.25/client/go.mod

@@ -5,8 +5,8 @@ go 1.13
 
 require (
 	go.pinniped.dev/generated/1.25/apis v0.0.0
-	k8s.io/apimachinery v0.25.14
-	k8s.io/client-go v0.25.14
+	k8s.io/apimachinery v0.25.13
+	k8s.io/client-go v0.25.13
 	k8s.io/kube-openapi v0.0.0-20220803162953-67bda5d908f1
 )
 

generated/1.25/client/go.sum

@@ -721,12 +721,12 @@ honnef.co/go/tools v0.0.0-20190523083050-ea95bdfd59fc/go.mod h1:rf3lG4BRIbNafJWh
 honnef.co/go/tools v0.0.1-2019.2.3/go.mod h1:a3bituU0lyd329TUQxRnasdCoJDkEUEAqEt0JzvZhAg=
 honnef.co/go/tools v0.0.1-2020.1.3/go.mod h1:X/FiERA/W4tHapMX5mGpAtMSVEeEUOyHaw9vFzvIQ3k=
 honnef.co/go/tools v0.0.1-2020.1.4/go.mod h1:X/FiERA/W4tHapMX5mGpAtMSVEeEUOyHaw9vFzvIQ3k=
-k8s.io/api v0.25.14 h1:HoIR3IorzJkd0LPfCVq1Q3lRwij3+lZWJRmyp7YcL7o=
-k8s.io/api v0.25.14/go.mod h1:goGtHI224Qh0tcHk8gOYPhTyCZNwQFwUMHsdabnSnSs=
-k8s.io/apimachinery v0.25.14 h1:SI5uE46G9GAvEHPGDcbiIaKTGHOX2anWKfBtI7/4ScQ=
-k8s.io/apimachinery v0.25.14/go.mod h1:IFwbcNi3gKkfDhuy0VYu3+BwbxbiIov3p6FR8ge1Epc=
-k8s.io/client-go v0.25.14 h1:/OdBAeSSlheFUb1i2SsWNo+LLyheJxDuQmWnWkzY4bc=
-k8s.io/client-go v0.25.14/go.mod h1:F3dMnLGu/iNIhYxVUsSen5WAIYM/DZPxDKZX/VYzZ7o=
+k8s.io/api v0.25.13 h1:nOQWK5/ngLIG2CqmVV7uTFDsPCGkDk4kIGJ26t2AwIo=
+k8s.io/api v0.25.13/go.mod h1:yGpHyrivZ0enqWqT5s1pN98a4Q834rZkIUEABpleEtw=
+k8s.io/apimachinery v0.25.13 h1:byRHkSinOOVdo0pvjdblauFYfwAnx+JB8Pqi9w9weik=
+k8s.io/apimachinery v0.25.13/go.mod h1:IFwbcNi3gKkfDhuy0VYu3+BwbxbiIov3p6FR8ge1Epc=
+k8s.io/client-go v0.25.13 h1:Wan/8RXVNxSgFI/wMfWwJjmLglRYuLItytMWNiGo9LY=
+k8s.io/client-go v0.25.13/go.mod h1:b2on3RSCwHdmvnUQx4/bkgMAs19M7BlUDze3WJuK0TE=
 k8s.io/gengo v0.0.0-20210813121822-485abfe95c7c/go.mod h1:FiNAH4ZV3gBg2Kwh89tzAEV2be7d5xI0vBa/VySYy3E=
 k8s.io/klog/v2 v2.0.0/go.mod h1:PBfzABfn139FHAV07az/IF9Wp1bkk3vpT2XSJ76fSDE=
 k8s.io/klog/v2 v2.2.0/go.mod h1:Od+F08eJP+W3HUb4pSrPpgp9DGU4GzlpG/TmITuYh/Y=

generated/1.25/crds/authentication.concierge.pinniped.dev_jwtauthenticators.yaml

@@ -3,7 +3,8 @@ apiVersion: apiextensions.k8s.io/v1
 kind: CustomResourceDefinition
 metadata:
   annotations:
-    controller-gen.kubebuilder.io/version: v0.13.0
+    controller-gen.kubebuilder.io/version: v0.8.0
+  creationTimestamp: null
   name: jwtauthenticators.authentication.concierge.pinniped.dev
 spec:
   group: authentication.concierge.pinniped.dev
@@ -173,3 +174,9 @@ spec:
     storage: true
     subresources:
       status: {}
+status:
+  acceptedNames:
+    kind: ""
+    plural: ""
+  conditions: []
+  storedVersions: []

generated/1.25/crds/authentication.concierge.pinniped.dev_webhookauthenticators.yaml

@@ -3,7 +3,8 @@ apiVersion: apiextensions.k8s.io/v1
 kind: CustomResourceDefinition
 metadata:
   annotations:
-    controller-gen.kubebuilder.io/version: v0.13.0
+    controller-gen.kubebuilder.io/version: v0.8.0
+  creationTimestamp: null
   name: webhookauthenticators.authentication.concierge.pinniped.dev
 spec:
   group: authentication.concierge.pinniped.dev
@@ -146,3 +147,9 @@ spec:
     storage: true
     subresources:
       status: {}
+status:
+  acceptedNames:
+    kind: ""
+    plural: ""
+  conditions: []
+  storedVersions: []

generated/1.25/crds/config.concierge.pinniped.dev_credentialissuers.yaml

@@ -3,7 +3,8 @@ apiVersion: apiextensions.k8s.io/v1
 kind: CustomResourceDefinition
 metadata:
   annotations:
-    controller-gen.kubebuilder.io/version: v0.13.0
+    controller-gen.kubebuilder.io/version: v0.8.0
+  creationTimestamp: null
   name: credentialissuers.config.concierge.pinniped.dev
 spec:
   group: config.concierge.pinniped.dev
@@ -255,3 +256,9 @@ spec:
     storage: true
     subresources:
       status: {}
+status:
+  acceptedNames:
+    kind: ""
+    plural: ""
+  conditions: []
+  storedVersions: []

generated/1.25/crds/config.supervisor.pinniped.dev_federationdomains.yaml

@@ -3,7 +3,8 @@ apiVersion: apiextensions.k8s.io/v1
 kind: CustomResourceDefinition
 metadata:
   annotations:
-    controller-gen.kubebuilder.io/version: v0.13.0
+    controller-gen.kubebuilder.io/version: v0.8.0
+  creationTimestamp: null
   name: federationdomains.config.supervisor.pinniped.dev
 spec:
   group: config.supervisor.pinniped.dev
@@ -115,7 +116,6 @@ spec:
                       - kind
                       - name
                       type: object
-                      x-kubernetes-map-type: atomic
                     transforms:
                       description: Transforms is an optional way to specify transformations
                         to be applied during user authentication and session refresh.
@@ -444,7 +444,6 @@ spec:
                           TODO: Add other useful fields. apiVersion, kind, uid?'
                         type: string
                     type: object
-                    x-kubernetes-map-type: atomic
                   stateEncryptionKey:
                     description: StateSigningKey holds the name of the corev1.Secret
                       in which this OIDC Provider's key for encrypting state parameters
@@ -455,7 +454,6 @@ spec:
                           TODO: Add other useful fields. apiVersion, kind, uid?'
                         type: string
                     type: object
-                    x-kubernetes-map-type: atomic
                   stateSigningKey:
                     description: StateSigningKey holds the name of the corev1.Secret
                       in which this OIDC Provider's key for signing state parameters
@@ -466,7 +464,6 @@ spec:
                           TODO: Add other useful fields. apiVersion, kind, uid?'
                         type: string
                     type: object
-                    x-kubernetes-map-type: atomic
                   tokenSigningKey:
                     description: TokenSigningKey holds the name of the corev1.Secret
                       in which this OIDC Provider's key for signing tokens is stored.
@@ -476,7 +473,6 @@ spec:
                           TODO: Add other useful fields. apiVersion, kind, uid?'
                         type: string
                     type: object
-                    x-kubernetes-map-type: atomic
                 type: object
             type: object
         required:
@@ -486,3 +482,9 @@ spec:
     storage: true
     subresources:
       status: {}
+status:
+  acceptedNames:
+    kind: ""
+    plural: ""
+  conditions: []
+  storedVersions: []

generated/1.25/crds/config.supervisor.pinniped.dev_oidcclients.yaml

@@ -3,7 +3,8 @@ apiVersion: apiextensions.k8s.io/v1
 kind: CustomResourceDefinition
 metadata:
   annotations:
-    controller-gen.kubebuilder.io/version: v0.13.0
+    controller-gen.kubebuilder.io/version: v0.8.0
+  creationTimestamp: null
   name: oidcclients.config.supervisor.pinniped.dev
 spec:
   group: config.supervisor.pinniped.dev
@@ -218,3 +219,9 @@ spec:
     storage: true
     subresources:
       status: {}
+status:
+  acceptedNames:
+    kind: ""
+    plural: ""
+  conditions: []
+  storedVersions: []

generated/1.25/crds/idp.supervisor.pinniped.dev_activedirectoryidentityproviders.yaml

@@ -3,7 +3,8 @@ apiVersion: apiextensions.k8s.io/v1
 kind: CustomResourceDefinition
 metadata:
   annotations:
-    controller-gen.kubebuilder.io/version: v0.13.0
+    controller-gen.kubebuilder.io/version: v0.8.0
+  creationTimestamp: null
   name: activedirectoryidentityproviders.idp.supervisor.pinniped.dev
 spec:
   group: idp.supervisor.pinniped.dev
@@ -316,3 +317,9 @@ spec:
     storage: true
     subresources:
       status: {}
+status:
+  acceptedNames:
+    kind: ""
+    plural: ""
+  conditions: []
+  storedVersions: []

generated/1.25/crds/idp.supervisor.pinniped.dev_ldapidentityproviders.yaml

@@ -3,7 +3,8 @@ apiVersion: apiextensions.k8s.io/v1
 kind: CustomResourceDefinition
 metadata:
   annotations:
-    controller-gen.kubebuilder.io/version: v0.13.0
+    controller-gen.kubebuilder.io/version: v0.8.0
+  creationTimestamp: null
   name: ldapidentityproviders.idp.supervisor.pinniped.dev
 spec:
   group: idp.supervisor.pinniped.dev
@@ -313,3 +314,9 @@ spec:
     storage: true
     subresources:
       status: {}
+status:
+  acceptedNames:
+    kind: ""
+    plural: ""
+  conditions: []
+  storedVersions: []

generated/1.25/crds/idp.supervisor.pinniped.dev_oidcidentityproviders.yaml

@@ -3,7 +3,8 @@ apiVersion: apiextensions.k8s.io/v1
 kind: CustomResourceDefinition
 metadata:
   annotations:
-    controller-gen.kubebuilder.io/version: v0.13.0
+    controller-gen.kubebuilder.io/version: v0.8.0
+  creationTimestamp: null
   name: oidcidentityproviders.idp.supervisor.pinniped.dev
 spec:
   group: idp.supervisor.pinniped.dev
@@ -343,3 +344,9 @@ spec:
     storage: true
     subresources:
       status: {}
+status:
+  acceptedNames:
+    kind: ""
+    plural: ""
+  conditions: []
+  storedVersions: []

generated/1.26/README.adoc

@@ -197,7 +197,28 @@ OIDCClientSecretRequest can be used to update the client secrets associated with
 [cols="25a,75a", options="header"]
 |===
 | Field | Description
-| *`ObjectMeta`* __link:https://kubernetes.io/docs/reference/generated/kubernetes-api/v1.26/#objectmeta-v1-meta[$$ObjectMeta$$]__ | 
+| *`name`* __string__ | Name must be unique within a namespace. Is required when creating resources, although some resources may allow a client to request the generation of an appropriate name automatically. Name is primarily intended for creation idempotence and configuration definition. Cannot be updated. More info: http://kubernetes.io/docs/user-guide/identifiers#names
+| *`generateName`* __string__ | GenerateName is an optional prefix, used by the server, to generate a unique name ONLY IF the Name field has not been provided. If this field is used, the name returned to the client will be different than the name passed. This value will also be combined with a unique suffix. The provided value has the same validation rules as the Name field, and may be truncated by the length of the suffix required to make the value unique on the server. 
+ If this field is specified and the generated name exists, the server will return a 409. 
+ Applied only if Name is not specified. More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/sig-architecture/api-conventions.md#idempotency
+| *`namespace`* __string__ | Namespace defines the space within which each name must be unique. An empty namespace is equivalent to the "default" namespace, but "default" is the canonical representation. Not all objects are required to be scoped to a namespace - the value of this field for those objects will be empty. 
+ Must be a DNS_LABEL. Cannot be updated. More info: http://kubernetes.io/docs/user-guide/namespaces
+| *`selfLink`* __string__ | Deprecated: selfLink is a legacy read-only field that is no longer populated by the system.
+| *`uid`* __UID__ | UID is the unique in time and space value for this object. It is typically generated by the server on successful creation of a resource and is not allowed to change on PUT operations. 
+ Populated by the system. Read-only. More info: http://kubernetes.io/docs/user-guide/identifiers#uids
+| *`resourceVersion`* __string__ | An opaque value that represents the internal version of this object that can be used by clients to determine when objects have changed. May be used for optimistic concurrency, change detection, and the watch operation on a resource or set of resources. Clients must treat these values as opaque and passed unmodified back to the server. They may only be valid for a particular resource or set of resources. 
+ Populated by the system. Read-only. Value must be treated as opaque by clients and . More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/sig-architecture/api-conventions.md#concurrency-control-and-consistency
+| *`generation`* __integer__ | A sequence number representing a specific generation of the desired state. Populated by the system. Read-only.
+| *`creationTimestamp`* __link:https://kubernetes.io/docs/reference/generated/kubernetes-api/v1.26/#time-v1-meta[$$Time$$]__ | CreationTimestamp is a timestamp representing the server time when this object was created. It is not guaranteed to be set in happens-before order across separate operations. Clients may not set this value. It is represented in RFC3339 form and is in UTC. 
+ Populated by the system. Read-only. Null for lists. More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/sig-architecture/api-conventions.md#metadata
+| *`deletionTimestamp`* __link:https://kubernetes.io/docs/reference/generated/kubernetes-api/v1.26/#time-v1-meta[$$Time$$]__ | DeletionTimestamp is RFC 3339 date and time at which this resource will be deleted. This field is set by the server when a graceful deletion is requested by the user, and is not directly settable by a client. The resource is expected to be deleted (no longer visible from resource lists, and not reachable by name) after the time in this field, once the finalizers list is empty. As long as the finalizers list contains items, deletion is blocked. Once the deletionTimestamp is set, this value may not be unset or be set further into the future, although it may be shortened or the resource may be deleted prior to this time. For example, a user may request that a pod is deleted in 30 seconds. The Kubelet will react by sending a graceful termination signal to the containers in the pod. After that 30 seconds, the Kubelet will send a hard termination signal (SIGKILL) to the container and after cleanup, remove the pod from the API. In the presence of network partitions, this object may still exist after this timestamp, until an administrator or automated process can determine the resource is fully terminated. If not set, graceful deletion of the object has not been requested. 
+ Populated by the system when a graceful deletion is requested. Read-only. More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/sig-architecture/api-conventions.md#metadata
+| *`deletionGracePeriodSeconds`* __integer__ | Number of seconds allowed for this object to gracefully terminate before it will be removed from the system. Only set when deletionTimestamp is also set. May only be shortened. Read-only.
+| *`labels`* __object (keys:string, values:string)__ | Map of string keys and values that can be used to organize and categorize (scope and select) objects. May match selectors of replication controllers and services. More info: http://kubernetes.io/docs/user-guide/labels
+| *`annotations`* __object (keys:string, values:string)__ | Annotations is an unstructured key value map stored with a resource that may be set by external tools to store and retrieve arbitrary metadata. They are not queryable and should be preserved when modifying objects. More info: http://kubernetes.io/docs/user-guide/annotations
+| *`ownerReferences`* __link:https://kubernetes.io/docs/reference/generated/kubernetes-api/v1.26/#ownerreference-v1-meta[$$OwnerReference$$] array__ | List of objects depended by this object. If ALL objects in the list have been deleted, this object will be garbage collected. If this object is managed by a controller, then an entry in this list will point to this controller, with the controller field set to true. There cannot be more than one managing controller.
+| *`finalizers`* __string array__ | Must be empty before the object is deleted from the registry. Each entry is an identifier for the responsible component that will remove the entry from the list. If the deletionTimestamp of the object is non-nil, entries in this list can only be removed. Finalizers may be processed and removed in any order.  Order is NOT enforced because it introduces significant risk of stuck finalizers. finalizers is a shared field, any actor with permission can reorder it. If the finalizer list is processed in order, then this can lead to a situation in which the component responsible for the first finalizer in the list is waiting for a signal (field value, external system, or other) produced by a component responsible for a finalizer later in the list, resulting in a deadlock. Without enforced ordering finalizers are free to order amongst themselves and are not vulnerable to ordering changes in the list.
+| *`managedFields`* __link:https://kubernetes.io/docs/reference/generated/kubernetes-api/v1.26/#managedfieldsentry-v1-meta[$$ManagedFieldsEntry$$] array__ | ManagedFields maps workflow-id and version to the set of fields that are managed by that workflow. This is mostly for internal housekeeping, and users typically shouldn't need to set or understand this field. A workflow can be the user's name, a controller's name, or the name of a specific apply path like "ci-cd". The set of fields is always in the version that the workflow used when modifying the object.
 | *`Spec`* __xref:{anchor_prefix}-go-pinniped-dev-generated-1-26-apis-supervisor-clientsecret-oidcclientsecretrequestspec[$$OIDCClientSecretRequestSpec$$]__ | 
 | *`Status`* __xref:{anchor_prefix}-go-pinniped-dev-generated-1-26-apis-supervisor-clientsecret-oidcclientsecretrequeststatus[$$OIDCClientSecretRequestStatus$$]__ | 
 |===
@@ -444,7 +465,7 @@ FrontendType enumerates a type of "frontend" used to provide access to users of
 
 
 [id="{anchor_prefix}-go-pinniped-dev-generated-1-26-apis-concierge-config-v1alpha1-impersonationproxyinfo"]
-==== ImpersonationProxyInfo (xref:{anchor_prefix}-go-pinniped-dev-generated-1-26-apis-concierge-config-v1alpha1-struct-endpoint string -json-endpoint- certificateauthoritydata string -json-certificateauthoritydata-[$$struct{Endpoint string "json:\"endpoint\""; CertificateAuthorityData string "json:\"certificateAuthorityData\""}$$]) 
+==== ImpersonationProxyInfo 
 
 ImpersonationProxyInfo describes the parameters for the impersonation proxy on this Concierge.
 
@@ -453,6 +474,12 @@ ImpersonationProxyInfo describes the parameters for the impersonation proxy on t
 - xref:{anchor_prefix}-go-pinniped-dev-generated-1-26-apis-concierge-config-v1alpha1-credentialissuerfrontend[$$CredentialIssuerFrontend$$]
 ****
 
+[cols="25a,75a", options="header"]
+|===
+| Field | Description
+| *`endpoint`* __string__ | Endpoint is the HTTPS endpoint of the impersonation proxy.
+| *`certificateAuthorityData`* __string__ | CertificateAuthorityData is the base64-encoded PEM CA bundle of the impersonation proxy.
+|===
 
 
 [id="{anchor_prefix}-go-pinniped-dev-generated-1-26-apis-concierge-config-v1alpha1-impersonationproxymode"]
@@ -480,9 +507,8 @@ ImpersonationProxyServiceSpec describes how the Concierge should provision a Ser
 [cols="25a,75a", options="header"]
 |===
 | Field | Description
-| *`type`* __xref:{anchor_prefix}-go-pinniped-dev-generated-1-26-apis-concierge-config-v1alpha1-impersonationproxyservicetype[$$ImpersonationProxyServiceType$$]__ | Type specifies the type of Service to provision for the impersonation proxy. +
-
-If the type is "None", then the "spec.impersonationProxy.externalEndpoint" field must be set to a non-empty value so that the Concierge can properly advertise the endpoint in the CredentialIssuer's status.
+| *`type`* __xref:{anchor_prefix}-go-pinniped-dev-generated-1-26-apis-concierge-config-v1alpha1-impersonationproxyservicetype[$$ImpersonationProxyServiceType$$]__ | Type specifies the type of Service to provision for the impersonation proxy. 
+ If the type is "None", then the "spec.impersonationProxy.externalEndpoint" field must be set to a non-empty value so that the Concierge can properly advertise the endpoint in the CredentialIssuer's status.
 | *`loadBalancerIP`* __string__ | LoadBalancerIP specifies the IP address to set in the spec.loadBalancerIP field of the provisioned Service. This is not supported on all cloud providers.
 | *`annotations`* __object (keys:string, values:string)__ | Annotations specifies zero or more key/value pairs to set as annotations on the provisioned Service.
 |===
@@ -515,12 +541,10 @@ ImpersonationProxySpec describes the intended configuration of the Concierge imp
 | Field | Description
 | *`mode`* __xref:{anchor_prefix}-go-pinniped-dev-generated-1-26-apis-concierge-config-v1alpha1-impersonationproxymode[$$ImpersonationProxyMode$$]__ | Mode configures whether the impersonation proxy should be started: - "disabled" explicitly disables the impersonation proxy. This is the default. - "enabled" explicitly enables the impersonation proxy. - "auto" enables or disables the impersonation proxy based upon the cluster in which it is running.
 | *`service`* __xref:{anchor_prefix}-go-pinniped-dev-generated-1-26-apis-concierge-config-v1alpha1-impersonationproxyservicespec[$$ImpersonationProxyServiceSpec$$]__ | Service describes the configuration of the Service provisioned to expose the impersonation proxy to clients.
-| *`externalEndpoint`* __string__ | ExternalEndpoint describes the HTTPS endpoint where the proxy will be exposed. If not set, the proxy will be served using the external name of the LoadBalancer service or the cluster service DNS name. +
-
-This field must be non-empty when spec.impersonationProxy.service.type is "None".
-| *`tls`* __xref:{anchor_prefix}-go-pinniped-dev-generated-1-26-apis-concierge-config-v1alpha1-impersonationproxytlsspec[$$ImpersonationProxyTLSSpec$$]__ | TLS contains information about how the Concierge impersonation proxy should serve TLS. +
-
-If this field is empty, the impersonation proxy will generate its own TLS certificate.
+| *`externalEndpoint`* __string__ | ExternalEndpoint describes the HTTPS endpoint where the proxy will be exposed. If not set, the proxy will be served using the external name of the LoadBalancer service or the cluster service DNS name. 
+ This field must be non-empty when spec.impersonationProxy.service.type is "None".
+| *`tls`* __xref:{anchor_prefix}-go-pinniped-dev-generated-1-26-apis-concierge-config-v1alpha1-impersonationproxytlsspec[$$ImpersonationProxyTLSSpec$$]__ | TLS contains information about how the Concierge impersonation proxy should serve TLS. 
+ If this field is empty, the impersonation proxy will generate its own TLS certificate.
 |===
 
 
@@ -581,7 +605,7 @@ StrategyType enumerates a type of "strategy" used to implement credential access
 
 
 [id="{anchor_prefix}-go-pinniped-dev-generated-1-26-apis-concierge-config-v1alpha1-tokencredentialrequestapiinfo"]
-==== TokenCredentialRequestAPIInfo (xref:{anchor_prefix}-go-pinniped-dev-generated-1-26-apis-concierge-config-v1alpha1-struct-server string -json-server- certificateauthoritydata string -json-certificateauthoritydata-[$$struct{Server string "json:\"server\""; CertificateAuthorityData string "json:\"certificateAuthorityData\""}$$]) 
+==== TokenCredentialRequestAPIInfo 
 
 TokenCredentialRequestAPIInfo describes the parameters for the TokenCredentialRequest API on this Concierge.
 
@@ -590,6 +614,12 @@ TokenCredentialRequestAPIInfo describes the parameters for the TokenCredentialRe
 - xref:{anchor_prefix}-go-pinniped-dev-generated-1-26-apis-concierge-config-v1alpha1-credentialissuerfrontend[$$CredentialIssuerFrontend$$]
 ****
 
+[cols="25a,75a", options="header"]
+|===
+| Field | Description
+| *`server`* __string__ | Server is the Kubernetes API server URL.
+| *`certificateAuthorityData`* __string__ | CertificateAuthorityData is the base64-encoded Kubernetes API server CA bundle.
+|===
 
 
 
@@ -686,15 +716,12 @@ FederationDomainSpec is a struct that describes an OIDC Provider.
 [cols="25a,75a", options="header"]
 |===
 | Field | Description
-| *`issuer`* __string__ | Issuer is the OIDC Provider's issuer, per the OIDC Discovery Metadata document, as well as the identifier that it will use for the iss claim in issued JWTs. This field will also be used as the base URL for any endpoints used by the OIDC Provider (e.g., if your issuer is https://example.com/foo, then your authorization endpoint will look like https://example.com/foo/some/path/to/auth/endpoint). +
-
-See https://openid.net/specs/openid-connect-discovery-1_0.html#rfc.section.3 for more information.
+| *`issuer`* __string__ | Issuer is the OIDC Provider's issuer, per the OIDC Discovery Metadata document, as well as the identifier that it will use for the iss claim in issued JWTs. This field will also be used as the base URL for any endpoints used by the OIDC Provider (e.g., if your issuer is https://example.com/foo, then your authorization endpoint will look like https://example.com/foo/some/path/to/auth/endpoint). 
+ See https://openid.net/specs/openid-connect-discovery-1_0.html#rfc.section.3 for more information.
 | *`tls`* __xref:{anchor_prefix}-go-pinniped-dev-generated-1-26-apis-supervisor-config-v1alpha1-federationdomaintlsspec[$$FederationDomainTLSSpec$$]__ | TLS specifies a secret which will contain Transport Layer Security (TLS) configuration for the FederationDomain.
-| *`identityProviders`* __xref:{anchor_prefix}-go-pinniped-dev-generated-1-26-apis-supervisor-config-v1alpha1-federationdomainidentityprovider[$$FederationDomainIdentityProvider$$] array__ | IdentityProviders is the list of identity providers available for use by this FederationDomain. +
-
-An identity provider CR (e.g. OIDCIdentityProvider or LDAPIdentityProvider) describes how to connect to a server, how to talk in a specific protocol for authentication, and how to use the schema of that server/protocol to extract a normalized user identity. Normalized user identities include a username and a list of group names. In contrast, IdentityProviders describes how to use that normalized identity in those Kubernetes clusters which belong to this FederationDomain. Each entry in IdentityProviders can be configured with arbitrary transformations on that normalized identity. For example, a transformation can add a prefix to all usernames to help avoid accidental conflicts when multiple identity providers have different users with the same username (e.g. "idp1:ryan" versus "idp2:ryan"). Each entry in IdentityProviders can also implement arbitrary authentication rejection policies. Even though a user was able to authenticate with the identity provider, a policy can disallow the authentication to the Kubernetes clusters that belong to this FederationDomain. For example, a policy could disallow the authentication unless the user belongs to a specific group in the identity provider. +
-
-For backwards compatibility with versions of Pinniped which predate support for multiple identity providers, an empty IdentityProviders list will cause the FederationDomain to use all available identity providers which exist in the same namespace, but also to reject all authentication requests when there is more than one identity provider currently defined. In this backwards compatibility mode, the name of the identity provider resource (e.g. the Name of an OIDCIdentityProvider resource) will be used as the name of the identity provider in this FederationDomain. This mode is provided to make upgrading from older versions easier. However, instead of relying on this backwards compatibility mode, please consider this mode to be deprecated and please instead explicitly list the identity provider using this IdentityProviders field.
+| *`identityProviders`* __xref:{anchor_prefix}-go-pinniped-dev-generated-1-26-apis-supervisor-config-v1alpha1-federationdomainidentityprovider[$$FederationDomainIdentityProvider$$] array__ | IdentityProviders is the list of identity providers available for use by this FederationDomain. 
+ An identity provider CR (e.g. OIDCIdentityProvider or LDAPIdentityProvider) describes how to connect to a server, how to talk in a specific protocol for authentication, and how to use the schema of that server/protocol to extract a normalized user identity. Normalized user identities include a username and a list of group names. In contrast, IdentityProviders describes how to use that normalized identity in those Kubernetes clusters which belong to this FederationDomain. Each entry in IdentityProviders can be configured with arbitrary transformations on that normalized identity. For example, a transformation can add a prefix to all usernames to help avoid accidental conflicts when multiple identity providers have different users with the same username (e.g. "idp1:ryan" versus "idp2:ryan"). Each entry in IdentityProviders can also implement arbitrary authentication rejection policies. Even though a user was able to authenticate with the identity provider, a policy can disallow the authentication to the Kubernetes clusters that belong to this FederationDomain. For example, a policy could disallow the authentication unless the user belongs to a specific group in the identity provider. 
+ For backwards compatibility with versions of Pinniped which predate support for multiple identity providers, an empty IdentityProviders list will cause the FederationDomain to use all available identity providers which exist in the same namespace, but also to reject all authentication requests when there is more than one identity provider currently defined. In this backwards compatibility mode, the name of the identity provider resource (e.g. the Name of an OIDCIdentityProvider resource) will be used as the name of the identity provider in this FederationDomain. This mode is provided to make upgrading from older versions easier. However, instead of relying on this backwards compatibility mode, please consider this mode to be deprecated and please instead explicitly list the identity provider using this IdentityProviders field.
 |===
 
 
@@ -730,15 +757,11 @@ FederationDomainTLSSpec is a struct that describes the TLS configuration for an
 [cols="25a,75a", options="header"]
 |===
 | Field | Description
-| *`secretName`* __string__ | SecretName is an optional name of a Secret in the same namespace, of type `kubernetes.io/tls`, which contains the TLS serving certificate for the HTTPS endpoints served by this FederationDomain. When provided, the TLS Secret named here must contain keys named `tls.crt` and `tls.key` that contain the certificate and private key to use for TLS. +
-
-Server Name Indication (SNI) is an extension to the Transport Layer Security (TLS) supported by all major browsers. +
-
-SecretName is required if you would like to use different TLS certificates for issuers of different hostnames. SNI requests do not include port numbers, so all issuers with the same DNS hostname must use the same SecretName value even if they have different port numbers. +
-
-SecretName is not required when you would like to use only the HTTP endpoints (e.g. when the HTTP listener is configured to listen on loopback interfaces or UNIX domain sockets for traffic from a service mesh sidecar). It is also not required when you would like all requests to this OIDC Provider's HTTPS endpoints to use the default TLS certificate, which is configured elsewhere. +
-
-When your Issuer URL's host is an IP address, then this field is ignored. SNI does not work for IP addresses.
+| *`secretName`* __string__ | SecretName is an optional name of a Secret in the same namespace, of type `kubernetes.io/tls`, which contains the TLS serving certificate for the HTTPS endpoints served by this FederationDomain. When provided, the TLS Secret named here must contain keys named `tls.crt` and `tls.key` that contain the certificate and private key to use for TLS. 
+ Server Name Indication (SNI) is an extension to the Transport Layer Security (TLS) supported by all major browsers. 
+ SecretName is required if you would like to use different TLS certificates for issuers of different hostnames. SNI requests do not include port numbers, so all issuers with the same DNS hostname must use the same SecretName value even if they have different port numbers. 
+ SecretName is not required when you would like to use only the HTTP endpoints (e.g. when the HTTP listener is configured to listen on loopback interfaces or UNIX domain sockets for traffic from a service mesh sidecar). It is also not required when you would like all requests to this OIDC Provider's HTTPS endpoints to use the default TLS certificate, which is configured elsewhere. 
+ When your Issuer URL's host is an IP address, then this field is ignored. SNI does not work for IP addresses.
 |===
 
 
@@ -756,13 +779,10 @@ FederationDomainTransforms defines identity transformations for an identity prov
 |===
 | Field | Description
 | *`constants`* __xref:{anchor_prefix}-go-pinniped-dev-generated-1-26-apis-supervisor-config-v1alpha1-federationdomaintransformsconstant[$$FederationDomainTransformsConstant$$] array__ | Constants defines constant variables and their values which will be made available to the transform expressions.
-| *`expressions`* __xref:{anchor_prefix}-go-pinniped-dev-generated-1-26-apis-supervisor-config-v1alpha1-federationdomaintransformsexpression[$$FederationDomainTransformsExpression$$] array__ | Expressions are an optional list of transforms and policies to be executed in the order given during every authentication attempt, including during every session refresh. Each is a CEL expression. It may use the basic CEL language as defined in https://github.com/google/cel-spec/blob/master/doc/langdef.md plus the CEL string extensions defined in https://github.com/google/cel-go/tree/master/ext#strings. +
-
-The username and groups extracted from the identity provider, and the constants defined in this CR, are available as variables in all expressions. The username is provided via a variable called `username` and the list of group names is provided via a variable called `groups` (which may be an empty list). Each user-provided constants is provided via a variable named `strConst.varName` for string constants and `strListConst.varName` for string list constants. +
-
-The only allowed types for expressions are currently policy/v1, username/v1, and groups/v1. Each policy/v1 must return a boolean, and when it returns false, no more expressions from the list are evaluated and the authentication attempt is rejected. Transformations of type policy/v1 do not return usernames or group names, and therefore cannot change the username or group names. Each username/v1 transform must return the new username (a string), which can be the same as the old username. Transformations of type username/v1 do not return group names, and therefore cannot change the group names. Each groups/v1 transform must return the new groups list (list of strings), which can be the same as the old groups list. Transformations of type groups/v1 do not return usernames, and therefore cannot change the usernames. After each expression, the new (potentially changed) username or groups get passed to the following expression. +
-
-Any compilation or static type-checking failure of any expression will cause an error status on the FederationDomain. During an authentication attempt, any unexpected runtime evaluation errors (e.g. division by zero) cause the authentication attempt to fail. When all expressions evaluate successfully, then the (potentially changed) username and group names have been decided for that authentication attempt.
+| *`expressions`* __xref:{anchor_prefix}-go-pinniped-dev-generated-1-26-apis-supervisor-config-v1alpha1-federationdomaintransformsexpression[$$FederationDomainTransformsExpression$$] array__ | Expressions are an optional list of transforms and policies to be executed in the order given during every authentication attempt, including during every session refresh. Each is a CEL expression. It may use the basic CEL language as defined in https://github.com/google/cel-spec/blob/master/doc/langdef.md plus the CEL string extensions defined in https://github.com/google/cel-go/tree/master/ext#strings. 
+ The username and groups extracted from the identity provider, and the constants defined in this CR, are available as variables in all expressions. The username is provided via a variable called `username` and the list of group names is provided via a variable called `groups` (which may be an empty list). Each user-provided constants is provided via a variable named `strConst.varName` for string constants and `strListConst.varName` for string list constants. 
+ The only allowed types for expressions are currently policy/v1, username/v1, and groups/v1. Each policy/v1 must return a boolean, and when it returns false, no more expressions from the list are evaluated and the authentication attempt is rejected. Transformations of type policy/v1 do not return usernames or group names, and therefore cannot change the username or group names. Each username/v1 transform must return the new username (a string), which can be the same as the old username. Transformations of type username/v1 do not return group names, and therefore cannot change the group names. Each groups/v1 transform must return the new groups list (list of strings), which can be the same as the old groups list. Transformations of type groups/v1 do not return usernames, and therefore cannot change the usernames. After each expression, the new (potentially changed) username or groups get passed to the following expression. 
+ Any compilation or static type-checking failure of any expression will cause an error status on the FederationDomain. During an authentication attempt, any unexpected runtime evaluation errors (e.g. division by zero) cause the authentication attempt to fail. When all expressions evaluate successfully, then the (potentially changed) username and group names have been decided for that authentication attempt.
 | *`examples`* __xref:{anchor_prefix}-go-pinniped-dev-generated-1-26-apis-supervisor-config-v1alpha1-federationdomaintransformsexample[$$FederationDomainTransformsExample$$] array__ | Examples can optionally be used to ensure that the sequence of transformation expressions are working as expected. Examples define sample input identities which are then run through the expression list, and the results are compared to the expected results. If any example in this list fails, then this identity provider will not be available for use within this FederationDomain, and the error(s) will be added to the FederationDomain status. This can be used to help guard against programming mistakes in the expressions, and also act as living documentation for other administrators to better understand the expressions.
 |===
 
@@ -905,12 +925,10 @@ OIDCClientSpec is a struct that describes an OIDCClient.
 |===
 | Field | Description
 | *`allowedRedirectURIs`* __xref:{anchor_prefix}-go-pinniped-dev-generated-1-26-apis-supervisor-config-v1alpha1-redirecturi[$$RedirectURI$$] array__ | allowedRedirectURIs is a list of the allowed redirect_uri param values that should be accepted during OIDC flows with this client. Any other uris will be rejected. Must be a URI with the https scheme, unless the hostname is 127.0.0.1 or ::1 which may use the http scheme. Port numbers are not required for 127.0.0.1 or ::1 and are ignored when checking for a matching redirect_uri.
-| *`allowedGrantTypes`* __xref:{anchor_prefix}-go-pinniped-dev-generated-1-26-apis-supervisor-config-v1alpha1-granttype[$$GrantType$$] array__ | allowedGrantTypes is a list of the allowed grant_type param values that should be accepted during OIDC flows with this client. +
-
-Must only contain the following values: - authorization_code: allows the client to perform the authorization code grant flow, i.e. allows the webapp to authenticate users. This grant must always be listed. - refresh_token: allows the client to perform refresh grants for the user to extend the user's session. This grant must be listed if allowedScopes lists offline_access. - urn:ietf:params:oauth:grant-type:token-exchange: allows the client to perform RFC8693 token exchange, which is a step in the process to be able to get a cluster credential for the user. This grant must be listed if allowedScopes lists pinniped:request-audience.
-| *`allowedScopes`* __xref:{anchor_prefix}-go-pinniped-dev-generated-1-26-apis-supervisor-config-v1alpha1-scope[$$Scope$$] array__ | allowedScopes is a list of the allowed scopes param values that should be accepted during OIDC flows with this client. +
-
-Must only contain the following values: - openid: The client is allowed to request ID tokens. ID tokens only include the required claims by default (iss, sub, aud, exp, iat). This scope must always be listed. - offline_access: The client is allowed to request an initial refresh token during the authorization code grant flow. This scope must be listed if allowedGrantTypes lists refresh_token. - pinniped:request-audience: The client is allowed to request a new audience value during a RFC8693 token exchange, which is a step in the process to be able to get a cluster credential for the user. openid, username and groups scopes must be listed when this scope is present. This scope must be listed if allowedGrantTypes lists urn:ietf:params:oauth:grant-type:token-exchange. - username: The client is allowed to request that ID tokens contain the user's username. Without the username scope being requested and allowed, the ID token will not contain the user's username. - groups: The client is allowed to request that ID tokens contain the user's group membership, if their group membership is discoverable by the Supervisor. Without the groups scope being requested and allowed, the ID token will not contain groups.
+| *`allowedGrantTypes`* __xref:{anchor_prefix}-go-pinniped-dev-generated-1-26-apis-supervisor-config-v1alpha1-granttype[$$GrantType$$] array__ | allowedGrantTypes is a list of the allowed grant_type param values that should be accepted during OIDC flows with this client. 
+ Must only contain the following values: - authorization_code: allows the client to perform the authorization code grant flow, i.e. allows the webapp to authenticate users. This grant must always be listed. - refresh_token: allows the client to perform refresh grants for the user to extend the user's session. This grant must be listed if allowedScopes lists offline_access. - urn:ietf:params:oauth:grant-type:token-exchange: allows the client to perform RFC8693 token exchange, which is a step in the process to be able to get a cluster credential for the user. This grant must be listed if allowedScopes lists pinniped:request-audience.
+| *`allowedScopes`* __xref:{anchor_prefix}-go-pinniped-dev-generated-1-26-apis-supervisor-config-v1alpha1-scope[$$Scope$$] array__ | allowedScopes is a list of the allowed scopes param values that should be accepted during OIDC flows with this client. 
+ Must only contain the following values: - openid: The client is allowed to request ID tokens. ID tokens only include the required claims by default (iss, sub, aud, exp, iat). This scope must always be listed. - offline_access: The client is allowed to request an initial refresh token during the authorization code grant flow. This scope must be listed if allowedGrantTypes lists refresh_token. - pinniped:request-audience: The client is allowed to request a new audience value during a RFC8693 token exchange, which is a step in the process to be able to get a cluster credential for the user. openid, username and groups scopes must be listed when this scope is present. This scope must be listed if allowedGrantTypes lists urn:ietf:params:oauth:grant-type:token-exchange. - username: The client is allowed to request that ID tokens contain the user's username. Without the username scope being requested and allowed, the ID token will not contain the user's username. - groups: The client is allowed to request that ID tokens contain the user's group membership, if their group membership is discoverable by the Supervisor. Without the groups scope being requested and allowed, the ID token will not contain groups.
 |===
 
 
@@ -966,7 +984,7 @@ Package identity is the internal version of the Pinniped identity API.
 
 
 [id="{anchor_prefix}-go-pinniped-dev-generated-1-26-apis-concierge-identity-extravalue"]
-==== ExtraValue (string array) 
+==== ExtraValue 
 
 ExtraValue masks the value so protobuf can generate
 
@@ -1028,7 +1046,28 @@ WhoAmIRequest submits a request to echo back the current authenticated user.
 [cols="25a,75a", options="header"]
 |===
 | Field | Description
-| *`ObjectMeta`* __link:https://kubernetes.io/docs/reference/generated/kubernetes-api/v1.26/#objectmeta-v1-meta[$$ObjectMeta$$]__ | 
+| *`name`* __string__ | Name must be unique within a namespace. Is required when creating resources, although some resources may allow a client to request the generation of an appropriate name automatically. Name is primarily intended for creation idempotence and configuration definition. Cannot be updated. More info: http://kubernetes.io/docs/user-guide/identifiers#names
+| *`generateName`* __string__ | GenerateName is an optional prefix, used by the server, to generate a unique name ONLY IF the Name field has not been provided. If this field is used, the name returned to the client will be different than the name passed. This value will also be combined with a unique suffix. The provided value has the same validation rules as the Name field, and may be truncated by the length of the suffix required to make the value unique on the server. 
+ If this field is specified and the generated name exists, the server will return a 409. 
+ Applied only if Name is not specified. More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/sig-architecture/api-conventions.md#idempotency
+| *`namespace`* __string__ | Namespace defines the space within which each name must be unique. An empty namespace is equivalent to the "default" namespace, but "default" is the canonical representation. Not all objects are required to be scoped to a namespace - the value of this field for those objects will be empty. 
+ Must be a DNS_LABEL. Cannot be updated. More info: http://kubernetes.io/docs/user-guide/namespaces
+| *`selfLink`* __string__ | Deprecated: selfLink is a legacy read-only field that is no longer populated by the system.
+| *`uid`* __UID__ | UID is the unique in time and space value for this object. It is typically generated by the server on successful creation of a resource and is not allowed to change on PUT operations. 
+ Populated by the system. Read-only. More info: http://kubernetes.io/docs/user-guide/identifiers#uids
+| *`resourceVersion`* __string__ | An opaque value that represents the internal version of this object that can be used by clients to determine when objects have changed. May be used for optimistic concurrency, change detection, and the watch operation on a resource or set of resources. Clients must treat these values as opaque and passed unmodified back to the server. They may only be valid for a particular resource or set of resources. 
+ Populated by the system. Read-only. Value must be treated as opaque by clients and . More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/sig-architecture/api-conventions.md#concurrency-control-and-consistency
+| *`generation`* __integer__ | A sequence number representing a specific generation of the desired state. Populated by the system. Read-only.
+| *`creationTimestamp`* __link:https://kubernetes.io/docs/reference/generated/kubernetes-api/v1.26/#time-v1-meta[$$Time$$]__ | CreationTimestamp is a timestamp representing the server time when this object was created. It is not guaranteed to be set in happens-before order across separate operations. Clients may not set this value. It is represented in RFC3339 form and is in UTC. 
+ Populated by the system. Read-only. Null for lists. More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/sig-architecture/api-conventions.md#metadata
+| *`deletionTimestamp`* __link:https://kubernetes.io/docs/reference/generated/kubernetes-api/v1.26/#time-v1-meta[$$Time$$]__ | DeletionTimestamp is RFC 3339 date and time at which this resource will be deleted. This field is set by the server when a graceful deletion is requested by the user, and is not directly settable by a client. The resource is expected to be deleted (no longer visible from resource lists, and not reachable by name) after the time in this field, once the finalizers list is empty. As long as the finalizers list contains items, deletion is blocked. Once the deletionTimestamp is set, this value may not be unset or be set further into the future, although it may be shortened or the resource may be deleted prior to this time. For example, a user may request that a pod is deleted in 30 seconds. The Kubelet will react by sending a graceful termination signal to the containers in the pod. After that 30 seconds, the Kubelet will send a hard termination signal (SIGKILL) to the container and after cleanup, remove the pod from the API. In the presence of network partitions, this object may still exist after this timestamp, until an administrator or automated process can determine the resource is fully terminated. If not set, graceful deletion of the object has not been requested. 
+ Populated by the system when a graceful deletion is requested. Read-only. More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/sig-architecture/api-conventions.md#metadata
+| *`deletionGracePeriodSeconds`* __integer__ | Number of seconds allowed for this object to gracefully terminate before it will be removed from the system. Only set when deletionTimestamp is also set. May only be shortened. Read-only.
+| *`labels`* __object (keys:string, values:string)__ | Map of string keys and values that can be used to organize and categorize (scope and select) objects. May match selectors of replication controllers and services. More info: http://kubernetes.io/docs/user-guide/labels
+| *`annotations`* __object (keys:string, values:string)__ | Annotations is an unstructured key value map stored with a resource that may be set by external tools to store and retrieve arbitrary metadata. They are not queryable and should be preserved when modifying objects. More info: http://kubernetes.io/docs/user-guide/annotations
+| *`ownerReferences`* __link:https://kubernetes.io/docs/reference/generated/kubernetes-api/v1.26/#ownerreference-v1-meta[$$OwnerReference$$] array__ | List of objects depended by this object. If ALL objects in the list have been deleted, this object will be garbage collected. If this object is managed by a controller, then an entry in this list will point to this controller, with the controller field set to true. There cannot be more than one managing controller.
+| *`finalizers`* __string array__ | Must be empty before the object is deleted from the registry. Each entry is an identifier for the responsible component that will remove the entry from the list. If the deletionTimestamp of the object is non-nil, entries in this list can only be removed. Finalizers may be processed and removed in any order.  Order is NOT enforced because it introduces significant risk of stuck finalizers. finalizers is a shared field, any actor with permission can reorder it. If the finalizer list is processed in order, then this can lead to a situation in which the component responsible for the first finalizer in the list is waiting for a signal (field value, external system, or other) produced by a component responsible for a finalizer later in the list, resulting in a deadlock. Without enforced ordering finalizers are free to order amongst themselves and are not vulnerable to ordering changes in the list.
+| *`managedFields`* __link:https://kubernetes.io/docs/reference/generated/kubernetes-api/v1.26/#managedfieldsentry-v1-meta[$$ManagedFieldsEntry$$] array__ | ManagedFields maps workflow-id and version to the set of fields that are managed by that workflow. This is mostly for internal housekeeping, and users typically shouldn't need to set or understand this field. A workflow can be the user's name, a controller's name, or the name of a specific apply path like "ci-cd". The set of fields is always in the version that the workflow used when modifying the object.
 | *`Spec`* __xref:{anchor_prefix}-go-pinniped-dev-generated-1-26-apis-concierge-identity-whoamirequestspec[$$WhoAmIRequestSpec$$]__ | 
 | *`Status`* __xref:{anchor_prefix}-go-pinniped-dev-generated-1-26-apis-concierge-identity-whoamirequeststatus[$$WhoAmIRequestStatus$$]__ | 
 |===
@@ -1036,16 +1075,6 @@ WhoAmIRequest submits a request to echo back the current authenticated user.
 
 
 
-[id="{anchor_prefix}-go-pinniped-dev-generated-1-26-apis-concierge-identity-whoamirequestspec"]
-==== WhoAmIRequestSpec 
-
-Spec is always empty for a WhoAmIRequest.
-
-.Appears In:
-****
-- xref:{anchor_prefix}-go-pinniped-dev-generated-1-26-apis-concierge-identity-whoamirequest[$$WhoAmIRequest$$]
-****
-
 
 
 [id="{anchor_prefix}-go-pinniped-dev-generated-1-26-apis-concierge-identity-whoamirequeststatus"]
@@ -1074,7 +1103,7 @@ Package v1alpha1 is the v1alpha1 version of the Pinniped identity API.
 
 
 [id="{anchor_prefix}-go-pinniped-dev-generated-1-26-apis-concierge-identity-v1alpha1-extravalue"]
-==== ExtraValue (string array) 
+==== ExtraValue 
 
 ExtraValue masks the value so protobuf can generate
 
@@ -1145,16 +1174,6 @@ WhoAmIRequest submits a request to echo back the current authenticated user.
 
 
 
-[id="{anchor_prefix}-go-pinniped-dev-generated-1-26-apis-concierge-identity-v1alpha1-whoamirequestspec"]
-==== WhoAmIRequestSpec 
-
-Spec is always empty for a WhoAmIRequest.
-
-.Appears In:
-****
-- xref:{anchor_prefix}-go-pinniped-dev-generated-1-26-apis-concierge-identity-v1alpha1-whoamirequest[$$WhoAmIRequest$$]
-****
-
 
 
 [id="{anchor_prefix}-go-pinniped-dev-generated-1-26-apis-concierge-identity-v1alpha1-whoamirequeststatus"]
@@ -1236,13 +1255,10 @@ ActiveDirectoryIdentityProvider describes the configuration of an upstream Micro
 | *`filter`* __string__ | Filter is the ActiveDirectory search filter which should be applied when searching for groups for a user. The pattern "{}" must occur in the filter at least once and will be dynamically replaced by the value of an attribute of the user entry found as a result of the user search. Which attribute's value is used to replace the placeholder(s) depends on the value of UserAttributeForFilter. E.g. "member={}" or "&(objectClass=groupOfNames)(member={})". For more information about ActiveDirectory filters, see https://ldap.com/ldap-filters. Note that the dn (distinguished name) is not an attribute of an entry, so "dn={}" cannot be used. Optional. When not specified, the default will act as if the filter were specified as "(&(objectClass=group)(member:1.2.840.113556.1.4.1941:={})". This searches nested groups by default. Note that nested group search can be slow for some Active Directory servers. To disable it, you can set the filter to "(&(objectClass=group)(member={})"
 | *`userAttributeForFilter`* __string__ | UserAttributeForFilter specifies which attribute's value from the user entry found as a result of the user search will be used to replace the "{}" placeholder(s) in the group search Filter. For example, specifying "uid" as the UserAttributeForFilter while specifying "&(objectClass=posixGroup)(memberUid={})" as the Filter would search for groups by replacing the "{}" placeholder in the Filter with the value of the user's "uid" attribute. Optional. When not specified, the default will act as if "dn" were specified. For example, leaving UserAttributeForFilter unspecified while specifying "&(objectClass=groupOfNames)(member={})" as the Filter would search for groups by replacing the "{}" placeholder(s) with the dn (distinguished name) of the user.
 | *`attributes`* __xref:{anchor_prefix}-go-pinniped-dev-generated-1-26-apis-supervisor-idp-v1alpha1-activedirectoryidentityprovidergroupsearchattributes[$$ActiveDirectoryIdentityProviderGroupSearchAttributes$$]__ | Attributes specifies how the group's information should be read from each ActiveDirectory entry which was found as the result of the group search.
-| *`skipGroupRefresh`* __boolean__ | The user's group membership is refreshed as they interact with the supervisor to obtain new credentials (as their old credentials expire).  This allows group membership changes to be quickly reflected into Kubernetes clusters.  Since group membership is often used to bind authorization policies, it is important to keep the groups observed in Kubernetes clusters in-sync with the identity provider. +
-
-In some environments, frequent group membership queries may result in a significant performance impact on the identity provider and/or the supervisor. The best approach to handle performance impacts is to tweak the group query to be more performant, for example by disabling nested group search or by using a more targeted group search base. +
-
-If the group search query cannot be made performant and you are willing to have group memberships remain static for approximately a day, then set skipGroupRefresh to true.  This is an insecure configuration as authorization policies that are bound to group membership will not notice if a user has been removed from a particular group until their next login. +
-
-This is an experimental feature that may be removed or significantly altered in the future.  Consumers of this configuration should carefully read all release notes before upgrading to ensure that the meaning of this field has not changed.
+| *`skipGroupRefresh`* __boolean__ | The user's group membership is refreshed as they interact with the supervisor to obtain new credentials (as their old credentials expire).  This allows group membership changes to be quickly reflected into Kubernetes clusters.  Since group membership is often used to bind authorization policies, it is important to keep the groups observed in Kubernetes clusters in-sync with the identity provider. 
+ In some environments, frequent group membership queries may result in a significant performance impact on the identity provider and/or the supervisor. The best approach to handle performance impacts is to tweak the group query to be more performant, for example by disabling nested group search or by using a more targeted group search base. 
+ If the group search query cannot be made performant and you are willing to have group memberships remain static for approximately a day, then set skipGroupRefresh to true.  This is an insecure configuration as authorization policies that are bound to group membership will not notice if a user has been removed from a particular group until their next login. 
+ This is an experimental feature that may be removed or significantly altered in the future.  Consumers of this configuration should carefully read all release notes before upgrading to ensure that the meaning of this field has not changed.
 |===
 
 
@@ -1407,13 +1423,10 @@ LDAPIdentityProvider describes the configuration of an upstream Lightweight Dire
 | *`filter`* __string__ | Filter is the LDAP search filter which should be applied when searching for groups for a user. The pattern "{}" must occur in the filter at least once and will be dynamically replaced by the value of an attribute of the user entry found as a result of the user search. Which attribute's value is used to replace the placeholder(s) depends on the value of UserAttributeForFilter. For more information about LDAP filters, see https://ldap.com/ldap-filters. Note that the dn (distinguished name) is not an attribute of an entry, so "dn={}" cannot be used. Optional. When not specified, the default will act as if the Filter were specified as "member={}".
 | *`userAttributeForFilter`* __string__ | UserAttributeForFilter specifies which attribute's value from the user entry found as a result of the user search will be used to replace the "{}" placeholder(s) in the group search Filter. For example, specifying "uid" as the UserAttributeForFilter while specifying "&(objectClass=posixGroup)(memberUid={})" as the Filter would search for groups by replacing the "{}" placeholder in the Filter with the value of the user's "uid" attribute. Optional. When not specified, the default will act as if "dn" were specified. For example, leaving UserAttributeForFilter unspecified while specifying "&(objectClass=groupOfNames)(member={})" as the Filter would search for groups by replacing the "{}" placeholder(s) with the dn (distinguished name) of the user.
 | *`attributes`* __xref:{anchor_prefix}-go-pinniped-dev-generated-1-26-apis-supervisor-idp-v1alpha1-ldapidentityprovidergroupsearchattributes[$$LDAPIdentityProviderGroupSearchAttributes$$]__ | Attributes specifies how the group's information should be read from each LDAP entry which was found as the result of the group search.
-| *`skipGroupRefresh`* __boolean__ | The user's group membership is refreshed as they interact with the supervisor to obtain new credentials (as their old credentials expire).  This allows group membership changes to be quickly reflected into Kubernetes clusters.  Since group membership is often used to bind authorization policies, it is important to keep the groups observed in Kubernetes clusters in-sync with the identity provider. +
-
-In some environments, frequent group membership queries may result in a significant performance impact on the identity provider and/or the supervisor. The best approach to handle performance impacts is to tweak the group query to be more performant, for example by disabling nested group search or by using a more targeted group search base. +
-
-If the group search query cannot be made performant and you are willing to have group memberships remain static for approximately a day, then set skipGroupRefresh to true.  This is an insecure configuration as authorization policies that are bound to group membership will not notice if a user has been removed from a particular group until their next login. +
-
-This is an experimental feature that may be removed or significantly altered in the future.  Consumers of this configuration should carefully read all release notes before upgrading to ensure that the meaning of this field has not changed.
+| *`skipGroupRefresh`* __boolean__ | The user's group membership is refreshed as they interact with the supervisor to obtain new credentials (as their old credentials expire).  This allows group membership changes to be quickly reflected into Kubernetes clusters.  Since group membership is often used to bind authorization policies, it is important to keep the groups observed in Kubernetes clusters in-sync with the identity provider. 
+ In some environments, frequent group membership queries may result in a significant performance impact on the identity provider and/or the supervisor. The best approach to handle performance impacts is to tweak the group query to be more performant, for example by disabling nested group search or by using a more targeted group search base. 
+ If the group search query cannot be made performant and you are willing to have group memberships remain static for approximately a day, then set skipGroupRefresh to true.  This is an insecure configuration as authorization policies that are bound to group membership will not notice if a user has been removed from a particular group until their next login. 
+ This is an experimental feature that may be removed or significantly altered in the future.  Consumers of this configuration should carefully read all release notes before upgrading to ensure that the meaning of this field has not changed.
 |===
 
 

generated/1.26/apis/go.mod

@@ -4,6 +4,6 @@ module go.pinniped.dev/generated/1.26/apis
 go 1.13
 
 require (
-	k8s.io/api v0.26.9
-	k8s.io/apimachinery v0.26.9
+	k8s.io/api v0.26.8
+	k8s.io/apimachinery v0.26.8
 )

generated/1.26/apis/go.sum

@@ -270,10 +270,10 @@ gopkg.in/yaml.v3 v3.0.1 h1:fxVm/GzAzEWqLHuvctI91KS9hhNmmWOoWu0XTYJS7CA=
 gopkg.in/yaml.v3 v3.0.1/go.mod h1:K4uyk7z7BCEPqu6E+C64Yfv1cQ7kz7rIZviUmN+EgEM=
 honnef.co/go/tools v0.0.0-20190102054323-c2f93a96b099/go.mod h1:rf3lG4BRIbNafJWhAfAdb/ePZxsR/4RtNHQocxwk9r4=
 honnef.co/go/tools v0.0.0-20190523083050-ea95bdfd59fc/go.mod h1:rf3lG4BRIbNafJWhAfAdb/ePZxsR/4RtNHQocxwk9r4=
-k8s.io/api v0.26.9 h1:s8Y+G1u2JM55b90+Yo2RVb3PGT/hkWNVPN4idPERxJg=
-k8s.io/api v0.26.9/go.mod h1:W/W4fEWRVzPD36820LlVUQfNBiSbiq0VPWRFJKwzmUg=
-k8s.io/apimachinery v0.26.9 h1:5yAV9cFR7Z4gIorKcAjWnx4uxtxiFsERwq4Pvmx0CCg=
-k8s.io/apimachinery v0.26.9/go.mod h1:qYzLkrQ9lhrZRh0jNKo2cfvf/R1/kQONnSiyB7NUJU0=
+k8s.io/api v0.26.8 h1:k2OtFmQPWfDUyAuYAwQPftVygF/vz4BMGSKnd15iddM=
+k8s.io/api v0.26.8/go.mod h1:QaflR7cmG3V9lIz0VLBM+ylndNN897OAUAoJDcgwiQw=
+k8s.io/apimachinery v0.26.8 h1:SzpGtRX3/j/Ylg8Eg65Iobpxi9Jz4vOvI0qcBZyPVrM=
+k8s.io/apimachinery v0.26.8/go.mod h1:qYzLkrQ9lhrZRh0jNKo2cfvf/R1/kQONnSiyB7NUJU0=
 k8s.io/gengo v0.0.0-20210813121822-485abfe95c7c/go.mod h1:FiNAH4ZV3gBg2Kwh89tzAEV2be7d5xI0vBa/VySYy3E=
 k8s.io/klog/v2 v2.0.0/go.mod h1:PBfzABfn139FHAV07az/IF9Wp1bkk3vpT2XSJ76fSDE=
 k8s.io/klog/v2 v2.2.0/go.mod h1:Od+F08eJP+W3HUb4pSrPpgp9DGU4GzlpG/TmITuYh/Y=

generated/1.26/client/go.mod

@@ -5,8 +5,8 @@ go 1.13
 
 require (
 	go.pinniped.dev/generated/1.26/apis v0.0.0
-	k8s.io/apimachinery v0.26.9
-	k8s.io/client-go v0.26.9
+	k8s.io/apimachinery v0.26.8
+	k8s.io/client-go v0.26.8
 	k8s.io/kube-openapi v0.0.0-20221012153701-172d655c2280
 )
 

generated/1.26/client/go.sum

@@ -564,12 +564,12 @@ honnef.co/go/tools v0.0.0-20190523083050-ea95bdfd59fc/go.mod h1:rf3lG4BRIbNafJWh
 honnef.co/go/tools v0.0.1-2019.2.3/go.mod h1:a3bituU0lyd329TUQxRnasdCoJDkEUEAqEt0JzvZhAg=
 honnef.co/go/tools v0.0.1-2020.1.3/go.mod h1:X/FiERA/W4tHapMX5mGpAtMSVEeEUOyHaw9vFzvIQ3k=
 honnef.co/go/tools v0.0.1-2020.1.4/go.mod h1:X/FiERA/W4tHapMX5mGpAtMSVEeEUOyHaw9vFzvIQ3k=
-k8s.io/api v0.26.9 h1:s8Y+G1u2JM55b90+Yo2RVb3PGT/hkWNVPN4idPERxJg=
-k8s.io/api v0.26.9/go.mod h1:W/W4fEWRVzPD36820LlVUQfNBiSbiq0VPWRFJKwzmUg=
-k8s.io/apimachinery v0.26.9 h1:5yAV9cFR7Z4gIorKcAjWnx4uxtxiFsERwq4Pvmx0CCg=
-k8s.io/apimachinery v0.26.9/go.mod h1:qYzLkrQ9lhrZRh0jNKo2cfvf/R1/kQONnSiyB7NUJU0=
-k8s.io/client-go v0.26.9 h1:TGWi/6guEjIgT0Hg871Gsmx0qFuoGyGFjlFedrk7It0=
-k8s.io/client-go v0.26.9/go.mod h1:tU1FZS0bwAmAFyPYpZycUQrQnUMzQ5MHloop7EbX6ow=
+k8s.io/api v0.26.8 h1:k2OtFmQPWfDUyAuYAwQPftVygF/vz4BMGSKnd15iddM=
+k8s.io/api v0.26.8/go.mod h1:QaflR7cmG3V9lIz0VLBM+ylndNN897OAUAoJDcgwiQw=
+k8s.io/apimachinery v0.26.8 h1:SzpGtRX3/j/Ylg8Eg65Iobpxi9Jz4vOvI0qcBZyPVrM=
+k8s.io/apimachinery v0.26.8/go.mod h1:qYzLkrQ9lhrZRh0jNKo2cfvf/R1/kQONnSiyB7NUJU0=
+k8s.io/client-go v0.26.8 h1:pPuTYaVtLlg/7n6rqs3MsKLi4XgNaJ3rTMyS37Y5CKU=
+k8s.io/client-go v0.26.8/go.mod h1:1sBQqKmdy9rWZYQnoedpc0gnRXG7kU3HrKZvBe2QbGM=
 k8s.io/gengo v0.0.0-20210813121822-485abfe95c7c/go.mod h1:FiNAH4ZV3gBg2Kwh89tzAEV2be7d5xI0vBa/VySYy3E=
 k8s.io/klog/v2 v2.0.0/go.mod h1:PBfzABfn139FHAV07az/IF9Wp1bkk3vpT2XSJ76fSDE=
 k8s.io/klog/v2 v2.2.0/go.mod h1:Od+F08eJP+W3HUb4pSrPpgp9DGU4GzlpG/TmITuYh/Y=

generated/1.26/crds/authentication.concierge.pinniped.dev_jwtauthenticators.yaml

@@ -3,7 +3,8 @@ apiVersion: apiextensions.k8s.io/v1
 kind: CustomResourceDefinition
 metadata:
   annotations:
-    controller-gen.kubebuilder.io/version: v0.13.0
+    controller-gen.kubebuilder.io/version: v0.8.0
+  creationTimestamp: null
   name: jwtauthenticators.authentication.concierge.pinniped.dev
 spec:
   group: authentication.concierge.pinniped.dev
@@ -173,3 +174,9 @@ spec:
     storage: true
     subresources:
       status: {}
+status:
+  acceptedNames:
+    kind: ""
+    plural: ""
+  conditions: []
+  storedVersions: []

generated/1.26/crds/authentication.concierge.pinniped.dev_webhookauthenticators.yaml

@@ -3,7 +3,8 @@ apiVersion: apiextensions.k8s.io/v1
 kind: CustomResourceDefinition
 metadata:
   annotations:
-    controller-gen.kubebuilder.io/version: v0.13.0
+    controller-gen.kubebuilder.io/version: v0.8.0
+  creationTimestamp: null
   name: webhookauthenticators.authentication.concierge.pinniped.dev
 spec:
   group: authentication.concierge.pinniped.dev
@@ -146,3 +147,9 @@ spec:
     storage: true
     subresources:
       status: {}
+status:
+  acceptedNames:
+    kind: ""
+    plural: ""
+  conditions: []
+  storedVersions: []

generated/1.26/crds/config.concierge.pinniped.dev_credentialissuers.yaml

@@ -3,7 +3,8 @@ apiVersion: apiextensions.k8s.io/v1
 kind: CustomResourceDefinition
 metadata:
   annotations:
-    controller-gen.kubebuilder.io/version: v0.13.0
+    controller-gen.kubebuilder.io/version: v0.8.0
+  creationTimestamp: null
   name: credentialissuers.config.concierge.pinniped.dev
 spec:
   group: config.concierge.pinniped.dev
@@ -255,3 +256,9 @@ spec:
     storage: true
     subresources:
       status: {}
+status:
+  acceptedNames:
+    kind: ""
+    plural: ""
+  conditions: []
+  storedVersions: []

generated/1.26/crds/config.supervisor.pinniped.dev_federationdomains.yaml

@@ -3,7 +3,8 @@ apiVersion: apiextensions.k8s.io/v1
 kind: CustomResourceDefinition
 metadata:
   annotations:
-    controller-gen.kubebuilder.io/version: v0.13.0
+    controller-gen.kubebuilder.io/version: v0.8.0
+  creationTimestamp: null
   name: federationdomains.config.supervisor.pinniped.dev
 spec:
   group: config.supervisor.pinniped.dev
@@ -115,7 +116,6 @@ spec:
                       - kind
                       - name
                       type: object
-                      x-kubernetes-map-type: atomic
                     transforms:
                       description: Transforms is an optional way to specify transformations
                         to be applied during user authentication and session refresh.
@@ -444,7 +444,6 @@ spec:
                           TODO: Add other useful fields. apiVersion, kind, uid?'
                         type: string
                     type: object
-                    x-kubernetes-map-type: atomic
                   stateEncryptionKey:
                     description: StateSigningKey holds the name of the corev1.Secret
                       in which this OIDC Provider's key for encrypting state parameters
@@ -455,7 +454,6 @@ spec:
                           TODO: Add other useful fields. apiVersion, kind, uid?'
                         type: string
                     type: object
-                    x-kubernetes-map-type: atomic
                   stateSigningKey:
                     description: StateSigningKey holds the name of the corev1.Secret
                       in which this OIDC Provider's key for signing state parameters
@@ -466,7 +464,6 @@ spec:
                           TODO: Add other useful fields. apiVersion, kind, uid?'
                         type: string
                     type: object
-                    x-kubernetes-map-type: atomic
                   tokenSigningKey:
                     description: TokenSigningKey holds the name of the corev1.Secret
                       in which this OIDC Provider's key for signing tokens is stored.
@@ -476,7 +473,6 @@ spec:
                           TODO: Add other useful fields. apiVersion, kind, uid?'
                         type: string
                     type: object
-                    x-kubernetes-map-type: atomic
                 type: object
             type: object
         required:
@@ -486,3 +482,9 @@ spec:
     storage: true
     subresources:
       status: {}
+status:
+  acceptedNames:
+    kind: ""
+    plural: ""
+  conditions: []
+  storedVersions: []

generated/1.26/crds/config.supervisor.pinniped.dev_oidcclients.yaml

@@ -3,7 +3,8 @@ apiVersion: apiextensions.k8s.io/v1
 kind: CustomResourceDefinition
 metadata:
   annotations:
-    controller-gen.kubebuilder.io/version: v0.13.0
+    controller-gen.kubebuilder.io/version: v0.8.0
+  creationTimestamp: null
   name: oidcclients.config.supervisor.pinniped.dev
 spec:
   group: config.supervisor.pinniped.dev
@@ -218,3 +219,9 @@ spec:
     storage: true
     subresources:
       status: {}
+status:
+  acceptedNames:
+    kind: ""
+    plural: ""
+  conditions: []
+  storedVersions: []

generated/1.26/crds/idp.supervisor.pinniped.dev_activedirectoryidentityproviders.yaml

@@ -3,7 +3,8 @@ apiVersion: apiextensions.k8s.io/v1
 kind: CustomResourceDefinition
 metadata:
   annotations:
-    controller-gen.kubebuilder.io/version: v0.13.0
+    controller-gen.kubebuilder.io/version: v0.8.0
+  creationTimestamp: null
   name: activedirectoryidentityproviders.idp.supervisor.pinniped.dev
 spec:
   group: idp.supervisor.pinniped.dev
@@ -316,3 +317,9 @@ spec:
     storage: true
     subresources:
       status: {}
+status:
+  acceptedNames:
+    kind: ""
+    plural: ""
+  conditions: []
+  storedVersions: []

generated/1.26/crds/idp.supervisor.pinniped.dev_ldapidentityproviders.yaml

@@ -3,7 +3,8 @@ apiVersion: apiextensions.k8s.io/v1
 kind: CustomResourceDefinition
 metadata:
   annotations:
-    controller-gen.kubebuilder.io/version: v0.13.0
+    controller-gen.kubebuilder.io/version: v0.8.0
+  creationTimestamp: null
   name: ldapidentityproviders.idp.supervisor.pinniped.dev
 spec:
   group: idp.supervisor.pinniped.dev
@@ -313,3 +314,9 @@ spec:
     storage: true
     subresources:
       status: {}
+status:
+  acceptedNames:
+    kind: ""
+    plural: ""
+  conditions: []
+  storedVersions: []

generated/1.26/crds/idp.supervisor.pinniped.dev_oidcidentityproviders.yaml

@@ -3,7 +3,8 @@ apiVersion: apiextensions.k8s.io/v1
 kind: CustomResourceDefinition
 metadata:
   annotations:
-    controller-gen.kubebuilder.io/version: v0.13.0
+    controller-gen.kubebuilder.io/version: v0.8.0
+  creationTimestamp: null
   name: oidcidentityproviders.idp.supervisor.pinniped.dev
 spec:
   group: idp.supervisor.pinniped.dev
@@ -343,3 +344,9 @@ spec:
     storage: true
     subresources:
       status: {}
+status:
+  acceptedNames:
+    kind: ""
+    plural: ""
+  conditions: []
+  storedVersions: []

generated/1.27/README.adoc

@@ -197,7 +197,28 @@ OIDCClientSecretRequest can be used to update the client secrets associated with
 [cols="25a,75a", options="header"]
 |===
 | Field | Description
-| *`ObjectMeta`* __link:https://kubernetes.io/docs/reference/generated/kubernetes-api/v1.27/#objectmeta-v1-meta[$$ObjectMeta$$]__ | 
+| *`name`* __string__ | Name must be unique within a namespace. Is required when creating resources, although some resources may allow a client to request the generation of an appropriate name automatically. Name is primarily intended for creation idempotence and configuration definition. Cannot be updated. More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/overview/working-with-objects/names#names
+| *`generateName`* __string__ | GenerateName is an optional prefix, used by the server, to generate a unique name ONLY IF the Name field has not been provided. If this field is used, the name returned to the client will be different than the name passed. This value will also be combined with a unique suffix. The provided value has the same validation rules as the Name field, and may be truncated by the length of the suffix required to make the value unique on the server. 
+ If this field is specified and the generated name exists, the server will return a 409. 
+ Applied only if Name is not specified. More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/sig-architecture/api-conventions.md#idempotency
+| *`namespace`* __string__ | Namespace defines the space within which each name must be unique. An empty namespace is equivalent to the "default" namespace, but "default" is the canonical representation. Not all objects are required to be scoped to a namespace - the value of this field for those objects will be empty. 
+ Must be a DNS_LABEL. Cannot be updated. More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/overview/working-with-objects/namespaces
+| *`selfLink`* __string__ | Deprecated: selfLink is a legacy read-only field that is no longer populated by the system.
+| *`uid`* __UID__ | UID is the unique in time and space value for this object. It is typically generated by the server on successful creation of a resource and is not allowed to change on PUT operations. 
+ Populated by the system. Read-only. More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/overview/working-with-objects/names#uids
+| *`resourceVersion`* __string__ | An opaque value that represents the internal version of this object that can be used by clients to determine when objects have changed. May be used for optimistic concurrency, change detection, and the watch operation on a resource or set of resources. Clients must treat these values as opaque and passed unmodified back to the server. They may only be valid for a particular resource or set of resources. 
+ Populated by the system. Read-only. Value must be treated as opaque by clients and . More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/sig-architecture/api-conventions.md#concurrency-control-and-consistency
+| *`generation`* __integer__ | A sequence number representing a specific generation of the desired state. Populated by the system. Read-only.
+| *`creationTimestamp`* __link:https://kubernetes.io/docs/reference/generated/kubernetes-api/v1.27/#time-v1-meta[$$Time$$]__ | CreationTimestamp is a timestamp representing the server time when this object was created. It is not guaranteed to be set in happens-before order across separate operations. Clients may not set this value. It is represented in RFC3339 form and is in UTC. 
+ Populated by the system. Read-only. Null for lists. More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/sig-architecture/api-conventions.md#metadata
+| *`deletionTimestamp`* __link:https://kubernetes.io/docs/reference/generated/kubernetes-api/v1.27/#time-v1-meta[$$Time$$]__ | DeletionTimestamp is RFC 3339 date and time at which this resource will be deleted. This field is set by the server when a graceful deletion is requested by the user, and is not directly settable by a client. The resource is expected to be deleted (no longer visible from resource lists, and not reachable by name) after the time in this field, once the finalizers list is empty. As long as the finalizers list contains items, deletion is blocked. Once the deletionTimestamp is set, this value may not be unset or be set further into the future, although it may be shortened or the resource may be deleted prior to this time. For example, a user may request that a pod is deleted in 30 seconds. The Kubelet will react by sending a graceful termination signal to the containers in the pod. After that 30 seconds, the Kubelet will send a hard termination signal (SIGKILL) to the container and after cleanup, remove the pod from the API. In the presence of network partitions, this object may still exist after this timestamp, until an administrator or automated process can determine the resource is fully terminated. If not set, graceful deletion of the object has not been requested. 
+ Populated by the system when a graceful deletion is requested. Read-only. More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/sig-architecture/api-conventions.md#metadata
+| *`deletionGracePeriodSeconds`* __integer__ | Number of seconds allowed for this object to gracefully terminate before it will be removed from the system. Only set when deletionTimestamp is also set. May only be shortened. Read-only.
+| *`labels`* __object (keys:string, values:string)__ | Map of string keys and values that can be used to organize and categorize (scope and select) objects. May match selectors of replication controllers and services. More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/overview/working-with-objects/labels
+| *`annotations`* __object (keys:string, values:string)__ | Annotations is an unstructured key value map stored with a resource that may be set by external tools to store and retrieve arbitrary metadata. They are not queryable and should be preserved when modifying objects. More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/overview/working-with-objects/annotations
+| *`ownerReferences`* __link:https://kubernetes.io/docs/reference/generated/kubernetes-api/v1.27/#ownerreference-v1-meta[$$OwnerReference$$] array__ | List of objects depended by this object. If ALL objects in the list have been deleted, this object will be garbage collected. If this object is managed by a controller, then an entry in this list will point to this controller, with the controller field set to true. There cannot be more than one managing controller.
+| *`finalizers`* __string array__ | Must be empty before the object is deleted from the registry. Each entry is an identifier for the responsible component that will remove the entry from the list. If the deletionTimestamp of the object is non-nil, entries in this list can only be removed. Finalizers may be processed and removed in any order.  Order is NOT enforced because it introduces significant risk of stuck finalizers. finalizers is a shared field, any actor with permission can reorder it. If the finalizer list is processed in order, then this can lead to a situation in which the component responsible for the first finalizer in the list is waiting for a signal (field value, external system, or other) produced by a component responsible for a finalizer later in the list, resulting in a deadlock. Without enforced ordering finalizers are free to order amongst themselves and are not vulnerable to ordering changes in the list.
+| *`managedFields`* __link:https://kubernetes.io/docs/reference/generated/kubernetes-api/v1.27/#managedfieldsentry-v1-meta[$$ManagedFieldsEntry$$] array__ | ManagedFields maps workflow-id and version to the set of fields that are managed by that workflow. This is mostly for internal housekeeping, and users typically shouldn't need to set or understand this field. A workflow can be the user's name, a controller's name, or the name of a specific apply path like "ci-cd". The set of fields is always in the version that the workflow used when modifying the object.
 | *`Spec`* __xref:{anchor_prefix}-go-pinniped-dev-generated-1-27-apis-supervisor-clientsecret-oidcclientsecretrequestspec[$$OIDCClientSecretRequestSpec$$]__ | 
 | *`Status`* __xref:{anchor_prefix}-go-pinniped-dev-generated-1-27-apis-supervisor-clientsecret-oidcclientsecretrequeststatus[$$OIDCClientSecretRequestStatus$$]__ | 
 |===
@@ -444,7 +465,7 @@ FrontendType enumerates a type of "frontend" used to provide access to users of
 
 
 [id="{anchor_prefix}-go-pinniped-dev-generated-1-27-apis-concierge-config-v1alpha1-impersonationproxyinfo"]
-==== ImpersonationProxyInfo (xref:{anchor_prefix}-go-pinniped-dev-generated-1-27-apis-concierge-config-v1alpha1-struct-endpoint string -json-endpoint- certificateauthoritydata string -json-certificateauthoritydata-[$$struct{Endpoint string "json:\"endpoint\""; CertificateAuthorityData string "json:\"certificateAuthorityData\""}$$]) 
+==== ImpersonationProxyInfo 
 
 ImpersonationProxyInfo describes the parameters for the impersonation proxy on this Concierge.
 
@@ -453,6 +474,12 @@ ImpersonationProxyInfo describes the parameters for the impersonation proxy on t
 - xref:{anchor_prefix}-go-pinniped-dev-generated-1-27-apis-concierge-config-v1alpha1-credentialissuerfrontend[$$CredentialIssuerFrontend$$]
 ****
 
+[cols="25a,75a", options="header"]
+|===
+| Field | Description
+| *`endpoint`* __string__ | Endpoint is the HTTPS endpoint of the impersonation proxy.
+| *`certificateAuthorityData`* __string__ | CertificateAuthorityData is the base64-encoded PEM CA bundle of the impersonation proxy.
+|===
 
 
 [id="{anchor_prefix}-go-pinniped-dev-generated-1-27-apis-concierge-config-v1alpha1-impersonationproxymode"]
@@ -480,9 +507,8 @@ ImpersonationProxyServiceSpec describes how the Concierge should provision a Ser
 [cols="25a,75a", options="header"]
 |===
 | Field | Description
-| *`type`* __xref:{anchor_prefix}-go-pinniped-dev-generated-1-27-apis-concierge-config-v1alpha1-impersonationproxyservicetype[$$ImpersonationProxyServiceType$$]__ | Type specifies the type of Service to provision for the impersonation proxy. +
-
-If the type is "None", then the "spec.impersonationProxy.externalEndpoint" field must be set to a non-empty value so that the Concierge can properly advertise the endpoint in the CredentialIssuer's status.
+| *`type`* __xref:{anchor_prefix}-go-pinniped-dev-generated-1-27-apis-concierge-config-v1alpha1-impersonationproxyservicetype[$$ImpersonationProxyServiceType$$]__ | Type specifies the type of Service to provision for the impersonation proxy. 
+ If the type is "None", then the "spec.impersonationProxy.externalEndpoint" field must be set to a non-empty value so that the Concierge can properly advertise the endpoint in the CredentialIssuer's status.
 | *`loadBalancerIP`* __string__ | LoadBalancerIP specifies the IP address to set in the spec.loadBalancerIP field of the provisioned Service. This is not supported on all cloud providers.
 | *`annotations`* __object (keys:string, values:string)__ | Annotations specifies zero or more key/value pairs to set as annotations on the provisioned Service.
 |===
@@ -515,12 +541,10 @@ ImpersonationProxySpec describes the intended configuration of the Concierge imp
 | Field | Description
 | *`mode`* __xref:{anchor_prefix}-go-pinniped-dev-generated-1-27-apis-concierge-config-v1alpha1-impersonationproxymode[$$ImpersonationProxyMode$$]__ | Mode configures whether the impersonation proxy should be started: - "disabled" explicitly disables the impersonation proxy. This is the default. - "enabled" explicitly enables the impersonation proxy. - "auto" enables or disables the impersonation proxy based upon the cluster in which it is running.
 | *`service`* __xref:{anchor_prefix}-go-pinniped-dev-generated-1-27-apis-concierge-config-v1alpha1-impersonationproxyservicespec[$$ImpersonationProxyServiceSpec$$]__ | Service describes the configuration of the Service provisioned to expose the impersonation proxy to clients.
-| *`externalEndpoint`* __string__ | ExternalEndpoint describes the HTTPS endpoint where the proxy will be exposed. If not set, the proxy will be served using the external name of the LoadBalancer service or the cluster service DNS name. +
-
-This field must be non-empty when spec.impersonationProxy.service.type is "None".
-| *`tls`* __xref:{anchor_prefix}-go-pinniped-dev-generated-1-27-apis-concierge-config-v1alpha1-impersonationproxytlsspec[$$ImpersonationProxyTLSSpec$$]__ | TLS contains information about how the Concierge impersonation proxy should serve TLS. +
-
-If this field is empty, the impersonation proxy will generate its own TLS certificate.
+| *`externalEndpoint`* __string__ | ExternalEndpoint describes the HTTPS endpoint where the proxy will be exposed. If not set, the proxy will be served using the external name of the LoadBalancer service or the cluster service DNS name. 
+ This field must be non-empty when spec.impersonationProxy.service.type is "None".
+| *`tls`* __xref:{anchor_prefix}-go-pinniped-dev-generated-1-27-apis-concierge-config-v1alpha1-impersonationproxytlsspec[$$ImpersonationProxyTLSSpec$$]__ | TLS contains information about how the Concierge impersonation proxy should serve TLS. 
+ If this field is empty, the impersonation proxy will generate its own TLS certificate.
 |===
 
 
@@ -581,7 +605,7 @@ StrategyType enumerates a type of "strategy" used to implement credential access
 
 
 [id="{anchor_prefix}-go-pinniped-dev-generated-1-27-apis-concierge-config-v1alpha1-tokencredentialrequestapiinfo"]
-==== TokenCredentialRequestAPIInfo (xref:{anchor_prefix}-go-pinniped-dev-generated-1-27-apis-concierge-config-v1alpha1-struct-server string -json-server- certificateauthoritydata string -json-certificateauthoritydata-[$$struct{Server string "json:\"server\""; CertificateAuthorityData string "json:\"certificateAuthorityData\""}$$]) 
+==== TokenCredentialRequestAPIInfo 
 
 TokenCredentialRequestAPIInfo describes the parameters for the TokenCredentialRequest API on this Concierge.
 
@@ -590,6 +614,12 @@ TokenCredentialRequestAPIInfo describes the parameters for the TokenCredentialRe
 - xref:{anchor_prefix}-go-pinniped-dev-generated-1-27-apis-concierge-config-v1alpha1-credentialissuerfrontend[$$CredentialIssuerFrontend$$]
 ****
 
+[cols="25a,75a", options="header"]
+|===
+| Field | Description
+| *`server`* __string__ | Server is the Kubernetes API server URL.
+| *`certificateAuthorityData`* __string__ | CertificateAuthorityData is the base64-encoded Kubernetes API server CA bundle.
+|===
 
 
 
@@ -686,15 +716,12 @@ FederationDomainSpec is a struct that describes an OIDC Provider.
 [cols="25a,75a", options="header"]
 |===
 | Field | Description
-| *`issuer`* __string__ | Issuer is the OIDC Provider's issuer, per the OIDC Discovery Metadata document, as well as the identifier that it will use for the iss claim in issued JWTs. This field will also be used as the base URL for any endpoints used by the OIDC Provider (e.g., if your issuer is https://example.com/foo, then your authorization endpoint will look like https://example.com/foo/some/path/to/auth/endpoint). +
-
-See https://openid.net/specs/openid-connect-discovery-1_0.html#rfc.section.3 for more information.
+| *`issuer`* __string__ | Issuer is the OIDC Provider's issuer, per the OIDC Discovery Metadata document, as well as the identifier that it will use for the iss claim in issued JWTs. This field will also be used as the base URL for any endpoints used by the OIDC Provider (e.g., if your issuer is https://example.com/foo, then your authorization endpoint will look like https://example.com/foo/some/path/to/auth/endpoint). 
+ See https://openid.net/specs/openid-connect-discovery-1_0.html#rfc.section.3 for more information.
 | *`tls`* __xref:{anchor_prefix}-go-pinniped-dev-generated-1-27-apis-supervisor-config-v1alpha1-federationdomaintlsspec[$$FederationDomainTLSSpec$$]__ | TLS specifies a secret which will contain Transport Layer Security (TLS) configuration for the FederationDomain.
-| *`identityProviders`* __xref:{anchor_prefix}-go-pinniped-dev-generated-1-27-apis-supervisor-config-v1alpha1-federationdomainidentityprovider[$$FederationDomainIdentityProvider$$] array__ | IdentityProviders is the list of identity providers available for use by this FederationDomain. +
-
-An identity provider CR (e.g. OIDCIdentityProvider or LDAPIdentityProvider) describes how to connect to a server, how to talk in a specific protocol for authentication, and how to use the schema of that server/protocol to extract a normalized user identity. Normalized user identities include a username and a list of group names. In contrast, IdentityProviders describes how to use that normalized identity in those Kubernetes clusters which belong to this FederationDomain. Each entry in IdentityProviders can be configured with arbitrary transformations on that normalized identity. For example, a transformation can add a prefix to all usernames to help avoid accidental conflicts when multiple identity providers have different users with the same username (e.g. "idp1:ryan" versus "idp2:ryan"). Each entry in IdentityProviders can also implement arbitrary authentication rejection policies. Even though a user was able to authenticate with the identity provider, a policy can disallow the authentication to the Kubernetes clusters that belong to this FederationDomain. For example, a policy could disallow the authentication unless the user belongs to a specific group in the identity provider. +
-
-For backwards compatibility with versions of Pinniped which predate support for multiple identity providers, an empty IdentityProviders list will cause the FederationDomain to use all available identity providers which exist in the same namespace, but also to reject all authentication requests when there is more than one identity provider currently defined. In this backwards compatibility mode, the name of the identity provider resource (e.g. the Name of an OIDCIdentityProvider resource) will be used as the name of the identity provider in this FederationDomain. This mode is provided to make upgrading from older versions easier. However, instead of relying on this backwards compatibility mode, please consider this mode to be deprecated and please instead explicitly list the identity provider using this IdentityProviders field.
+| *`identityProviders`* __xref:{anchor_prefix}-go-pinniped-dev-generated-1-27-apis-supervisor-config-v1alpha1-federationdomainidentityprovider[$$FederationDomainIdentityProvider$$] array__ | IdentityProviders is the list of identity providers available for use by this FederationDomain. 
+ An identity provider CR (e.g. OIDCIdentityProvider or LDAPIdentityProvider) describes how to connect to a server, how to talk in a specific protocol for authentication, and how to use the schema of that server/protocol to extract a normalized user identity. Normalized user identities include a username and a list of group names. In contrast, IdentityProviders describes how to use that normalized identity in those Kubernetes clusters which belong to this FederationDomain. Each entry in IdentityProviders can be configured with arbitrary transformations on that normalized identity. For example, a transformation can add a prefix to all usernames to help avoid accidental conflicts when multiple identity providers have different users with the same username (e.g. "idp1:ryan" versus "idp2:ryan"). Each entry in IdentityProviders can also implement arbitrary authentication rejection policies. Even though a user was able to authenticate with the identity provider, a policy can disallow the authentication to the Kubernetes clusters that belong to this FederationDomain. For example, a policy could disallow the authentication unless the user belongs to a specific group in the identity provider. 
+ For backwards compatibility with versions of Pinniped which predate support for multiple identity providers, an empty IdentityProviders list will cause the FederationDomain to use all available identity providers which exist in the same namespace, but also to reject all authentication requests when there is more than one identity provider currently defined. In this backwards compatibility mode, the name of the identity provider resource (e.g. the Name of an OIDCIdentityProvider resource) will be used as the name of the identity provider in this FederationDomain. This mode is provided to make upgrading from older versions easier. However, instead of relying on this backwards compatibility mode, please consider this mode to be deprecated and please instead explicitly list the identity provider using this IdentityProviders field.
 |===
 
 
@@ -730,15 +757,11 @@ FederationDomainTLSSpec is a struct that describes the TLS configuration for an
 [cols="25a,75a", options="header"]
 |===
 | Field | Description
-| *`secretName`* __string__ | SecretName is an optional name of a Secret in the same namespace, of type `kubernetes.io/tls`, which contains the TLS serving certificate for the HTTPS endpoints served by this FederationDomain. When provided, the TLS Secret named here must contain keys named `tls.crt` and `tls.key` that contain the certificate and private key to use for TLS. +
-
-Server Name Indication (SNI) is an extension to the Transport Layer Security (TLS) supported by all major browsers. +
-
-SecretName is required if you would like to use different TLS certificates for issuers of different hostnames. SNI requests do not include port numbers, so all issuers with the same DNS hostname must use the same SecretName value even if they have different port numbers. +
-
-SecretName is not required when you would like to use only the HTTP endpoints (e.g. when the HTTP listener is configured to listen on loopback interfaces or UNIX domain sockets for traffic from a service mesh sidecar). It is also not required when you would like all requests to this OIDC Provider's HTTPS endpoints to use the default TLS certificate, which is configured elsewhere. +
-
-When your Issuer URL's host is an IP address, then this field is ignored. SNI does not work for IP addresses.
+| *`secretName`* __string__ | SecretName is an optional name of a Secret in the same namespace, of type `kubernetes.io/tls`, which contains the TLS serving certificate for the HTTPS endpoints served by this FederationDomain. When provided, the TLS Secret named here must contain keys named `tls.crt` and `tls.key` that contain the certificate and private key to use for TLS. 
+ Server Name Indication (SNI) is an extension to the Transport Layer Security (TLS) supported by all major browsers. 
+ SecretName is required if you would like to use different TLS certificates for issuers of different hostnames. SNI requests do not include port numbers, so all issuers with the same DNS hostname must use the same SecretName value even if they have different port numbers. 
+ SecretName is not required when you would like to use only the HTTP endpoints (e.g. when the HTTP listener is configured to listen on loopback interfaces or UNIX domain sockets for traffic from a service mesh sidecar). It is also not required when you would like all requests to this OIDC Provider's HTTPS endpoints to use the default TLS certificate, which is configured elsewhere. 
+ When your Issuer URL's host is an IP address, then this field is ignored. SNI does not work for IP addresses.
 |===
 
 
@@ -756,13 +779,10 @@ FederationDomainTransforms defines identity transformations for an identity prov
 |===
 | Field | Description
 | *`constants`* __xref:{anchor_prefix}-go-pinniped-dev-generated-1-27-apis-supervisor-config-v1alpha1-federationdomaintransformsconstant[$$FederationDomainTransformsConstant$$] array__ | Constants defines constant variables and their values which will be made available to the transform expressions.
-| *`expressions`* __xref:{anchor_prefix}-go-pinniped-dev-generated-1-27-apis-supervisor-config-v1alpha1-federationdomaintransformsexpression[$$FederationDomainTransformsExpression$$] array__ | Expressions are an optional list of transforms and policies to be executed in the order given during every authentication attempt, including during every session refresh. Each is a CEL expression. It may use the basic CEL language as defined in https://github.com/google/cel-spec/blob/master/doc/langdef.md plus the CEL string extensions defined in https://github.com/google/cel-go/tree/master/ext#strings. +
-
-The username and groups extracted from the identity provider, and the constants defined in this CR, are available as variables in all expressions. The username is provided via a variable called `username` and the list of group names is provided via a variable called `groups` (which may be an empty list). Each user-provided constants is provided via a variable named `strConst.varName` for string constants and `strListConst.varName` for string list constants. +
-
-The only allowed types for expressions are currently policy/v1, username/v1, and groups/v1. Each policy/v1 must return a boolean, and when it returns false, no more expressions from the list are evaluated and the authentication attempt is rejected. Transformations of type policy/v1 do not return usernames or group names, and therefore cannot change the username or group names. Each username/v1 transform must return the new username (a string), which can be the same as the old username. Transformations of type username/v1 do not return group names, and therefore cannot change the group names. Each groups/v1 transform must return the new groups list (list of strings), which can be the same as the old groups list. Transformations of type groups/v1 do not return usernames, and therefore cannot change the usernames. After each expression, the new (potentially changed) username or groups get passed to the following expression. +
-
-Any compilation or static type-checking failure of any expression will cause an error status on the FederationDomain. During an authentication attempt, any unexpected runtime evaluation errors (e.g. division by zero) cause the authentication attempt to fail. When all expressions evaluate successfully, then the (potentially changed) username and group names have been decided for that authentication attempt.
+| *`expressions`* __xref:{anchor_prefix}-go-pinniped-dev-generated-1-27-apis-supervisor-config-v1alpha1-federationdomaintransformsexpression[$$FederationDomainTransformsExpression$$] array__ | Expressions are an optional list of transforms and policies to be executed in the order given during every authentication attempt, including during every session refresh. Each is a CEL expression. It may use the basic CEL language as defined in https://github.com/google/cel-spec/blob/master/doc/langdef.md plus the CEL string extensions defined in https://github.com/google/cel-go/tree/master/ext#strings. 
+ The username and groups extracted from the identity provider, and the constants defined in this CR, are available as variables in all expressions. The username is provided via a variable called `username` and the list of group names is provided via a variable called `groups` (which may be an empty list). Each user-provided constants is provided via a variable named `strConst.varName` for string constants and `strListConst.varName` for string list constants. 
+ The only allowed types for expressions are currently policy/v1, username/v1, and groups/v1. Each policy/v1 must return a boolean, and when it returns false, no more expressions from the list are evaluated and the authentication attempt is rejected. Transformations of type policy/v1 do not return usernames or group names, and therefore cannot change the username or group names. Each username/v1 transform must return the new username (a string), which can be the same as the old username. Transformations of type username/v1 do not return group names, and therefore cannot change the group names. Each groups/v1 transform must return the new groups list (list of strings), which can be the same as the old groups list. Transformations of type groups/v1 do not return usernames, and therefore cannot change the usernames. After each expression, the new (potentially changed) username or groups get passed to the following expression. 
+ Any compilation or static type-checking failure of any expression will cause an error status on the FederationDomain. During an authentication attempt, any unexpected runtime evaluation errors (e.g. division by zero) cause the authentication attempt to fail. When all expressions evaluate successfully, then the (potentially changed) username and group names have been decided for that authentication attempt.
 | *`examples`* __xref:{anchor_prefix}-go-pinniped-dev-generated-1-27-apis-supervisor-config-v1alpha1-federationdomaintransformsexample[$$FederationDomainTransformsExample$$] array__ | Examples can optionally be used to ensure that the sequence of transformation expressions are working as expected. Examples define sample input identities which are then run through the expression list, and the results are compared to the expected results. If any example in this list fails, then this identity provider will not be available for use within this FederationDomain, and the error(s) will be added to the FederationDomain status. This can be used to help guard against programming mistakes in the expressions, and also act as living documentation for other administrators to better understand the expressions.
 |===
 
@@ -905,12 +925,10 @@ OIDCClientSpec is a struct that describes an OIDCClient.
 |===
 | Field | Description
 | *`allowedRedirectURIs`* __xref:{anchor_prefix}-go-pinniped-dev-generated-1-27-apis-supervisor-config-v1alpha1-redirecturi[$$RedirectURI$$] array__ | allowedRedirectURIs is a list of the allowed redirect_uri param values that should be accepted during OIDC flows with this client. Any other uris will be rejected. Must be a URI with the https scheme, unless the hostname is 127.0.0.1 or ::1 which may use the http scheme. Port numbers are not required for 127.0.0.1 or ::1 and are ignored when checking for a matching redirect_uri.
-| *`allowedGrantTypes`* __xref:{anchor_prefix}-go-pinniped-dev-generated-1-27-apis-supervisor-config-v1alpha1-granttype[$$GrantType$$] array__ | allowedGrantTypes is a list of the allowed grant_type param values that should be accepted during OIDC flows with this client. +
-
-Must only contain the following values: - authorization_code: allows the client to perform the authorization code grant flow, i.e. allows the webapp to authenticate users. This grant must always be listed. - refresh_token: allows the client to perform refresh grants for the user to extend the user's session. This grant must be listed if allowedScopes lists offline_access. - urn:ietf:params:oauth:grant-type:token-exchange: allows the client to perform RFC8693 token exchange, which is a step in the process to be able to get a cluster credential for the user. This grant must be listed if allowedScopes lists pinniped:request-audience.
-| *`allowedScopes`* __xref:{anchor_prefix}-go-pinniped-dev-generated-1-27-apis-supervisor-config-v1alpha1-scope[$$Scope$$] array__ | allowedScopes is a list of the allowed scopes param values that should be accepted during OIDC flows with this client. +
-
-Must only contain the following values: - openid: The client is allowed to request ID tokens. ID tokens only include the required claims by default (iss, sub, aud, exp, iat). This scope must always be listed. - offline_access: The client is allowed to request an initial refresh token during the authorization code grant flow. This scope must be listed if allowedGrantTypes lists refresh_token. - pinniped:request-audience: The client is allowed to request a new audience value during a RFC8693 token exchange, which is a step in the process to be able to get a cluster credential for the user. openid, username and groups scopes must be listed when this scope is present. This scope must be listed if allowedGrantTypes lists urn:ietf:params:oauth:grant-type:token-exchange. - username: The client is allowed to request that ID tokens contain the user's username. Without the username scope being requested and allowed, the ID token will not contain the user's username. - groups: The client is allowed to request that ID tokens contain the user's group membership, if their group membership is discoverable by the Supervisor. Without the groups scope being requested and allowed, the ID token will not contain groups.
+| *`allowedGrantTypes`* __xref:{anchor_prefix}-go-pinniped-dev-generated-1-27-apis-supervisor-config-v1alpha1-granttype[$$GrantType$$] array__ | allowedGrantTypes is a list of the allowed grant_type param values that should be accepted during OIDC flows with this client. 
+ Must only contain the following values: - authorization_code: allows the client to perform the authorization code grant flow, i.e. allows the webapp to authenticate users. This grant must always be listed. - refresh_token: allows the client to perform refresh grants for the user to extend the user's session. This grant must be listed if allowedScopes lists offline_access. - urn:ietf:params:oauth:grant-type:token-exchange: allows the client to perform RFC8693 token exchange, which is a step in the process to be able to get a cluster credential for the user. This grant must be listed if allowedScopes lists pinniped:request-audience.
+| *`allowedScopes`* __xref:{anchor_prefix}-go-pinniped-dev-generated-1-27-apis-supervisor-config-v1alpha1-scope[$$Scope$$] array__ | allowedScopes is a list of the allowed scopes param values that should be accepted during OIDC flows with this client. 
+ Must only contain the following values: - openid: The client is allowed to request ID tokens. ID tokens only include the required claims by default (iss, sub, aud, exp, iat). This scope must always be listed. - offline_access: The client is allowed to request an initial refresh token during the authorization code grant flow. This scope must be listed if allowedGrantTypes lists refresh_token. - pinniped:request-audience: The client is allowed to request a new audience value during a RFC8693 token exchange, which is a step in the process to be able to get a cluster credential for the user. openid, username and groups scopes must be listed when this scope is present. This scope must be listed if allowedGrantTypes lists urn:ietf:params:oauth:grant-type:token-exchange. - username: The client is allowed to request that ID tokens contain the user's username. Without the username scope being requested and allowed, the ID token will not contain the user's username. - groups: The client is allowed to request that ID tokens contain the user's group membership, if their group membership is discoverable by the Supervisor. Without the groups scope being requested and allowed, the ID token will not contain groups.
 |===
 
 
@@ -966,7 +984,7 @@ Package identity is the internal version of the Pinniped identity API.
 
 
 [id="{anchor_prefix}-go-pinniped-dev-generated-1-27-apis-concierge-identity-extravalue"]
-==== ExtraValue (string array) 
+==== ExtraValue 
 
 ExtraValue masks the value so protobuf can generate
 
@@ -1028,7 +1046,28 @@ WhoAmIRequest submits a request to echo back the current authenticated user.
 [cols="25a,75a", options="header"]
 |===
 | Field | Description
-| *`ObjectMeta`* __link:https://kubernetes.io/docs/reference/generated/kubernetes-api/v1.27/#objectmeta-v1-meta[$$ObjectMeta$$]__ | 
+| *`name`* __string__ | Name must be unique within a namespace. Is required when creating resources, although some resources may allow a client to request the generation of an appropriate name automatically. Name is primarily intended for creation idempotence and configuration definition. Cannot be updated. More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/overview/working-with-objects/names#names
+| *`generateName`* __string__ | GenerateName is an optional prefix, used by the server, to generate a unique name ONLY IF the Name field has not been provided. If this field is used, the name returned to the client will be different than the name passed. This value will also be combined with a unique suffix. The provided value has the same validation rules as the Name field, and may be truncated by the length of the suffix required to make the value unique on the server. 
+ If this field is specified and the generated name exists, the server will return a 409. 
+ Applied only if Name is not specified. More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/sig-architecture/api-conventions.md#idempotency
+| *`namespace`* __string__ | Namespace defines the space within which each name must be unique. An empty namespace is equivalent to the "default" namespace, but "default" is the canonical representation. Not all objects are required to be scoped to a namespace - the value of this field for those objects will be empty. 
+ Must be a DNS_LABEL. Cannot be updated. More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/overview/working-with-objects/namespaces
+| *`selfLink`* __string__ | Deprecated: selfLink is a legacy read-only field that is no longer populated by the system.
+| *`uid`* __UID__ | UID is the unique in time and space value for this object. It is typically generated by the server on successful creation of a resource and is not allowed to change on PUT operations. 
+ Populated by the system. Read-only. More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/overview/working-with-objects/names#uids
+| *`resourceVersion`* __string__ | An opaque value that represents the internal version of this object that can be used by clients to determine when objects have changed. May be used for optimistic concurrency, change detection, and the watch operation on a resource or set of resources. Clients must treat these values as opaque and passed unmodified back to the server. They may only be valid for a particular resource or set of resources. 
+ Populated by the system. Read-only. Value must be treated as opaque by clients and . More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/sig-architecture/api-conventions.md#concurrency-control-and-consistency
+| *`generation`* __integer__ | A sequence number representing a specific generation of the desired state. Populated by the system. Read-only.
+| *`creationTimestamp`* __link:https://kubernetes.io/docs/reference/generated/kubernetes-api/v1.27/#time-v1-meta[$$Time$$]__ | CreationTimestamp is a timestamp representing the server time when this object was created. It is not guaranteed to be set in happens-before order across separate operations. Clients may not set this value. It is represented in RFC3339 form and is in UTC. 
+ Populated by the system. Read-only. Null for lists. More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/sig-architecture/api-conventions.md#metadata
+| *`deletionTimestamp`* __link:https://kubernetes.io/docs/reference/generated/kubernetes-api/v1.27/#time-v1-meta[$$Time$$]__ | DeletionTimestamp is RFC 3339 date and time at which this resource will be deleted. This field is set by the server when a graceful deletion is requested by the user, and is not directly settable by a client. The resource is expected to be deleted (no longer visible from resource lists, and not reachable by name) after the time in this field, once the finalizers list is empty. As long as the finalizers list contains items, deletion is blocked. Once the deletionTimestamp is set, this value may not be unset or be set further into the future, although it may be shortened or the resource may be deleted prior to this time. For example, a user may request that a pod is deleted in 30 seconds. The Kubelet will react by sending a graceful termination signal to the containers in the pod. After that 30 seconds, the Kubelet will send a hard termination signal (SIGKILL) to the container and after cleanup, remove the pod from the API. In the presence of network partitions, this object may still exist after this timestamp, until an administrator or automated process can determine the resource is fully terminated. If not set, graceful deletion of the object has not been requested. 
+ Populated by the system when a graceful deletion is requested. Read-only. More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/sig-architecture/api-conventions.md#metadata
+| *`deletionGracePeriodSeconds`* __integer__ | Number of seconds allowed for this object to gracefully terminate before it will be removed from the system. Only set when deletionTimestamp is also set. May only be shortened. Read-only.
+| *`labels`* __object (keys:string, values:string)__ | Map of string keys and values that can be used to organize and categorize (scope and select) objects. May match selectors of replication controllers and services. More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/overview/working-with-objects/labels
+| *`annotations`* __object (keys:string, values:string)__ | Annotations is an unstructured key value map stored with a resource that may be set by external tools to store and retrieve arbitrary metadata. They are not queryable and should be preserved when modifying objects. More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/overview/working-with-objects/annotations
+| *`ownerReferences`* __link:https://kubernetes.io/docs/reference/generated/kubernetes-api/v1.27/#ownerreference-v1-meta[$$OwnerReference$$] array__ | List of objects depended by this object. If ALL objects in the list have been deleted, this object will be garbage collected. If this object is managed by a controller, then an entry in this list will point to this controller, with the controller field set to true. There cannot be more than one managing controller.
+| *`finalizers`* __string array__ | Must be empty before the object is deleted from the registry. Each entry is an identifier for the responsible component that will remove the entry from the list. If the deletionTimestamp of the object is non-nil, entries in this list can only be removed. Finalizers may be processed and removed in any order.  Order is NOT enforced because it introduces significant risk of stuck finalizers. finalizers is a shared field, any actor with permission can reorder it. If the finalizer list is processed in order, then this can lead to a situation in which the component responsible for the first finalizer in the list is waiting for a signal (field value, external system, or other) produced by a component responsible for a finalizer later in the list, resulting in a deadlock. Without enforced ordering finalizers are free to order amongst themselves and are not vulnerable to ordering changes in the list.
+| *`managedFields`* __link:https://kubernetes.io/docs/reference/generated/kubernetes-api/v1.27/#managedfieldsentry-v1-meta[$$ManagedFieldsEntry$$] array__ | ManagedFields maps workflow-id and version to the set of fields that are managed by that workflow. This is mostly for internal housekeeping, and users typically shouldn't need to set or understand this field. A workflow can be the user's name, a controller's name, or the name of a specific apply path like "ci-cd". The set of fields is always in the version that the workflow used when modifying the object.
 | *`Spec`* __xref:{anchor_prefix}-go-pinniped-dev-generated-1-27-apis-concierge-identity-whoamirequestspec[$$WhoAmIRequestSpec$$]__ | 
 | *`Status`* __xref:{anchor_prefix}-go-pinniped-dev-generated-1-27-apis-concierge-identity-whoamirequeststatus[$$WhoAmIRequestStatus$$]__ | 
 |===
@@ -1036,16 +1075,6 @@ WhoAmIRequest submits a request to echo back the current authenticated user.
 
 
 
-[id="{anchor_prefix}-go-pinniped-dev-generated-1-27-apis-concierge-identity-whoamirequestspec"]
-==== WhoAmIRequestSpec 
-
-Spec is always empty for a WhoAmIRequest.
-
-.Appears In:
-****
-- xref:{anchor_prefix}-go-pinniped-dev-generated-1-27-apis-concierge-identity-whoamirequest[$$WhoAmIRequest$$]
-****
-
 
 
 [id="{anchor_prefix}-go-pinniped-dev-generated-1-27-apis-concierge-identity-whoamirequeststatus"]
@@ -1074,7 +1103,7 @@ Package v1alpha1 is the v1alpha1 version of the Pinniped identity API.
 
 
 [id="{anchor_prefix}-go-pinniped-dev-generated-1-27-apis-concierge-identity-v1alpha1-extravalue"]
-==== ExtraValue (string array) 
+==== ExtraValue 
 
 ExtraValue masks the value so protobuf can generate
 
@@ -1145,16 +1174,6 @@ WhoAmIRequest submits a request to echo back the current authenticated user.
 
 
 
-[id="{anchor_prefix}-go-pinniped-dev-generated-1-27-apis-concierge-identity-v1alpha1-whoamirequestspec"]
-==== WhoAmIRequestSpec 
-
-Spec is always empty for a WhoAmIRequest.
-
-.Appears In:
-****
-- xref:{anchor_prefix}-go-pinniped-dev-generated-1-27-apis-concierge-identity-v1alpha1-whoamirequest[$$WhoAmIRequest$$]
-****
-
 
 
 [id="{anchor_prefix}-go-pinniped-dev-generated-1-27-apis-concierge-identity-v1alpha1-whoamirequeststatus"]
@@ -1236,13 +1255,10 @@ ActiveDirectoryIdentityProvider describes the configuration of an upstream Micro
 | *`filter`* __string__ | Filter is the ActiveDirectory search filter which should be applied when searching for groups for a user. The pattern "{}" must occur in the filter at least once and will be dynamically replaced by the value of an attribute of the user entry found as a result of the user search. Which attribute's value is used to replace the placeholder(s) depends on the value of UserAttributeForFilter. E.g. "member={}" or "&(objectClass=groupOfNames)(member={})". For more information about ActiveDirectory filters, see https://ldap.com/ldap-filters. Note that the dn (distinguished name) is not an attribute of an entry, so "dn={}" cannot be used. Optional. When not specified, the default will act as if the filter were specified as "(&(objectClass=group)(member:1.2.840.113556.1.4.1941:={})". This searches nested groups by default. Note that nested group search can be slow for some Active Directory servers. To disable it, you can set the filter to "(&(objectClass=group)(member={})"
 | *`userAttributeForFilter`* __string__ | UserAttributeForFilter specifies which attribute's value from the user entry found as a result of the user search will be used to replace the "{}" placeholder(s) in the group search Filter. For example, specifying "uid" as the UserAttributeForFilter while specifying "&(objectClass=posixGroup)(memberUid={})" as the Filter would search for groups by replacing the "{}" placeholder in the Filter with the value of the user's "uid" attribute. Optional. When not specified, the default will act as if "dn" were specified. For example, leaving UserAttributeForFilter unspecified while specifying "&(objectClass=groupOfNames)(member={})" as the Filter would search for groups by replacing the "{}" placeholder(s) with the dn (distinguished name) of the user.
 | *`attributes`* __xref:{anchor_prefix}-go-pinniped-dev-generated-1-27-apis-supervisor-idp-v1alpha1-activedirectoryidentityprovidergroupsearchattributes[$$ActiveDirectoryIdentityProviderGroupSearchAttributes$$]__ | Attributes specifies how the group's information should be read from each ActiveDirectory entry which was found as the result of the group search.
-| *`skipGroupRefresh`* __boolean__ | The user's group membership is refreshed as they interact with the supervisor to obtain new credentials (as their old credentials expire).  This allows group membership changes to be quickly reflected into Kubernetes clusters.  Since group membership is often used to bind authorization policies, it is important to keep the groups observed in Kubernetes clusters in-sync with the identity provider. +
-
-In some environments, frequent group membership queries may result in a significant performance impact on the identity provider and/or the supervisor. The best approach to handle performance impacts is to tweak the group query to be more performant, for example by disabling nested group search or by using a more targeted group search base. +
-
-If the group search query cannot be made performant and you are willing to have group memberships remain static for approximately a day, then set skipGroupRefresh to true.  This is an insecure configuration as authorization policies that are bound to group membership will not notice if a user has been removed from a particular group until their next login. +
-
-This is an experimental feature that may be removed or significantly altered in the future.  Consumers of this configuration should carefully read all release notes before upgrading to ensure that the meaning of this field has not changed.
+| *`skipGroupRefresh`* __boolean__ | The user's group membership is refreshed as they interact with the supervisor to obtain new credentials (as their old credentials expire).  This allows group membership changes to be quickly reflected into Kubernetes clusters.  Since group membership is often used to bind authorization policies, it is important to keep the groups observed in Kubernetes clusters in-sync with the identity provider. 
+ In some environments, frequent group membership queries may result in a significant performance impact on the identity provider and/or the supervisor. The best approach to handle performance impacts is to tweak the group query to be more performant, for example by disabling nested group search or by using a more targeted group search base. 
+ If the group search query cannot be made performant and you are willing to have group memberships remain static for approximately a day, then set skipGroupRefresh to true.  This is an insecure configuration as authorization policies that are bound to group membership will not notice if a user has been removed from a particular group until their next login. 
+ This is an experimental feature that may be removed or significantly altered in the future.  Consumers of this configuration should carefully read all release notes before upgrading to ensure that the meaning of this field has not changed.
 |===
 
 
@@ -1407,13 +1423,10 @@ LDAPIdentityProvider describes the configuration of an upstream Lightweight Dire
 | *`filter`* __string__ | Filter is the LDAP search filter which should be applied when searching for groups for a user. The pattern "{}" must occur in the filter at least once and will be dynamically replaced by the value of an attribute of the user entry found as a result of the user search. Which attribute's value is used to replace the placeholder(s) depends on the value of UserAttributeForFilter. For more information about LDAP filters, see https://ldap.com/ldap-filters. Note that the dn (distinguished name) is not an attribute of an entry, so "dn={}" cannot be used. Optional. When not specified, the default will act as if the Filter were specified as "member={}".
 | *`userAttributeForFilter`* __string__ | UserAttributeForFilter specifies which attribute's value from the user entry found as a result of the user search will be used to replace the "{}" placeholder(s) in the group search Filter. For example, specifying "uid" as the UserAttributeForFilter while specifying "&(objectClass=posixGroup)(memberUid={})" as the Filter would search for groups by replacing the "{}" placeholder in the Filter with the value of the user's "uid" attribute. Optional. When not specified, the default will act as if "dn" were specified. For example, leaving UserAttributeForFilter unspecified while specifying "&(objectClass=groupOfNames)(member={})" as the Filter would search for groups by replacing the "{}" placeholder(s) with the dn (distinguished name) of the user.
 | *`attributes`* __xref:{anchor_prefix}-go-pinniped-dev-generated-1-27-apis-supervisor-idp-v1alpha1-ldapidentityprovidergroupsearchattributes[$$LDAPIdentityProviderGroupSearchAttributes$$]__ | Attributes specifies how the group's information should be read from each LDAP entry which was found as the result of the group search.
-| *`skipGroupRefresh`* __boolean__ | The user's group membership is refreshed as they interact with the supervisor to obtain new credentials (as their old credentials expire).  This allows group membership changes to be quickly reflected into Kubernetes clusters.  Since group membership is often used to bind authorization policies, it is important to keep the groups observed in Kubernetes clusters in-sync with the identity provider. +
-
-In some environments, frequent group membership queries may result in a significant performance impact on the identity provider and/or the supervisor. The best approach to handle performance impacts is to tweak the group query to be more performant, for example by disabling nested group search or by using a more targeted group search base. +
-
-If the group search query cannot be made performant and you are willing to have group memberships remain static for approximately a day, then set skipGroupRefresh to true.  This is an insecure configuration as authorization policies that are bound to group membership will not notice if a user has been removed from a particular group until their next login. +
-
-This is an experimental feature that may be removed or significantly altered in the future.  Consumers of this configuration should carefully read all release notes before upgrading to ensure that the meaning of this field has not changed.
+| *`skipGroupRefresh`* __boolean__ | The user's group membership is refreshed as they interact with the supervisor to obtain new credentials (as their old credentials expire).  This allows group membership changes to be quickly reflected into Kubernetes clusters.  Since group membership is often used to bind authorization policies, it is important to keep the groups observed in Kubernetes clusters in-sync with the identity provider. 
+ In some environments, frequent group membership queries may result in a significant performance impact on the identity provider and/or the supervisor. The best approach to handle performance impacts is to tweak the group query to be more performant, for example by disabling nested group search or by using a more targeted group search base. 
+ If the group search query cannot be made performant and you are willing to have group memberships remain static for approximately a day, then set skipGroupRefresh to true.  This is an insecure configuration as authorization policies that are bound to group membership will not notice if a user has been removed from a particular group until their next login. 
+ This is an experimental feature that may be removed or significantly altered in the future.  Consumers of this configuration should carefully read all release notes before upgrading to ensure that the meaning of this field has not changed.
 |===
 
 

generated/1.27/apis/go.mod

@@ -4,6 +4,6 @@ module go.pinniped.dev/generated/1.27/apis
 go 1.13
 
 require (
-	k8s.io/api v0.27.6
-	k8s.io/apimachinery v0.27.6
+	k8s.io/api v0.27.5
+	k8s.io/apimachinery v0.27.5
 )

generated/1.27/apis/go.sum

@@ -301,10 +301,10 @@ gopkg.in/yaml.v3 v3.0.1 h1:fxVm/GzAzEWqLHuvctI91KS9hhNmmWOoWu0XTYJS7CA=
 gopkg.in/yaml.v3 v3.0.1/go.mod h1:K4uyk7z7BCEPqu6E+C64Yfv1cQ7kz7rIZviUmN+EgEM=
 honnef.co/go/tools v0.0.0-20190102054323-c2f93a96b099/go.mod h1:rf3lG4BRIbNafJWhAfAdb/ePZxsR/4RtNHQocxwk9r4=
 honnef.co/go/tools v0.0.0-20190523083050-ea95bdfd59fc/go.mod h1:rf3lG4BRIbNafJWhAfAdb/ePZxsR/4RtNHQocxwk9r4=
-k8s.io/api v0.27.6 h1:PBWu/lywJe2qQcshMjubzcBg7+XDZOo7O8JJAWuYtUo=
-k8s.io/api v0.27.6/go.mod h1:AQYj0UsFCp3qJE7bOVnUuy4orCsXVkvHefnbYQiNWgk=
-k8s.io/apimachinery v0.27.6 h1:mGU8jmBq5o8mWBov+mLjdTBcU+etTE19waies4AQ6NE=
-k8s.io/apimachinery v0.27.6/go.mod h1:XNfZ6xklnMCOGGFNqXG7bUrQCoR04dh/E7FprV6pb+E=
+k8s.io/api v0.27.5 h1:49hIzqJNSuOQpA53MMihgAS4YDcQitTy58B9PMFthLc=
+k8s.io/api v0.27.5/go.mod h1:zjBZB+c0KDU55Wxb9Bob9WZGxu9zdKHitzHxBtaIVoA=
+k8s.io/apimachinery v0.27.5 h1:6Q5HBXYJJPisd6yDVAprLe6FQsmw7a7Cu69dcrpQET8=
+k8s.io/apimachinery v0.27.5/go.mod h1:XNfZ6xklnMCOGGFNqXG7bUrQCoR04dh/E7FprV6pb+E=
 k8s.io/gengo v0.0.0-20210813121822-485abfe95c7c/go.mod h1:FiNAH4ZV3gBg2Kwh89tzAEV2be7d5xI0vBa/VySYy3E=
 k8s.io/klog/v2 v2.0.0/go.mod h1:PBfzABfn139FHAV07az/IF9Wp1bkk3vpT2XSJ76fSDE=
 k8s.io/klog/v2 v2.2.0/go.mod h1:Od+F08eJP+W3HUb4pSrPpgp9DGU4GzlpG/TmITuYh/Y=

generated/1.27/client/go.mod

@@ -5,8 +5,8 @@ go 1.13
 
 require (
 	go.pinniped.dev/generated/1.27/apis v0.0.0
-	k8s.io/apimachinery v0.27.6
-	k8s.io/client-go v0.27.6
+	k8s.io/apimachinery v0.27.5
+	k8s.io/client-go v0.27.5
 	k8s.io/kube-openapi v0.0.0-20230501164219-8b0f38b5fd1f
 )
 

generated/1.27/client/go.sum

@@ -594,12 +594,12 @@ honnef.co/go/tools v0.0.0-20190523083050-ea95bdfd59fc/go.mod h1:rf3lG4BRIbNafJWh
 honnef.co/go/tools v0.0.1-2019.2.3/go.mod h1:a3bituU0lyd329TUQxRnasdCoJDkEUEAqEt0JzvZhAg=
 honnef.co/go/tools v0.0.1-2020.1.3/go.mod h1:X/FiERA/W4tHapMX5mGpAtMSVEeEUOyHaw9vFzvIQ3k=
 honnef.co/go/tools v0.0.1-2020.1.4/go.mod h1:X/FiERA/W4tHapMX5mGpAtMSVEeEUOyHaw9vFzvIQ3k=
-k8s.io/api v0.27.6 h1:PBWu/lywJe2qQcshMjubzcBg7+XDZOo7O8JJAWuYtUo=
-k8s.io/api v0.27.6/go.mod h1:AQYj0UsFCp3qJE7bOVnUuy4orCsXVkvHefnbYQiNWgk=
-k8s.io/apimachinery v0.27.6 h1:mGU8jmBq5o8mWBov+mLjdTBcU+etTE19waies4AQ6NE=
-k8s.io/apimachinery v0.27.6/go.mod h1:XNfZ6xklnMCOGGFNqXG7bUrQCoR04dh/E7FprV6pb+E=
-k8s.io/client-go v0.27.6 h1:vzI8804gpUtpMCNaFjIFyJrifH7u//LJCJPy8fQuYQg=
-k8s.io/client-go v0.27.6/go.mod h1:PMsXcDKiJTW7PHJ64oEsIUJF319wm+EFlCj76oE5QXM=
+k8s.io/api v0.27.5 h1:49hIzqJNSuOQpA53MMihgAS4YDcQitTy58B9PMFthLc=
+k8s.io/api v0.27.5/go.mod h1:zjBZB+c0KDU55Wxb9Bob9WZGxu9zdKHitzHxBtaIVoA=
+k8s.io/apimachinery v0.27.5 h1:6Q5HBXYJJPisd6yDVAprLe6FQsmw7a7Cu69dcrpQET8=
+k8s.io/apimachinery v0.27.5/go.mod h1:XNfZ6xklnMCOGGFNqXG7bUrQCoR04dh/E7FprV6pb+E=
+k8s.io/client-go v0.27.5 h1:sH/fkqzk35kuf0GPx+dZuN7fhEswBSAVCrWFq3E1km0=
+k8s.io/client-go v0.27.5/go.mod h1:u+IKnqPZSPw51snIMKiIAV8LQQ+hya5bvxpOOPTUXPI=
 k8s.io/gengo v0.0.0-20210813121822-485abfe95c7c/go.mod h1:FiNAH4ZV3gBg2Kwh89tzAEV2be7d5xI0vBa/VySYy3E=
 k8s.io/klog/v2 v2.0.0/go.mod h1:PBfzABfn139FHAV07az/IF9Wp1bkk3vpT2XSJ76fSDE=
 k8s.io/klog/v2 v2.2.0/go.mod h1:Od+F08eJP+W3HUb4pSrPpgp9DGU4GzlpG/TmITuYh/Y=

generated/1.27/crds/authentication.concierge.pinniped.dev_jwtauthenticators.yaml

@@ -3,7 +3,8 @@ apiVersion: apiextensions.k8s.io/v1
 kind: CustomResourceDefinition
 metadata:
   annotations:
-    controller-gen.kubebuilder.io/version: v0.13.0
+    controller-gen.kubebuilder.io/version: v0.8.0
+  creationTimestamp: null
   name: jwtauthenticators.authentication.concierge.pinniped.dev
 spec:
   group: authentication.concierge.pinniped.dev
@@ -173,3 +174,9 @@ spec:
     storage: true
     subresources:
       status: {}
+status:
+  acceptedNames:
+    kind: ""
+    plural: ""
+  conditions: []
+  storedVersions: []

generated/1.27/crds/authentication.concierge.pinniped.dev_webhookauthenticators.yaml

@@ -3,7 +3,8 @@ apiVersion: apiextensions.k8s.io/v1
 kind: CustomResourceDefinition
 metadata:
   annotations:
-    controller-gen.kubebuilder.io/version: v0.13.0
+    controller-gen.kubebuilder.io/version: v0.8.0
+  creationTimestamp: null
   name: webhookauthenticators.authentication.concierge.pinniped.dev
 spec:
   group: authentication.concierge.pinniped.dev
@@ -146,3 +147,9 @@ spec:
     storage: true
     subresources:
       status: {}
+status:
+  acceptedNames:
+    kind: ""
+    plural: ""
+  conditions: []
+  storedVersions: []

generated/1.27/crds/config.concierge.pinniped.dev_credentialissuers.yaml

@@ -3,7 +3,8 @@ apiVersion: apiextensions.k8s.io/v1
 kind: CustomResourceDefinition
 metadata:
   annotations:
-    controller-gen.kubebuilder.io/version: v0.13.0
+    controller-gen.kubebuilder.io/version: v0.8.0
+  creationTimestamp: null
   name: credentialissuers.config.concierge.pinniped.dev
 spec:
   group: config.concierge.pinniped.dev
@@ -255,3 +256,9 @@ spec:
     storage: true
     subresources:
       status: {}
+status:
+  acceptedNames:
+    kind: ""
+    plural: ""
+  conditions: []
+  storedVersions: []

generated/1.27/crds/config.supervisor.pinniped.dev_federationdomains.yaml

@@ -3,7 +3,8 @@ apiVersion: apiextensions.k8s.io/v1
 kind: CustomResourceDefinition
 metadata:
   annotations:
-    controller-gen.kubebuilder.io/version: v0.13.0
+    controller-gen.kubebuilder.io/version: v0.8.0
+  creationTimestamp: null
   name: federationdomains.config.supervisor.pinniped.dev
 spec:
   group: config.supervisor.pinniped.dev
@@ -115,7 +116,6 @@ spec:
                       - kind
                       - name
                       type: object
-                      x-kubernetes-map-type: atomic
                     transforms:
                       description: Transforms is an optional way to specify transformations
                         to be applied during user authentication and session refresh.
@@ -444,7 +444,6 @@ spec:
                           TODO: Add other useful fields. apiVersion, kind, uid?'
                         type: string
                     type: object
-                    x-kubernetes-map-type: atomic
                   stateEncryptionKey:
                     description: StateSigningKey holds the name of the corev1.Secret
                       in which this OIDC Provider's key for encrypting state parameters
@@ -455,7 +454,6 @@ spec:
                           TODO: Add other useful fields. apiVersion, kind, uid?'
                         type: string
                     type: object
-                    x-kubernetes-map-type: atomic
                   stateSigningKey:
                     description: StateSigningKey holds the name of the corev1.Secret
                       in which this OIDC Provider's key for signing state parameters
@@ -466,7 +464,6 @@ spec:
                           TODO: Add other useful fields. apiVersion, kind, uid?'
                         type: string
                     type: object
-                    x-kubernetes-map-type: atomic
                   tokenSigningKey:
                     description: TokenSigningKey holds the name of the corev1.Secret
                       in which this OIDC Provider's key for signing tokens is stored.
@@ -476,7 +473,6 @@ spec:
                           TODO: Add other useful fields. apiVersion, kind, uid?'
                         type: string
                     type: object
-                    x-kubernetes-map-type: atomic
                 type: object
             type: object
         required:
@@ -486,3 +482,9 @@ spec:
     storage: true
     subresources:
       status: {}
+status:
+  acceptedNames:
+    kind: ""
+    plural: ""
+  conditions: []
+  storedVersions: []

generated/1.27/crds/config.supervisor.pinniped.dev_oidcclients.yaml

@@ -3,7 +3,8 @@ apiVersion: apiextensions.k8s.io/v1
 kind: CustomResourceDefinition
 metadata:
   annotations:
-    controller-gen.kubebuilder.io/version: v0.13.0
+    controller-gen.kubebuilder.io/version: v0.8.0
+  creationTimestamp: null
   name: oidcclients.config.supervisor.pinniped.dev
 spec:
   group: config.supervisor.pinniped.dev
@@ -218,3 +219,9 @@ spec:
     storage: true
     subresources:
       status: {}
+status:
+  acceptedNames:
+    kind: ""
+    plural: ""
+  conditions: []
+  storedVersions: []